diff options
247 files changed, 11139 insertions, 6162 deletions
diff --git a/ca/Select-and-use-ISOs.html b/ca/Select-and-use-ISOs.html index db274d4..c747f41 100644 --- a/ca/Select-and-use-ISOs.html +++ b/ca/Select-and-use-ISOs.html @@ -197,50 +197,6 @@ </div> </div> - - - <div class="section" title="DVD doble arquitectura"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>DVD doble arquitectura - </h5> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <div class="itemizedlist"> - <ul class="itemizedlist"> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Les dues arquitectures estan presents en el mateix suport, la tria es fa - automàticament en funció de la CPU detectada. - </p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Utilitza només l'escriptori Xfce.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>No tots els idiomes estan disponibles. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, - pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) CAL VERIFICAR-HO! - </p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Conté programari de propietat.</p> - - </li> - </ul> - </div> - - </div> </div> @@ -249,7 +205,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e67"></a>Mitjà autònom + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>Mitjà autònom </h4> </div> </div> @@ -261,7 +217,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e69"></a>Característiques comunes + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e58"></a>Característiques comunes </h5> </div> </div> @@ -281,7 +237,7 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Cada ISO conté només un entorn d'escriptori (KDE o bé GNOME).</p> + <p>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE, GNOME or Xfce).</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -307,11 +263,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="CD autònom de KDE"> + <div class="section" title="Live DVD Plasma"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e83"></a>CD autònom de KDE + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e72"></a>Live DVD Plasma </h5> </div> </div> @@ -323,17 +279,17 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Només entorn d'escriptori KDE.</p> + <p>Plasma desktop environment only.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Només en anglès.</p> + <p>Conté tots els idiomes.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Només 32 bits.</p> + <p>Suports diferents per a arquitectura de 32 ó 64 bits.</p> </li> </ul> @@ -342,11 +298,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="CD autònom de GNOME"> + <div class="section" title="DVD autònom de GNOME"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e92"></a>CD autònom de GNOME + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e81"></a>DVD autònom de GNOME </h5> </div> </div> @@ -363,41 +319,6 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Només en anglès.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Només 32 bits.</p> - - </li> - </ul> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="DVD autònom de KDE"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>DVD autònom de KDE - </h5> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <div class="itemizedlist"> - <ul class="itemizedlist"> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Només entorn d'escriptori KDE.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - <p>Conté tots els idiomes.</p> </li> @@ -412,11 +333,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="DVD autònom de GNOME"> + <div class="section" title="Live DVD Xfce"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e110"></a>DVD autònom de GNOME + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e90"></a>Live DVD Xfce </h5> </div> </div> @@ -428,7 +349,7 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Només entorn d'escriptori GNOME.</p> + <p>Xfce desktop environment only.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -453,7 +374,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e119"></a>Suport CD només d'arrencada + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e99"></a>Suport CD només d'arrencada </h4> </div> </div> @@ -465,7 +386,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e121"></a>Característiques comunes + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>Característiques comunes </h5> </div> </div> @@ -509,11 +430,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="boot.iso"> + <div class="section" title="netinstall.iso"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e132"></a>boot.iso + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e112"></a>netinstall.iso </h5> </div> </div> @@ -536,11 +457,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="boot-nonfree.iso"> + <div class="section" title="netinstall-nonfree.iso"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e137"></a>boot-nonfree.iso + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e117"></a>netinstall-nonfree.iso </h5> </div> </div> @@ -571,7 +492,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e142"></a>Baixada i comprovació del mitjà + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e122"></a>Baixada i comprovació del mitjà </h3> </div> </div> @@ -583,7 +504,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e144"></a>Baixada + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e124"></a>Baixada </h4> </div> </div> @@ -617,7 +538,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e156"></a>Comprovació de la integritat del suport baixat + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e136"></a>Comprovació de la integritat del suport baixat </h4> </div> </div> @@ -664,7 +585,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e169"></a>Enregistrament o bolcat de l'ISO + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e149"></a>Enregistrament o bolcat de l'ISO </h3> </div> </div> @@ -682,7 +603,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e172"></a>Enregistrament de l'ISO a un CD/DVD + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e152"></a>Enregistrament de l'ISO a un CD/DVD </h4> </div> </div> @@ -703,7 +624,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e177"></a>Bolcat de l'ISO a un llapis de memòria USB + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e157"></a>Bolcat de l'ISO a un llapis de memòria USB </h4> </div> </div> @@ -746,7 +667,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e183"></a>Using a graphical tool within Mageia + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e163"></a>Using a graphical tool within Mageia </h5> </div> </div> @@ -763,7 +684,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e187"></a>Using a graphical tool within Windows + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e167"></a>Using a graphical tool within Windows </h5> </div> </div> @@ -789,7 +710,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e194"></a>Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e174"></a>Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system </h5> </div> </div> diff --git a/ca/acceptLicense.html b/ca/acceptLicense.html index ef5275e..a4425c4 100644 --- a/ca/acceptLicense.html +++ b/ca/acceptLicense.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instal·lació amb DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instal·lació amb DrakX"> - <link rel="prev" href="selectLanguage.html" title="Tria d'un idioma per a utilitzar"> + <link rel="prev" href="selectLanguage.html" title="Trieu un idioma per usar"> <link rel="next" href="setupSCSI.html" title="Configuració SCSI"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } diff --git a/ca/addUser.html b/ca/addUser.html index cf7eaa8..83bdfbd 100644 --- a/ca/addUser.html +++ b/ca/addUser.html @@ -29,20 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - <div class="section" title="Estableix la contrasenya d'administrador (root):"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -158,26 +144,14 @@ <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - <p>Qualsevol usuari que creeu durant la instal·lació de Mageia tindrà un - directori d'usuari llegible per tothom (però protegit contra escriptura). - </p> - - - <p>No obstant això, quan feu servir la nova instal·lació, tots els usuaris - afegits a <span class="emphasis"><em>MCC- Sistema - Gestiona els usuaris del - sistema</em></span> tindran el directori d'usuari protegit contra lectura i - escriptura. - </p> - - - <p>If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised - to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot. + <p>Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write + protected home directory (umask=0027). </p> - <p>Si preferiu directoris d'usuari llegibles per tothom, podeu afegir tots els - usuaris suplementaris al pas <span class="emphasis"><em>Configuració - Resum</em></span> - durant la instal·lació. Trieu <span class="emphasis"><em>Gestió d'usuaris</em></span>. + <p>You can add all extra needed users in the <span class="emphasis"><em>Configuration - + Summary</em></span> step during the install. Choose <span class="emphasis"><em>User + management</em></span>. </p> diff --git a/ca/chooseDesktop.html b/ca/chooseDesktop.html index 232ee6c..43d724f 100644 --- a/ca/chooseDesktop.html +++ b/ca/chooseDesktop.html @@ -22,30 +22,25 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - - + - + <p>En funció de la selecció que feu aquí, se us poden oferir altres pantalles per a afinar la tria. </p> - + <p>Després dels passos de selecció veureu una sessió de diapositives durant la instal·lació dels paquets. Podeu desactivar la sessió de diapositives clicant el botó <span class="guilabel">Detalls</span>. </p> + - - - - + <p>Trieu si preferiu fer servir l'entorn d'escriptori <span class="application">KDE</span> o bé <span class="application">Gnome</span>. Ambdós porten un conjunt complet d'aplicacions i eines ben útils. Marqueu @@ -55,7 +50,7 @@ és més lleuger que els anteriors, amb una estètica menys carregada i menys paquets com a instal·lació predeterminada. </p> - + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/ca/choosePackageGroups.html b/ca/choosePackageGroups.html index 49c2823..12dc99b 100644 --- a/ca/choosePackageGroups.html +++ b/ca/choosePackageGroups.html @@ -22,51 +22,51 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - + + - + <p>Els paquets estan agrupats per a facilitar-ne la tria. El seu contingut és força obvi, però per a veure'n més informació només cal que hi passeu el ratolí per sobre. </p> - + <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Estació de treball.</p> + <p>Estació de treball.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Servidor.</p> + <p>Servidor.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Entorn gràfic.</p> + <p>Entorn gràfic.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - + <p>Selecció individual de paquets: podeu fer servir aquesta opció per a afegir o eliminar paquets individualment. </p> - + </li> </ul> </div> - - <p>Llegiu <a class="xref" href="minimal-install.html" title="Instal·lació mínima">“Instal·lació mínima”</a> per obtenir instruccions de - com fer una instal·lació mínima (sense o amb X & IceWM). - </p> + + <p>Read <a class="xref" href="minimal-install.html" title="Instal·lació mínima">“Instal·lació mínima”</a> for instructions on how to do a + minimal install (without or with X & IceWM). + </p> + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/ca/configureX_chooser.html b/ca/configureX_chooser.html index 42f3962..6e6bff9 100644 --- a/ca/configureX_chooser.html +++ b/ca/configureX_chooser.html @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Window</acronym>, o simplement <acronym class="acronym">X</acronym>. Per tant, perquè <acronym class="acronym">KDE</acronym>, <acronym class="acronym">Gnome</acronym>, <acronym class="acronym">LXDE</acronym> o qualsevol altre entorn funcioni bé, cal configurar correctament els següents - paràmetres d'<acronym class="acronym">X</acronym>. Si veieu que + paràmetres de les <acronym class="acronym">X</acronym>. Si veieu que <span class="application">DrakX</span> no ha pogut triar la configuració, o bé si penseu que no ho ha fet bé, corregiu-los. </p> diff --git a/ca/diskdrake.html b/ca/diskdrake.html index a45d557..1bcbdce 100644 --- a/ca/diskdrake.html +++ b/ca/diskdrake.html @@ -29,18 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - <div class="warning" title="Avís" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> <tr> @@ -103,7 +91,7 @@ <td align="left" valign="top"> <p>If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI - System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above) + System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below) </p> @@ -114,6 +102,27 @@ </table> </div> + + <div class="note" title="Nota" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Nota]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot + partition is present with a correct type + </p> + + + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/ca/doPartitionDisks.html b/ca/doPartitionDisks.html index 3c6ec33..1b504a8 100644 --- a/ca/doPartitionDisks.html +++ b/ca/doPartitionDisks.html @@ -42,6 +42,8 @@ + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa3"></a></p> <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -101,6 +103,8 @@ </p> + + </li> </ul> @@ -222,6 +226,34 @@ </div> + <div class="note" title="Nota" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Nota]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, + you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an + about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose the "Custom disk + partitioning" option to be able to create it with the Installer like any + other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type. + </p> + + + + + + + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + <div class="warning" title="Avís" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> <tr> diff --git a/ca/exitInstall.html b/ca/exitInstall.html index 73223dc..bfb7ad7 100644 --- a/ca/exitInstall.html +++ b/ca/exitInstall.html @@ -22,16 +22,11 @@ </div> </div> </div> - - - - - - + + - <p><a name="exitInstall-pa1"></a>Heu acabat d'instal·lar i configurar <span class="application">Mageia</span> i ara @@ -45,18 +40,16 @@ <p><a name="exitInstall-pa3"></a>Si no heu ajustat la configuració del gestor d'arrencada, se seleccionarà - automàticament la instal·lació Mageia i s'iniciarà. + automàticament la instal·lació Mageia i s'iniciarà. </p> - + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa4"></a>Gaudiu! </p> + - - <p><a name="exitInstall-pa5"></a>Visiteu www.mageia.org si teniu algun dubte o voleu col·laborar amb Mageia. + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa5"></a>Visiteu www.mageia.org si teniu algun dubte o voleu col·laborar amb Mageia. </p> - - </div> </body> diff --git a/ca/index.html b/ca/index.html index 18cfadd..258461c 100644 --- a/ca/index.html +++ b/ca/index.html @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ <dl> <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e19">Introducció</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e29">Suport</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e142">Baixada i comprovació del mitjà</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e169">Enregistrament o bolcat de l'ISO</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e122">Baixada i comprovació del mitjà</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e149">Enregistrament o bolcat de l'ISO</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="installer.html">DrakX, l'instal·lador de Mageia</a></span></dt> @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="installer.html#installationProblems">Problemes en la instal·lació i possibles solucions</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="selectLanguage.html">Tria d'un idioma per a utilitzar</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="selectLanguage.html">Trieu un idioma per usar</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="acceptLicense.html">Llicència i notes de la versió</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> @@ -75,17 +75,14 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html">Opcions principals del menú d'arrencada</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e899">With a Bios system</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e936">With an UEFI system</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e900">Bootloader interface</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e930">Ús del gestor d'arrencada de Mageia</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e947">Ús d'un gestor d'arrencada existent</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e950">Using the chain loading</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e967">Opcions</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html">Addició o modificació d'una entrada al menú d'arrencada</a></span></dt> - <dd> - <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e951">With a Bios system</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e968">With an UEFI system</a></span></dt> - </dl> - </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html">Resum dels paràmetres diversos</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> @@ -116,7 +113,7 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html">Desinstal·lació de Mageia</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1206">Howto</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1273">Howto</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> </dl> diff --git a/ca/installer.html b/ca/installer.html index 4b9bcfc..0e5fc6f 100644 --- a/ca/installer.html +++ b/ca/installer.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instal·lació amb DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instal·lació amb DrakX"> <link rel="prev" href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html" title="Selecció i utilització de les ISOs"> - <link rel="next" href="selectLanguage.html" title="Tria d'un idioma per a utilitzar"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <link rel="next" href="selectLanguage.html" title="Trieu un idioma per usar"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } diff --git a/ca/misc-params.html b/ca/misc-params.html index 4619763..dac3558 100644 --- a/ca/misc-params.html +++ b/ca/misc-params.html @@ -29,28 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - <p><a name="misc-params-pa1"></a>DrakX ha fet unes tries adequades per a la configuració del sistema, en funció de les tries que heu fet i del maquinari detectat. Podeu comprovar aquí la configuració i canviar-la prement el botó @@ -58,6 +36,44 @@ </p> + <div class="note" title="Nota" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Nota]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them + with 3 exceptions: + </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>there are known issues with a default setting</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>the default setting has already been tried and it fails</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>something else is said in the detailed sections below</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + <div class="section" title="Paràmetres del sistema"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -99,7 +115,7 @@ </p> - <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4b"></a>No canvieu res, excepte si sabeu com configurar Grub i/o Lilo + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4b"></a>Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2 </p> @@ -165,6 +181,25 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa1a"></a>Aquí és on establiu o canvieu la disposició del teclat, que depèn de la vostra ubicació, idioma o tipus de teclat. </p> + + + <div class="note" title="Nota" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Nota]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind + that your passwords are going to change too. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -183,7 +218,7 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3"></a><span class="guilabel">Targeta de so</span>: </p> - + <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3a"></a>L'instal·lador fa servir un controlador predeterminat, si n'hi ha un. L'opció de seleccionar un controlador diferent només apareix quan hi ha més d'un controlador per a la targeta, però cap d'ells és el predeterminat. @@ -323,8 +358,9 @@ </p> - <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa2b"></a>Seleccioneu els serveis als quals voleu poder accedir. Les seleccions - dependran de l'ús que es vulgui donar a l'ordinador. + <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa2b"></a>Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your + selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more + information, see <a class="xref" href="">???</a>. </p> diff --git a/ca/selectCountry.html b/ca/selectCountry.html index a989e91..f47b06f 100644 --- a/ca/selectCountry.html +++ b/ca/selectCountry.html @@ -22,29 +22,24 @@ </div> </div> </div> + + + - - - - - - - - - - <p><a name="selectCountry-pa1"></a>Seleccioneu el país o la regió. Això és important per a tota mena de - configuracions, com ara la moneda o el domini de regulació del wifi. Si - trieu un país equivocat, potser no podreu fer anar la xarxa sense fil. + + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa1"></a>Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, + like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country + can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network. </p> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa2"></a>Si el vostre país no es troba a la llista, cliqueu a <span class="guilabel">Altres països</span> i trieu-hi el país o regió. </p> - + <div class="note" title="Nota" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> <tr> @@ -53,19 +48,19 @@ </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa3"></a>Si el vostre país es troba únicament dins de la llista d'<span class="guilabel">Altres països</span>, després de clicar <span class="guibutton">D'acord</span> podria semblar que hi ha seleccionat un dels països de la primera llista. No en feu cas, DrakX respectarà la tria. </p> - + </td> </tr> </table> </div> - + <div class="section" title="Mètode d'entrada"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -75,22 +70,19 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - <p><a name="selectCountry-pa4"></a>A la pantalla d'<span class="guilabel">Altres països</span> també podeu seleccionar - un mètode d'entrada (al final de la llista). Els mètodes d'entrada permeten - que els usuaris introdueixin caràcters multilingües (xinès, japonès, coreà, - etc.). IBus és el mètode d'entrada predeterminat als DVD de Mageia, i als CD - autònoms d'Àfrica/Índia i Àsia/no-Índia. Per a les localitzacions d'Àsia i - Àfrica, s'establirà IBus com a mètode d'entrada predeterminat, perquè els - usuaris no l'hagin de configurar manualment. Altres mètodes d'entrada (SCIM, - GCIN, HIME, etc.) també proporcionen funcionalitats similars i es poden - instal·lar si heu afegit suports HTTP/FTP abans de la selecció de paquets. + + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa4"></a>In the <span class="guilabel">Other Countries</span> screen you can also select an + input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input + multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the + default input method, so users should not need to configure it + manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar + functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package + selection. </p> - + <div class="note" title="Nota" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> <tr> @@ -99,20 +91,19 @@ </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="selectCountry-pa5"></a>Si durant la instal·lació us heu oblidat de configurar el mètode d'entrada, - hi podeu accedir després de reiniciar el sistema, mitjançant «Configura - l'ordinador» -> «Sistema», o bé executant localdrake com a usuari - primari. - </p> + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa5"></a>If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it + after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" -> + "System", or by running localedrake as root. + </p> + </td> </tr> </table> </div> - + </div> - + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/ca/selectKeyboard.html b/ca/selectKeyboard.html index 602fc2e..57f65f1 100644 --- a/ca/selectKeyboard.html +++ b/ca/selectKeyboard.html @@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ <p><a name="selectKeyboard-pa5"></a>Un cop triat el teclat al diàleg de <span class="guibutton">Més</span>, tornareu al diàleg original de selecció de teclat, i semblarà que hàgiu triat un dels teclats que hi apareixen. Podeu ignorar tranquil·lament aquesta anomalia i - continuar amb la instal·lació: el teclat que val és el que heu triat a la - llista completa. + continuar la instal·lació: el teclat que val és el que heu triat a la llista + completa. </p> </td> diff --git a/ca/selectLanguage.html b/ca/selectLanguage.html index ea6b831..ff3cd37 100644 --- a/ca/selectLanguage.html +++ b/ca/selectLanguage.html @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> - <title>Tria d'un idioma per a utilitzar</title> + <title>Trieu un idioma per usar</title> <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instal·lació amb DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instal·lació amb DrakX"> @@ -13,11 +13,11 @@ table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } --></style></head> <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> - <div lang="ca" class="section" title="Tria d'un idioma per a utilitzar"> + <div lang="ca" class="section" title="Trieu un idioma per usar"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h2 class="title"><a name="selectLanguage"></a>Tria d'un idioma per a utilitzar + <h2 class="title"><a name="selectLanguage"></a>Trieu un idioma per usar </h2> </div> </div> diff --git a/ca/setupBootloader.html b/ca/setupBootloader.html index 02ddd01..a1ba4ad 100644 --- a/ca/setupBootloader.html +++ b/ca/setupBootloader.html @@ -29,13 +29,11 @@ - - - <div class="section" title="With a Bios system"> + <div class="section" title="Bootloader interface"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e899"></a>With a Bios system + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e900"></a>Bootloader interface </h3> </div> </div> @@ -43,15 +41,23 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa1"></a>Si preferiu una configuració del gestor d'arrencada diferent de la que ha - estat triada automàticament, la podeu canviar aquí. - </p> + <p>By default, Mageia uses exclusively:</p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa2"></a>Potser ja teniu un altre sistema operatiu a l'ordinador. En aquest cas, heu - de decidir si voleu afegir Mageia al gestor d'arrencada existent, o bé - permetre a Mageia que en creï un de nou. - </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2-efi for a UEFI system.</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> <div class="tip" title="Suggeriment" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> @@ -71,11 +77,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Ús del gestor d'arrencada de Mageia"> + <div class="section" title="Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="usingMageiaBootloader"></a>Ús del gestor d'arrencada de Mageia + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e910"></a>Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems </h4> </div> </div> @@ -83,50 +89,20 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa4"></a>By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR - (Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other - operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia - boot menu. - </p> - <p>Mageia també ofereix GRUB2 com a gestor d'arrencada opcional, a més de - l'antic GRUB i Lilo. - </p> - <div class="warning" title="Avís" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Warning"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Avís]" src="warning.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa6"></a>Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by - GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is - used. - </p> - - - <p>Aquí la millor solució és fer servir el gestor d'arrencada GRUB2, que està - disponible a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> + <p>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless really knowing what you do.</p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Ús d'un gestor d'arrencada existent"> + <div class="section" title="Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="usingExistingBootloader"></a>Ús d'un gestor d'arrencada existent + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e919"></a>Grub2-efi on UEFI systems </h4> </div> </div> @@ -134,81 +110,104 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa46"></a>Si decidiu fer servir un gestor d'arrencada existent, llavors haureu de - pensar a fer ATURA a la pàgina del resum durant la instal·lació, i fer clic - el botó de <span class="guibutton">Configuració</span> del gestor d'arrencada, que - us permetrà canviar-ne la localització. + <p>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot + choose between with or without graphical menu </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa47"></a>Do not select a device e.g."sda", or you will overwrite your existing - MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the - partitioning phase earlier, e.g. sda7. - </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48"></a>Perquè quedi clar, sda és un dispositiu, mentre que sda7 n'és una partició. - </p> - <div class="tip" title="Suggeriment" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Tip"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Suggeriment]" src="tip.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48a"></a>Aneu a tty2 amb Ctrl+Alt+F2 i escriviu <code class="literal">df</code> per a comprovar - on és la partició <code class="literal">/</code> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 us torna a la - pantalla d'instal·lació. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> + <p>If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer + created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader + (Grub2-efi). If there was already UEFI operating systems previously + installed on your computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer + detected the existing ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it + is possible to have several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever + the number of operating systems you have. + </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa49"></a>El procediment exacte per a afegir Mageia a un gestor d'arrencada ja - existent està fora de l'abast d'aquesta ajuda, tot i que normalment - implicarà executar el programa d'instal·lació del gestor d'arrencada en - qüestió, que el detectarà i afegirà automàticament. Vegeu la documentació - del sistema operatiu corresponent. - </p> + <p>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless really knowing what you do.</p> </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Ús del gestor d'arrencada de Mageia"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e930"></a>Ús del gestor d'arrencada de Mageia + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + - <div class="section" title="Opció avançada del gestor d'arrencada"> - <div class="titlepage"> + <p>By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:</p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard + drive or in the BIOS boot partition. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + + <p>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to + add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, + click on <span class="guibutton">Next</span> and then uncheck the box + <span class="guilabel">Probe Foreign OS</span></p> + + + + + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Ús d'un gestor d'arrencada existent"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> <div> - <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="advancedOptionBootloader"></a>Opció avançada del gestor d'arrencada - </h4> - </div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e947"></a>Ús d'un gestor d'arrencada existent + </h3> </div> </div> - - - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa52"></a>Si l'espai de disc per a la partició <code class="literal">/</code> que conté - <code class="literal">/tmp</code> és molt limitat, cliqueu a - <span class="guibutton">Avançat</span> i marqueu la casella <span class="guilabel">Neteja /tmp en - cada arrencada</span>. Això ajudarà a mantenir espai lliure. - </p> - </div> + + + + <p>El procediment exacte per a afegir Mageia a un gestor d'arrencada ja + existent està fora de l'abast d'aquesta ajuda, tot i que normalment + implicarà executar el programa d'instal·lació del gestor d'arrencada en + qüestió, que el detectarà i afegirà automàticament. Vegeu la documentació + del sistema operatiu corresponent. + </p> </div> - <div class="section" title="With an UEFI system"> + <div class="section" title="Using the chain loading"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e936"></a>With an UEFI system + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e950"></a>Using the chain loading </h3> </div> </div> @@ -216,24 +215,191 @@ - <p>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot - choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available. + <p>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but chain load it from another OS, + click on <span class="guibutton">Next</span>, then on + <span class="guibutton">Advanced</span> and Check the box <span class="guilabel">Do not touch ESP + or MBR</span>. </p> - <p>If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer - created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader - (Grub2-efi). If there was already UEFI operating systems previously - installed on your computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer - detected the existing ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although - it is possible to have several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever - the number of operating systems you have. + + + <p>You will get a warning that the bootloader will lack, ignore it by a click + on <span class="guibutton">OK</span>. </p> - <p>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless really knowing what you do.</p> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Opcions"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e967"></a>Opcions + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="section" title="First page"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e969"></a>First page + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Delay before booting the default image</span>: This text box + lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is + started up. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Security</span>: This allows you to set a password for the + bootloader. This means other people can not enter single user mode or change + settings at the boot time. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Password</span>: This text box is where you actually put the + password + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Password (again)</span>: Retype the password and Drakx will + check that it matches with the one set above. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Advanced</span></p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable ACPI:</span> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power + Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by + stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Uncheck it be + useful, for example, if your computer does not support ACPI or if you think + the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance random + reboots or system lockups). + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable SMP</span>: This option enables / disables symmetric + multiprocessing for multi core processors. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable APIC</span>: Enabling or disabling this gives the + operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt + Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced + IRQ (Interrupt Request) management. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable Local APIC</span>: Here you can set local APIC, which + manage all external interrupts for some specific processor in an SMP system. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Next page"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e1001"></a>Next page + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Default:</span> Operating system started up by default + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Append:</span> This option lets you pass the kernel + information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Probe foreign OS</span>: see above <a class="link" href="setupBootloader.html#setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</a></p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Advanced</span></p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Video mode:</span> This sets the screen size and colour depth + the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered + other size and colour depth options. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="bold"><strong>Do not touch ESP or MBR</strong></span>: see above <a class="link" href="setupBootloader.html#setupChainLoading">Using the chain loading</a></p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> </div> diff --git a/ca/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html b/ca/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html index 385e28d..6e30aa3 100644 --- a/ca/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html +++ b/ca/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html @@ -27,112 +27,25 @@ + <p>To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the + software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories). + </p> - <div class="section" title="With a Bios system"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e951"></a>With a Bios system - </h3> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <p>Podeu afegir una entrada o modificar la que heu triat, prement el botó - adequat a la pantalla de <span class="emphasis"><em>Configuració de l'arrencada</em></span> i - editant la pantalla que hi apareix. - </p> - - - <div class="note" title="Nota" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Note"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Nota]" src="note.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p>If you have chosen <code class="code">Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use - this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually - edit <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code class="code">grub-customizer</code> - instead. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - - - - <p>Algunes coses que es poden fer sense perill són canviar l'etiqueta d'una - entrada i marcar la casella per a fer-la predeterminada. - </p> - - - <p>Podeu afegir el número de versió d'una entrada, o bé reanomenar-la - completament. - </p> - - - <p>L'entrada predeterminada és aquella que es farà servir si no es fa cap - selecció mentre el sistema està arrencant. - </p> - - - <div class="warning" title="Avís" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Warning"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Avís]" src="warning.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't - just try something without knowing what you are doing. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="With an UEFI system"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e968"></a>With an UEFI system - </h3> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <p>In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit - entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit - <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code class="code">grub-customizer</code> - instead. All you can do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop - down list. - </p> - - - <p>After a click on the <span class="guibutton">Next</span> button, another drop down - list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical - boot loader. - </p> - - - + <div class="note" title="Nota" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Nota]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>For more information, see our wiki: <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia" target="_top">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</a></p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> </div> </div> diff --git a/ca/soundConfig.html b/ca/soundConfig.html index 28bf022..b10e7bb 100644 --- a/ca/soundConfig.html +++ b/ca/soundConfig.html @@ -22,7 +22,6 @@ </div> </div> </div> - @@ -32,8 +31,8 @@ <p>En aquesta pantalla es mostra el nom del controlador que l'instal·lador ha triat per a la targeta de so, que serà el predeterminat si n'hi ha un. - </p> + <p>El controlador predeterminat hauria de funcionar sense problemes. Tot i així, si després de la instal·lació trobeu algun problema, executeu @@ -41,14 +40,13 @@ de control de Mageia), triant la pestanya <span class="guilabel">Maquinari</span> i clicant a <span class="guilabel">Configuració del so</span> a la part superior dreta de la pantalla. - </p> + <p>Llavors, a la pantalla de l'eina draksound o «Configuració del so», cliqueu a <span class="guibutton">Avançat</span> i després a <span class="guibutton">Solució de problemes</span> per a trobar consells molt útils per a resoldre el problema. - </p> @@ -68,15 +66,12 @@ instal·lació és útil si no hi ha cap controlador predeterminat i n'hi ha diversos de disponibles, però creieu que l'instal·lador n'ha seleccionat un d'equivocat. - </p> <p>En aquest cas podeu seleccionar un controlador diferent després de fer clic a <span class="guibutton">Deixa'm triar un controlador</span>. - </p> - </div> diff --git a/ca/uninstall-Mageia.html b/ca/uninstall-Mageia.html index 33e16de..166de5f 100644 --- a/ca/uninstall-Mageia.html +++ b/ca/uninstall-Mageia.html @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1206"></a>Howto + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1273"></a>Howto </h3> </div> </div> diff --git a/cs/Select-and-use-ISOs.html b/cs/Select-and-use-ISOs.html index f691c86..a78ea82 100644 --- a/cs/Select-and-use-ISOs.html +++ b/cs/Select-and-use-ISOs.html @@ -194,50 +194,6 @@ </div> </div> - - - <div class="section" title="DVD dual arch"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>DVD dual arch - </h5> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <div class="itemizedlist"> - <ul class="itemizedlist"> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Obě architektury jsou přítomny na tomtéž nosiči, volba je učiněna - automaticky vzhledem k nalezenému procesoru. - </p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Používá jen pracovní plochu Xfce.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Ne všechny jazyky jsou dostupné. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, - pt, ru, sv, uk) TŘEBA ZKONTROLOVAT! - </p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Obsahuje nesvobodný software.</p> - - </li> - </ul> - </div> - - </div> </div> @@ -246,7 +202,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e67"></a>Živé nosiče + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>Živé nosiče </h4> </div> </div> @@ -258,7 +214,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e69"></a>Běžné vlastnosti + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e58"></a>Běžné vlastnosti </h5> </div> </div> @@ -277,7 +233,7 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Každé ISO obsahuje jen jedno prostředí pracovní plochy (KDE nebo GNOME).</p> + <p>Každé ISO obsahuje pouze jedno grafické prostředí (KDE, GNOME nebo Xfce)</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -303,11 +259,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Live CD KDE"> + <div class="section" title="Živé DVD Plasma"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e83"></a>Live CD KDE + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e72"></a>Živé DVD Plasma </h5> </div> </div> @@ -319,17 +275,17 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Jen prostředí pracovní plochy KDE.</p> + <p>Pouze KDE Plasma.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Jen anglický jazyk.</p> + <p>Všechny jazyky jsou přítomny.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Pouze 32 bitové.</p> + <p>Různé nosiče pro 32 nebo 64 bitové architektury.</p> </li> </ul> @@ -338,11 +294,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Live CD GNOME"> + <div class="section" title="Live DVD GNOME"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e92"></a>Live CD GNOME + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e81"></a>Live DVD GNOME </h5> </div> </div> @@ -359,41 +315,6 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Jen anglický jazyk.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Pouze 32 bitové.</p> - - </li> - </ul> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="Live DVD KDE"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>Live DVD KDE - </h5> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <div class="itemizedlist"> - <ul class="itemizedlist"> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Jen prostředí pracovní plochy KDE.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - <p>Všechny jazyky jsou přítomny.</p> </li> @@ -408,11 +329,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Live DVD GNOME"> + <div class="section" title="Živé DVD Xfce"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e110"></a>Live DVD GNOME + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e90"></a>Živé DVD Xfce </h5> </div> </div> @@ -424,7 +345,7 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Jen prostředí pracovní plochy GNOME.</p> + <p>Pouze Xfce.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -449,7 +370,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e119"></a>Jen zaváděcí nosiče CD + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e99"></a>Jen zaváděcí nosiče CD </h4> </div> </div> @@ -461,7 +382,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e121"></a>Běžné vlastnosti + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>Běžné vlastnosti </h5> </div> </div> @@ -505,11 +426,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="boot.iso"> + <div class="section" title="netinstall.iso"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e132"></a>boot.iso + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e112"></a>netinstall.iso </h5> </div> </div> @@ -532,11 +453,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="boot-nonfree.iso"> + <div class="section" title="netinstall-nonfree.iso"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e137"></a>boot-nonfree.iso + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e117"></a>netinstall-nonfree.iso </h5> </div> </div> @@ -567,7 +488,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e142"></a>Stahování a zkontrolování nosiče + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e122"></a>Stahování a zkontrolování nosiče </h3> </div> </div> @@ -579,7 +500,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e144"></a>Stažení + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e124"></a>Stažení </h4> </div> </div> @@ -613,7 +534,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e156"></a>Kontrolování neporušenosti stáhnutého nosiče + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e136"></a>Kontrolování neporušenosti stáhnutého nosiče </h4> </div> </div> @@ -661,7 +582,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e169"></a>Vypálení nebo vepsání souboru ISO + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e149"></a>Vypálení nebo vepsání souboru ISO </h3> </div> </div> @@ -679,7 +600,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e172"></a>Vypálení souboru ISO na CD/DVD + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e152"></a>Vypálení souboru ISO na CD/DVD </h4> </div> </div> @@ -701,7 +622,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e177"></a>Zapsat ISO na USB flash + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e157"></a>Zapsat ISO na USB flash </h4> </div> </div> @@ -743,7 +664,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e183"></a>Použitím grafického nástroje v Mageii + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e163"></a>Použitím grafického nástroje v Mageii </h5> </div> </div> @@ -760,7 +681,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e187"></a>Použitím grafického nástroje ve Windows + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e167"></a>Použitím grafického nástroje ve Windows </h5> </div> </div> @@ -786,7 +707,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e194"></a>Použitím příkazového řádku v systému GNU/Linux + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e174"></a>Použitím příkazového řádku v systému GNU/Linux </h5> </div> </div> diff --git a/cs/addUser.html b/cs/addUser.html index 529f14d..ca8d985 100644 --- a/cs/addUser.html +++ b/cs/addUser.html @@ -29,20 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - <div class="section" title="Nastavení hesla správce (uživatele root):"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -158,25 +144,12 @@ <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - <p>Každý uživatel, kterého přidáte během instalace Mageia bude mít pro svět - čitelný (ale chráněný proti zápisu) domovský adresář. - </p> - - - <p>Každopádně, během používání vaší nové instalace, každý uživatel kterého - přidáte v <span class="emphasis"><em>MCC - Systém - Spravovat uživatele v systému</em></span> - bude mít domácí adresář, který je chráněný stejně při čtení a zápisu. - </p> - - - <p>Pokud nechcete mít světem čitelný domovský adresář pro každého, doporučuje - se nyní přidat jen dočasného uživatele a skutečného uživatele (anebo více - uživatelů) přidat až po restartu. + <p>Jakýkoliv uživatel přidaný v průběhu instalace Mageii bude mít chráněn + domovský adresář proti čtení a zápisu (umask=0027) </p> - <p>Pokud upřednostňujete světem čitelné domovské adresáře, možná budete chtít - přidat všechny další potřebné uživatele v kroku <span class="emphasis"><em>Nastavení - + <p>Můžete přidat všechny další potřebné uživatele v kroku <span class="emphasis"><em>Nastavení - Souhrn</em></span> během instalace. Vyberte si <span class="emphasis"><em>Správa uživatelů</em></span>. </p> diff --git a/cs/add_supplemental_media.html b/cs/add_supplemental_media.html index b834d2a..2dad054 100644 --- a/cs/add_supplemental_media.html +++ b/cs/add_supplemental_media.html @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> - <title>Výběr zdroje (nastavení doplňkových instalačních zdojů)</title> + <title>Výběr zdroje (nastavení doplňkových instalačních zdrojů)</title> <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instalace pomocí DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instalace pomocí DrakX"> @@ -13,11 +13,11 @@ table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } --></style></head> <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> - <div lang="cs" class="section" title="Výběr zdroje (nastavení doplňkových instalačních zdojů)"> + <div lang="cs" class="section" title="Výběr zdroje (nastavení doplňkových instalačních zdrojů)"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h2 class="title"><a name="add_supplemental_media"></a>Výběr zdroje (nastavení doplňkových instalačních zdojů) + <h2 class="title"><a name="add_supplemental_media"></a>Výběr zdroje (nastavení doplňkových instalačních zdrojů) </h2> </div> </div> diff --git a/cs/chooseDesktop.html b/cs/chooseDesktop.html index ed9efc2..c5cb42a 100644 --- a/cs/chooseDesktop.html +++ b/cs/chooseDesktop.html @@ -22,30 +22,25 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - - + - + <p>V závislosti na vašem výběru zde, vám můžou být nabídnuty další obrazovky pro jemné doladění vaší volby. </p> - + <p>Po kroku (resp. krocích) výběru uvidíte během instalace balíčků pohyblivou přehlídku snímků. Přehlídka může být vypnuta stisknutím tlačítka <span class="guilabel">Podrobnosti</span>. </p> + - - - - + <p>Rozhodněte se, zda chcete používat prostředí <span class="application">KDE</span> nebo <span class="application">Gnome</span>. Obě prostředí jsou vybavená všemi užitečnými aplikacemi a nástroji. Zaškrtněte <span class="guilabel">Vlastní</span>, @@ -54,7 +49,7 @@ náročnější než předchozí 2 prostředí, zároveň však obsahuje méně efektů a předinstalovaného softwaru. </p> - + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/cs/choosePackageGroups.html b/cs/choosePackageGroups.html index 803cf3f..2ec9351 100644 --- a/cs/choosePackageGroups.html +++ b/cs/choosePackageGroups.html @@ -22,52 +22,52 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - + + - + <p>Balíčky byly rozřazeny do skupin, aby vám byl ulehčen výběr toho, co vše potřebujete ve vašem systému. Názvy skupin odpovídají tomu, co se v nich nachází, pokud však chcete vědět více o obsahu v dané skupině, stačí najet myší na název skupiny. </p> - + <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Pracovní stanice.</p> + <p>Pracovní stanice.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Server.</p> + <p>Server.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Grafické prostředí.</p> + <p>Grafické prostředí.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - + <p>Individuální výběr balíčků: Tuto možnost můžete použít pro ruční přidání nebo odebrání balíčků. </p> - + </li> </ul> </div> - - <p>Přečtěte si <a class="xref" href="minimal-install.html" title="Minimální instalace">„Minimální instalace“</a> pro instrukce, jak - provést minimální instalaci (bez nebo s X & IceWM). - </p> + + <p>Přečtěte si <a class="xref" href="minimal-install.html" title="Minimální instalace">„Minimální instalace“</a> pro instrukce, jak provést + minimální instalaci (bez nebo s X & IceWM). + </p> + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/cs/configureServices.html b/cs/configureServices.html index 2c1d29d..05f6fa4 100644 --- a/cs/configureServices.html +++ b/cs/configureServices.html @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ - <p><a name="configureServices-pa1"></a>Zde si můžete nastavit, jaké služby (ne)spuštět při zavádění systému. + <p><a name="configureServices-pa1"></a>Zde si můžete nastavit, jaké služby (ne)spouštět při zavádění systému. </p> diff --git a/cs/diskdrake.html b/cs/diskdrake.html index 75cf669..009c2a3 100644 --- a/cs/diskdrake.html +++ b/cs/diskdrake.html @@ -29,18 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - <div class="warning" title="Varování" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> <tr> @@ -101,8 +89,8 @@ <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - <p>Pokud instalujete Mageiu na systém UEFI, zkontrolujte, zda je přítomen ESP - (systémový oddíl EFI) a správně připojen na /boot/EFI (viz výše) + <p>Pokud instalujete Mageiu na UEFI systému, zkontrolujte zda ESP (EFI System + Partition) existuje a je připojen v /boot/EFI (více níže) </p> @@ -113,6 +101,27 @@ </table> </div> + + <div class="note" title="Poznámka" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Poznámka]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Pokud instalujete Mageiu na systém Legacy/GPT, zkontrolujte, že zaváděcí + oddíl BIOS je přítomen se správným typem + </p> + + + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/cs/doPartitionDisks.html b/cs/doPartitionDisks.html index 421770e..461b83d 100644 --- a/cs/doPartitionDisks.html +++ b/cs/doPartitionDisks.html @@ -42,6 +42,8 @@ + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa3"></a></p> <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -99,6 +101,8 @@ </p> + + </li> </ul> @@ -215,6 +219,34 @@ </div> + <div class="note" title="Poznámka" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Poznámka]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, + you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an + about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose the "Custom disk + partitioning" option to be able to create it with the Installer like any + other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type. + </p> + + + + + + + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + <div class="warning" title="Varování" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> <tr> diff --git a/cs/exitInstall.html b/cs/exitInstall.html index 472bc36..bbaf98b 100644 --- a/cs/exitInstall.html +++ b/cs/exitInstall.html @@ -22,16 +22,11 @@ </div> </div> </div> - - - - - - + + - <p><a name="exitInstall-pa1"></a>Dokončili jste instalaci a nastavení <span class="application">Mageii</span> a teď @@ -45,19 +40,17 @@ <p><a name="exitInstall-pa3"></a>Pokud jste neupravovali nastavení pro zavaděč systému, automaticky bude - vybrána a spuštěna vaše nainstalovaná Mageia. + vybrána a spuštěna vaše nainstalovaná Mageia. </p> - + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa4"></a>Bavte se! </p> - + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa5"></a>Navštivte www.mageia.org, pokud máte nějaké otázky nebo pokud chcete přispět - do Mageii + do Mageii </p> - - </div> </body> diff --git a/cs/formatPartitions.html b/cs/formatPartitions.html index 085316a..b4f2519 100644 --- a/cs/formatPartitions.html +++ b/cs/formatPartitions.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instalace pomocí DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instalace pomocí DrakX"> <link rel="prev" href="diskdrake.html" title="Vlastní rozdělení disku pomocí DiskDrake"> - <link rel="next" href="add_supplemental_media.html" title="Výběr zdroje (nastavení doplňkových instalačních zdojů)"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <link rel="next" href="add_supplemental_media.html" title="Výběr zdroje (nastavení doplňkových instalačních zdrojů)"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } diff --git a/cs/index.html b/cs/index.html index 6083ee2..9117e24 100644 --- a/cs/index.html +++ b/cs/index.html @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ <dl> <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e19">Úvod</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e29">Média</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e142">Stahování a zkontrolování nosiče</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e169">Vypálení nebo vepsání souboru ISO</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e122">Stahování a zkontrolování nosiče</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e149">Vypálení nebo vepsání souboru ISO</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="installer.html">DrakX, instalátor Mageii</a></span></dt> @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="takeOverHdConfirm.html">Potvrzení naformátování pevného disku</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="diskdrake.html">Vlastní rozdělení disku pomocí DiskDrake</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="formatPartitions.html">Formátování</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="add_supplemental_media.html">Výběr zdroje (nastavení doplňkových instalačních zdojů)</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="add_supplemental_media.html">Výběr zdroje (nastavení doplňkových instalačních zdrojů)</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="media_selection.html">Výběr zdrojů (Nonfree)</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="chooseDesktop.html">Výběr pracovního prostředí</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="choosePackageGroups.html">Výběr skupiny balíčků</a></span></dt> @@ -75,17 +75,14 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html">Základní nastavení zaváděcího programu</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e898">Se systémem BIOS</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e935">Se systémem UEFI</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e899">Rozhraní zavaděče</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e929">Použití zavaděče Mageii</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e946">Použití už existujícího zavaděče</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e949">Using the chain loading</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e966">Volby</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html">Přidaní nebo změna položky v nabídce zavaděče</a></span></dt> - <dd> - <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e950">Se systémem BIOS</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e967">Se systémem UEFI</a></span></dt> - </dl> - </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html">Souhrn různých parametrů</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> @@ -116,7 +113,7 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html">Odinstalování Mageii</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1206">Jak na to</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1273">Jak na to</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> </dl> diff --git a/cs/media_selection.html b/cs/media_selection.html index 593a7a8..e834be7 100644 --- a/cs/media_selection.html +++ b/cs/media_selection.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instalace pomocí DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instalace pomocí DrakX"> - <link rel="prev" href="add_supplemental_media.html" title="Výběr zdroje (nastavení doplňkových instalačních zdojů)"> + <link rel="prev" href="add_supplemental_media.html" title="Výběr zdroje (nastavení doplňkových instalačních zdrojů)"> <link rel="next" href="chooseDesktop.html" title="Výběr pracovního prostředí"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } diff --git a/cs/misc-params.html b/cs/misc-params.html index 29d9603..3836ddf 100644 --- a/cs/misc-params.html +++ b/cs/misc-params.html @@ -22,28 +22,6 @@ </div> </div> </div> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - @@ -58,6 +36,44 @@ </p> + <div class="note" title="Poznámka" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Poznámka]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them + with 3 exceptions: + </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>existují známé problémy s výchozím nastavením</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>výchozí nastavení bylo vyzkoušeno, ale selhalo</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>something else is said in the detailed sections below</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + <div class="section" title="Systémové parametry"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -99,7 +115,7 @@ </p> - <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4b"></a>Nic na tom neměňte, pokud nevíte, jak nastavit Grub a/nebo Lilo. + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4b"></a>Pokud nevíte jak nastavit Grub2, nic neměňte </p> @@ -165,6 +181,25 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa1a"></a>Zde nastavujete nebo měníte rozložení vaší klávesnice, které bude záležet na vaší poloze, jazyku nebo typu klávesnice. </p> + + + <div class="note" title="Poznámka" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Poznámka]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind + that your passwords are going to change too. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -183,7 +218,7 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3"></a><span class="guilabel">Zvuková karta</span>: </p> - + <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3a"></a>Instalátor používá výchozí ovladač, pokud nějaký výchozí existuje. Možnost výběru odlišného ovladače je dána jen tehdy, když je více než jeden ovladač pro vaši kartu, ale žádný z nich není výchozí. @@ -324,7 +359,8 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa2b"></a>Vyberte si služby, které si přejete, aby měly přístup k vašemu systému. Vaše - výběry budou záležet na tom, k čemu používáte váš počítač. + výběry budou záležet na tom, k čemu používáte váš počítač. Další informace + najdete na <a class="xref" href="">???</a>. </p> diff --git a/cs/selectCountry.html b/cs/selectCountry.html index b386b58..6994b68 100644 --- a/cs/selectCountry.html +++ b/cs/selectCountry.html @@ -22,29 +22,24 @@ </div> </div> </div> + + + - - - - - - - - - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa1"></a>Vyberte vaši zemi nebo oblast. Toto je důležité pro všechny druhy nastavení, jako jsou měna a bezdrátová regulační doména. Nastavení nesprávné země může vést k neschopnosti používání bezdrátové sítě. </p> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa2"></a>Pokud vaše země není v seznamu, klepněte na tlačítko <span class="guilabel">Ostatní země</span> a tam si vyberte vaši zemi/oblast. </p> - + <div class="note" title="Poznámka" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> <tr> @@ -53,19 +48,19 @@ </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa3"></a>Pokud je vaše země jen v seznamu <span class="guilabel">ostatních zemí</span>, po klepnutí na <span class="guibutton">OK</span> se může zdát, že země byla vybrána ze seznamu. Tohoto si, prosím, nevšímejte, DrakX bude následovat vaši skutečnou volbu. </p> - + </td> </tr> </table> </div> - + <div class="section" title="Vstupní metoda"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -75,10 +70,9 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa4"></a>Na obrazovce <span class="guilabel">Ostatní země</span> si též můžete zvolit vstupní metodu (v seznamu dole). Vstupní metody uživatelům dovolují vkládat vícejazyčné znaky (čínské, japonské, korejské atd.). IBus je výchozí vstupní @@ -90,7 +84,7 @@ před výběrem balíčků. </p> - + <div class="note" title="Poznámka" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> <tr> @@ -99,20 +93,20 @@ </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa5"></a>Pokud jste během instalace vynechali nastavení vstupní metody, můžete ji zpřístupnit po restartu vašeho nainstalovaného systému přes "Nastavit váš - počítač" -> "Systém", anebo spuštěním localedrake jako superuživatel - (správce root). + počítač"→ "Systém", anebo spuštěním localedrake jako superuživatel (správce + root). </p> - + </td> </tr> </table> </div> - + </div> - + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/cs/setupBootloader.html b/cs/setupBootloader.html index 1a8b7f0..06910a8 100644 --- a/cs/setupBootloader.html +++ b/cs/setupBootloader.html @@ -29,13 +29,11 @@ - - - <div class="section" title="Se systémem BIOS"> + <div class="section" title="Rozhraní zavaděče"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e898"></a>Se systémem BIOS + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e899"></a>Rozhraní zavaděče </h3> </div> </div> @@ -43,15 +41,23 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa1"></a>Pokud upřednostňujete odlišné nastavení zavaděče namísto těch automaticky - vybraných instalátorem, můžete je zde změnit. - </p> + <p>Ve výchozím stavu Mageia používá výhradně:</p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa2"></a>Pokud již ve vašem počítači máte jiný operační systém, v tom případě se - potřebujete rozhodnout, zda přidáte Mageiu k vašemu už existujícímu - zavaděči, nebo Mageie dovolíte vytvořit nový zavaděč. - </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2-efi pro UEFI systémy.</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> <div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> @@ -71,11 +77,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Použití zavaděče Mageii"> + <div class="section" title="Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="usingMageiaBootloader"></a>Použití zavaděče Mageii + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e909"></a>Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems </h4> </div> </div> @@ -83,50 +89,20 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa4"></a>Ve výchozím nastavení Mageia zapisuje nový zavaděč (zastaralého) GRUBa do - MBR (Hlavního spouštěcího záznamu) vašeho prvního pevného disku. Pokud už - máte nainstalovány jiné operační systémy, Mageia se pokusí o jejich přidání - do vaší nové spouštěcí nabídky Mageii. - </p> - <p>Mageia teď také nabízí GRUB2 jako volitelný zavaděč navíc k zastaralému - GRUBu a Lilu. - </p> - <div class="warning" title="Varování" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Warning"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Varování]" src="warning.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa6"></a>Linuxové systémy, které používají zavaděč GRUB2, nejsou v současnosti - podporovány (zastaralým) GRUBem a nebudou rozpoznány, pokud je použit - výchozí zavaděč GRUB. - </p> - - - <p>Tady je nejlepším řešením používat zavaděč GRUB2, který je dostupný na - souhrnné stránce během instalace. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> + <p>Neupravujte "Zaváděcí zařízení", pokud s jistotou nevíte, co děláte.</p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Použití už existujícího zavaděče"> + <div class="section" title="Grub2-efi na UEFI systémech"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="usingExistingBootloader"></a>Použití už existujícího zavaděče + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e918"></a>Grub2-efi na UEFI systémech </h4> </div> </div> @@ -134,83 +110,104 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa46"></a>Pokud se rozhodnete použít už existující zavaděč, potom se potřebujete během - instalace ZASTAVIT na souhrnné stránce a klepnout na tlačítko zavaděče - <span class="guibutton">Nastavit</span>, které vám dovolí změnit instalační umístění - zavaděče. + <p>Se systémem UEFI je uživatelské rozhraní trochu odlišné, protože si nemůžete + volit postup s nebo bez grafické nabídky </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa47"></a>Nevybírejte si zařízení jako je např. "sda", nebo přepíšete váš existující - MBR. Musíte si vybrat kořenový oddíl, který jste si vybrali dříve během fáze - dělení disku, jako je např. sda7. - </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48"></a>Pro ujasnění, sda je zařízení, sda7 je oddíl nebo jinak řečeno oddíl na onom - zařízení. - </p> - <div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Tip"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Tip]" src="tip.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48a"></a>Jděte do tty2 stisknutím Ctrl+Alt+F2 a napište <code class="literal">df</code> pro - zkontrolování, kde je umístěn váš <code class="literal">/</code> (kořenový) - oddíl. Ctrl+Alt+F7 vás dostane nazpět na obrazovku instalátoru. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> + <p>Pokud je Mageia prvním systémem nainstalovaným na váš počítač, instalátor + vytvořil ESP (systémový oddíl EFI) pro zapsání zavaděče (Grub2-efi). Pokud + ve vašem počítači byly už předtím nainstalovány operační systémy UEFI + (například Windows 8), instalátor Mageii zjistil stávající ESP vytvořený + operačním systémem Windows a přidal grub2-efi. Ačkoli je možno mít více + oddílů ESP, radí se mít a stačí jen jeden, bez ohledu na počet operačních + systémů, které máte v počítači. + </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa49"></a>Přesný postup pro přidání vašeho systému Mageia k existujícímu zavaděči - přesahuje oblast této nápovědy, avšak ve většině případů bude zahrnovat - spuštění příslušného programu na instalaci zavaděče, který by ho měl - rozpoznat a přidat automaticky. Podívejte se na dokumentaci k operačnímu - systému, o nějž jde. - </p> + <p>Neupravujte "Zaváděcí zařízení", pokud s jistotou nevíte, co děláte.</p> </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Použití zavaděče Mageii"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e929"></a>Použití zavaděče Mageii + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + - <div class="section" title="Pokročilé parametry zavaděče"> - <div class="titlepage"> + <p>By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:</p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard + drive or in the BIOS boot partition. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2-efi zavaděč do ESP</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + + <p>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to + add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, + click on <span class="guibutton">Next</span> and then uncheck the box + <span class="guilabel">Probe Foreign OS</span></p> + + + + + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Použití už existujícího zavaděče"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> <div> - <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="advancedOptionBootloader"></a>Pokročilé parametry zavaděče - </h4> - </div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e946"></a>Použití už existujícího zavaděče + </h3> </div> </div> - - - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa52"></a>pokud máte velmi omezený diskový prostor pro <code class="literal">/</code> oddíl, - který obsahuje adresář <code class="literal">/tmp</code>, klepněte na tlačítko - <span class="guibutton">Pokročilé</span> a zkontrolujte políčko <span class="guilabel">Vyčistit - /tmp před každým zavedením systému</span>. Toto pomůže udržet trochu - volného místa. - </p> - </div> + + + + <p>Přesný postup pro přidání vašeho systému Mageia k existujícímu zavaděči + přesahuje oblast této nápovědy, avšak ve většině případů bude zahrnovat + spuštění příslušného programu na instalaci zavaděče, který by ho měl + rozpoznat a přidat automaticky. Podívejte se na dokumentaci k operačnímu + systému, o nějž jde. + </p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Se systémem UEFI"> + <div class="section" title="Using the chain loading"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e935"></a>Se systémem UEFI + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e949"></a>Using the chain loading </h3> </div> </div> @@ -218,24 +215,191 @@ - <p>Se systémem UEFI je uživatelské rozhraní trochu odlišné, protože si nemůžete - zvolit zavaděč systému, jelikož je dostupný jen Grub2-efi. + <p>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but chain load it from another OS, + click on <span class="guibutton">Next</span>, then on + <span class="guibutton">Advanced</span> and Check the box <span class="guilabel">Do not touch ESP + or MBR</span>. </p> - <p>Pokud je Mageia prvním systémem nainstalovaným na váš počítač, instalátor - vytvořil ESP (systémový oddíl EFI) pro zapsání zavaděče (Grub2-efi). Pokud - ve vašem počítači byly už předtím nainstalovány operační systémy UEFI - (například Windows 8), instalátor Mageii zjistil stávající ESP vytvořený - operačním systémem Windows a přidal grub2-efi. Ačkoli je možno mít více - oddílů ESP, radí se mít a stačí jen jeden, bez ohledu na počet operačních - systémů, které máte v počítači. + + + <p>You will get a warning that the bootloader will lack, ignore it by a click + on <span class="guibutton">OK</span>. </p> - <p>Neupravujte "Zaváděcí zařízení", pokud s jistotou nevíte, co děláte.</p> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Volby"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e966"></a>Volby + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="section" title="První strana"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e968"></a>První strana + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Delay before booting the default image</span>: This text box + lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is + started up. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Security</span>: This allows you to set a password for the + bootloader. This means other people can not enter single user mode or change + settings at the boot time. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Password</span>: This text box is where you actually put the + password + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Heslo (znovu)</span>: Znovu zadejte heslo a drakx zkontroluje, + zda odpovídá heslu zadanému výše. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Pokročilé</span></p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable ACPI:</span> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power + Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by + stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Uncheck it be + useful, for example, if your computer does not support ACPI or if you think + the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance random + reboots or system lockups). + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable SMP</span>: This option enables / disables symmetric + multiprocessing for multi core processors. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable APIC</span>: Enabling or disabling this gives the + operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt + Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced + IRQ (Interrupt Request) management. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable Local APIC</span>: Here you can set local APIC, which + manage all external interrupts for some specific processor in an SMP system. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Další strana"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e1000"></a>Další strana + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Default:</span> Operating system started up by default + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Append:</span> This option lets you pass the kernel + information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Probe foreign OS</span>: see above <a class="link" href="setupBootloader.html#setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</a></p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Pokročilé</span></p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Video mode:</span> This sets the screen size and colour depth + the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered + other size and colour depth options. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="bold"><strong>Do not touch ESP or MBR</strong></span>: see above <a class="link" href="setupBootloader.html#setupChainLoading">Using the chain loading</a></p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> </div> diff --git a/cs/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html b/cs/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html index 393da4e..e5a095b 100644 --- a/cs/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html +++ b/cs/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html @@ -27,110 +27,25 @@ + <p>To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the + software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories). + </p> - <div class="section" title="Se systémem BIOS"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e950"></a>Se systémem BIOS - </h3> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <p>Můžete přidat položku anebo upravit tu, kterou jste si nejprve vybrali, - stisknutím příslušného tlačítka na obrazovce <span class="emphasis"><em>Nastavení - zavaděče</em></span> a upravováním obrazovky, která se objeví nad ní. - </p> - - - <div class="note" title="Poznámka" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Note"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Poznámka]" src="note.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p>Pokud jste si vybrali <code class="code">Grub 2</code> jako váš zavaděč, můžete v tomto - kroku použít tento nástroj na úpravu položek, stiskněte 'Další'. Potřebujete - ručně upravit soubor <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code>, anebo místo toho - použít <code class="code">grub-customizer</code>. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - - - - <p>Některými věcmi, které mohou být vykonány bez jakéhokoli nebezpečí, jsou - změna nadpisu položky a zaškrtnutí políčka, aby se položka stala výchozí. - </p> - - - <p>Můžete přidat správné číslo verze položky, nebo ji celou přejmenovat.</p> - - - <p>Výchozí položka je ta, kterou systém spustí, jestliže během spouštění - systému neuděláte jinou volbu. - </p> - - - <div class="warning" title="Varování" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Warning"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Varování]" src="warning.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p>Úprava jiných věcí vás může ponechat s nespustitelným systémem. Nezkoušejte, - prosím, nic bez znalosti toho, co děláte. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="Se systémem UEFI"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e967"></a>Se systémem UEFI - </h3> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <p>V tomto případě používáte Grub2-efi a nemůžete použít tento nástroj na - úpravu položek v tomto kroku. Abyste to mohl vykonat, potřebujete ručně - upravit <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> nebo namísto toho použít - <code class="code">grub-customizer</code>. Jediné co tu můžete udělat, je zvolit výchozí - položku ve vysouvacím seznamu. - </p> - - - <p>Po klepnutí na tlačítko <span class="guibutton">Další</span> vám další vysouvací - seznam dovolí vybrat si rozlišení obrazovky pro Grub2, který je grafickým - zavaděčem systémů. - </p> - - - + <div class="note" title="Poznámka" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Poznámka]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Pro více informací se podívejte na naše stránky: <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia" target="_top">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</a></p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> </div> </div> diff --git a/cs/soundConfig.html b/cs/soundConfig.html index 9d4e0a0..687e19c 100644 --- a/cs/soundConfig.html +++ b/cs/soundConfig.html @@ -22,7 +22,6 @@ </div> </div> </div> - @@ -33,22 +32,21 @@ <p>Na této obrazovce je udán název ovladače, který zvolil instalátor pro vaši zvukovou kartu, což bude výchozí ovladač, pokud máte některý určen jako výchozí. - </p> + <p>Výchozí ovladač by měl pracovat bez problémů. Avšak, pokud se po instalaci střetáváte s problémy, potom spustěte příkaz <span class="command"><strong>draksound</strong></span> nebo spustěte tento nástroj přes nabídku MCC (Ovládací centrum Mageii), zvolením panelu <span class="guilabel">Hardware</span> a klepnutím na <span class="guilabel">Nastavení zvuku</span> v horní pravé části obrazovky. - </p> + <p>Potom na obrazovce draksound nebo nástroje na "Nastavení zvuku", klepněte na <span class="guibutton">Rozšíření</span> a potom na <span class="guibutton">Řešení problémů</span>, abyste našli velmi užitečnou radu o tom, jak vyřešit problém. - </p> @@ -68,15 +66,12 @@ instalace, je užitečné tehdy, pokud tu není žádný výchozí ovladač a je tu dostupných více ovládačů, ale vy si myslíte, že instalátor vybral nesprávný ovladač. - </p> <p>V tom případě můžete zvolit odlišný ovladač po klepnutí na <span class="guibutton">Nechat mě vybrat jiný ovladač</span>. - </p> - </div> diff --git a/cs/uninstall-Mageia.html b/cs/uninstall-Mageia.html index 2ad57e6..1700b68 100644 --- a/cs/uninstall-Mageia.html +++ b/cs/uninstall-Mageia.html @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1206"></a>Jak na to + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1273"></a>Jak na to </h3> </div> </div> diff --git a/de/Select-and-use-ISOs.html b/de/Select-and-use-ISOs.html index 5e26537..beb9fc3 100644 --- a/de/Select-and-use-ISOs.html +++ b/de/Select-and-use-ISOs.html @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Jede DVD enthält viele verfügbare Arbeitsumgebungen und Sprachen.</p> + <p>Jede DVD enthält viele verfügbare Desktop-Umgebungen und Sprachen.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -199,50 +199,6 @@ </div> </div> - - - <div class="section" title="Dual Arch DVD"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>Dual Arch DVD - </h5> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <div class="itemizedlist"> - <ul class="itemizedlist"> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Beide Architekturen sind auf dem gleichen Medium vorhanden, die Auswahl wird - automatisch anhand der erkannten CPU getroffen. - </p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Verwendet nur den Xfce-Desktop.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Nicht alle Sprachen sind verfügbar. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, - pt, ru, sv, uk) MUSS ÜBERPRÜFT WERDEN! - </p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Es ist unfreie Software enthalten.</p> - - </li> - </ul> - </div> - - </div> </div> @@ -251,7 +207,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e67"></a>Live Medien + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>Live Medien </h4> </div> </div> @@ -263,7 +219,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e69"></a>Grundsätzliche Eigenschaften + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e58"></a>Grundsätzliche Eigenschaften </h5> </div> </div> @@ -283,7 +239,7 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Jede ISO enthält nur eine Desktopumgebung (KDE oder GNOME).</p> + <p>Jede ISO enthält nur eine Desktop-Umgebung (KDE, GNOME oder Xfce).</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -309,11 +265,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Live-CD KDE"> + <div class="section" title="Live-DVD Plasma"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e83"></a>Live-CD KDE + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e72"></a>Live-DVD Plasma </h5> </div> </div> @@ -325,17 +281,17 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Nur KDE Desktop-Umgebung.</p> + <p>Nur Plasma Desktop-Umgebung.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Nur englische Sprache.</p> + <p>Alle Sprachen sind vorhanden.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Nur 32-Bit.</p> + <p>Verschiedene Medien für 32- oder 64-Bit-Architekturen.</p> </li> </ul> @@ -344,11 +300,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Live-CD GNOME"> + <div class="section" title="Live-DVD GNOME"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e92"></a>Live-CD GNOME + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e81"></a>Live-DVD GNOME </h5> </div> </div> @@ -365,41 +321,6 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Nur englische Sprache.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Nur 32-Bit.</p> - - </li> - </ul> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="Live-DVD KDE"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>Live-DVD KDE - </h5> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <div class="itemizedlist"> - <ul class="itemizedlist"> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Nur KDE Desktop-Umgebung.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - <p>Alle Sprachen sind vorhanden.</p> </li> @@ -414,11 +335,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Live-DVD GNOME"> + <div class="section" title="Live-DVD Xfce"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e110"></a>Live-DVD GNOME + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e90"></a>Live-DVD Xfce </h5> </div> </div> @@ -430,7 +351,7 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Nur GNOME Desktop-Umgebung.</p> + <p>Nur Xfce Desktop-Umgebung.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -455,7 +376,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e119"></a>Boot-only CD Medien + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e99"></a>Boot-only CD Medien </h4> </div> </div> @@ -467,7 +388,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e121"></a>Grundsätzliche Eigenschaften + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>Grundsätzliche Eigenschaften </h5> </div> </div> @@ -511,11 +432,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="boot.iso"> + <div class="section" title="netinstall.iso"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e132"></a>boot.iso + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e112"></a>netinstall.iso </h5> </div> </div> @@ -538,11 +459,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="boot-nonfree.iso"> + <div class="section" title="netinstall-nonfree.iso"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e137"></a>boot-nonfree.iso + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e117"></a>netinstall-nonfree.iso </h5> </div> </div> @@ -573,7 +494,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e142"></a>Medien herunterladen und überprüfen + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e122"></a>Medien herunterladen und überprüfen </h3> </div> </div> @@ -585,7 +506,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e144"></a>Herunterladen + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e124"></a>Herunterladen </h4> </div> </div> @@ -621,7 +542,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e156"></a>Überprüfen der integrietät der heruntergeladenen Datei + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e136"></a>Überprüfen der integrietät der heruntergeladenen Datei </h4> </div> </div> @@ -671,7 +592,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e169"></a>Brennen oder übertragen der ISO + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e149"></a>Brennen oder übertragen der ISO </h3> </div> </div> @@ -689,7 +610,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e172"></a>ISO auf eine CD/DVD brennen + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e152"></a>ISO auf eine CD/DVD brennen </h4> </div> </div> @@ -711,7 +632,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e177"></a>ISO auf einen USB-Stick übertragen + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e157"></a>ISO auf einen USB-Stick übertragen </h4> </div> </div> @@ -753,7 +674,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e183"></a>Verwenden eines grafischen Werkzeugs in Mageia + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e163"></a>Verwenden eines grafischen Werkzeugs in Mageia </h5> </div> </div> @@ -770,7 +691,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e187"></a>Verwenden eines grafischen Werkzeugs in Windows + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e167"></a>Verwenden eines grafischen Werkzeugs in Windows </h5> </div> </div> @@ -796,7 +717,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e194"></a>Verwenden der Befehlzeile in einem GNU/Linux System + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e174"></a>Verwenden der Befehlzeile in einem GNU/Linux System </h5> </div> </div> diff --git a/de/addUser.html b/de/addUser.html index d523105..fbd0602 100644 --- a/de/addUser.html +++ b/de/addUser.html @@ -29,20 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - <div class="section" title="Setzen des Administrator (root) Passworts:"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -163,28 +149,15 @@ <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - <p>Jeder Nutzer, der bei der Installation von Mageia hinzugefügt wird, besitzt - ein home Verzeichnis, welches systemweit gelesen werden kann, aber - schreibgeschützt ist. - </p> - - - <p>Allerdings wird jeder Nutzer, der in <span class="emphasis"><em>MCC - System - Verwalte - Nutzer im System </em></span>hinzugefügt wird, ein sowohl lese- als auch - schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis besitzen. - </p> - - - <p>Wenn Sie kein öffentlich zugängliches Home-Verzeichnis für alle haben - möchten, wird empfohlen, einen temporären Benutzer anzulegen und die - tatsächlichen Benutzer nach einem Neustart hinzuzufügen. + <p>Jeder Nutzer, der bei der Installation von Mageia hinzugefügt wird, erhält + ein lese- und schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis (umask=0027). </p> - <p>Wenn Sie systemweit lesbare home Verzeichnisse bevorzugen, sollten Sie alle - zusätzlichen Nutzer in dem Schritt <span class="emphasis"><em>Konfiguration - - Zusammenfassung</em></span> während der Installation hinzufügen. Wählen Sie - <span class="emphasis"><em>Benutzerverwaltung</em></span>. + <p>Sie können zusätzliche Zugänge für weitere Benutzer im + <span class="emphasis"><em>Konfiguration - Zusammenfassung</em></span> Bildschirm, während der + Installation, hinzufügen. Wähle hierfür die + <span class="emphasis"><em>Benutzerverwaltung</em></span> aus. </p> diff --git a/de/chooseDesktop.html b/de/chooseDesktop.html index 617ee7b..bafed03 100644 --- a/de/chooseDesktop.html +++ b/de/chooseDesktop.html @@ -22,31 +22,26 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - - + - + <p>Je nachdem, welche Auswahl Sie hier treffen, werden weitere Auswahlfenster angezeigt, um Ihre Installation individuell zu gestalten. </p> - + <p>Nach den Auswahlschritten wird während der Paketinstallation eine Präsentation angezeigt. Die Präsentation kann durch Anklicken des <span class="guilabel">Details</span>-Knopfes beendet werden. </p> + - - - - - <p>Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte Desktopumgebung + + <p>Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte Desktop-Umgebung <span class="application">KDE</span> oder <span class="application">Gnome</span>. Beide bieten einen vollständigen Satz an nützlichen Programmen und Werkzeugen. Setzen Sie bei <span class="guilabel">"Benutzerdefiniert"</span> ein @@ -56,7 +51,7 @@ beiden eben genannten, bietet dafür aber weniger "Eye Candy" und es werden standardmäßig weniger Pakete installiert. </p> - + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/de/choosePackageGroups.html b/de/choosePackageGroups.html index 17d17b8..a5ff793 100644 --- a/de/choosePackageGroups.html +++ b/de/choosePackageGroups.html @@ -22,14 +22,13 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - + + - + <p>Um die Paketauswahl zu erleichtern, wurden Programmpakete in Gruppen sortiert. Die Gruppen sind größtenteils selbsterklärend. Falls Sie aber doch weitere Informationen zu dem Inhalt wünschen, brauchen Sie nur die @@ -37,38 +36,39 @@ Gruppen fahren. </p> - + <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Workstation</p> + <p>Workstation</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Server</p> + <p>Server</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Grafische Umgebung.</p> + <p>Grafische Umgebung.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - + <p>Individuelle Paketauswahl (Um händisch Pakete hinzuzufügen oder entfernen zu können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option.) </p> - + </li> </ul> </div> - - <p>Lese <a class="xref" href="minimal-install.html" title="Minimale Installation">„Minimale Installation“</a> für eine Anleitung, wie man - eine minimale Installation durchführt (ohne oder mit X & IceWM). - </p> + + <p>Lese <a class="xref" href="minimal-install.html" title="Minimale Installation">„Minimale Installation“</a> für eine Anleitung, wie man eine + minimale Installation durchführt (ohne oder mit X & IceWM). + </p> + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/de/diskdrake.html b/de/diskdrake.html index d1e6053..d72ab9d 100644 --- a/de/diskdrake.html +++ b/de/diskdrake.html @@ -29,18 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - <div class="warning" title="Warnung" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> <tr> @@ -106,9 +94,9 @@ <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - <p>Falls Sie Mageia auf einem UEFI System installieren überprüfen Sie das eine + <p>Falls Sie Mageia auf einem UEFI System installieren, überprüfen Sie das eine ESP (EFI Systempartition) vorhanden und korrekt unter /boot/EFI eingebunden - ist (siehe oben) + ist (siehe unten) </p> @@ -119,6 +107,27 @@ </table> </div> + + <div class="note" title="Anmerkung" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Anmerkung]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Falls Sie Mageia auf einem Legacy/GPT System installieren, überprüfen Sie + das eine BIOS Bootpartition mit dem richtigen Dateisystemtyp vorhanden ist + </p> + + + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/de/doPartitionDisks.html b/de/doPartitionDisks.html index c21cc55..37e914a 100644 --- a/de/doPartitionDisks.html +++ b/de/doPartitionDisks.html @@ -42,6 +42,8 @@ + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa3"></a></p> <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -105,6 +107,8 @@ </p> + + </li> </ul> @@ -230,6 +234,35 @@ </div> + <div class="note" title="Anmerkung" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Anmerkung]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Falls Sie ein Legacy System (bekannt als CSM oder BIOS) mit einem GPT + Laufwerk verwenden, müssen Sie eine BIOS Bootpartition erstellen, falls noch + keine vorhanden ist. Es ist eine ungefähr 1 MiB große Partition ohne einen + Einhängepunkt. Wähle die "Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung" um diese über + das Installationsprogramm zu erstellen, wie dies auch bei den anderen + Partitionen geschieht. Wähle als Dateisystem "BIOS boot partition" aus. + </p> + + + + + + + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + <div class="warning" title="Warnung" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> <tr> diff --git a/de/exitInstall.html b/de/exitInstall.html index 943c68c..bafc926 100644 --- a/de/exitInstall.html +++ b/de/exitInstall.html @@ -22,16 +22,11 @@ </div> </div> </div> - + - - - - - <p><a name="exitInstall-pa1"></a>Sie haben die Installation und Konfiguration von @@ -47,19 +42,17 @@ <p><a name="exitInstall-pa3"></a>Haben Sie für den Bootloader keine Einstellungen vorgenommen, so wird das - von Ihnen installierte Mageia automatisch gewählt und gestartet. + von Ihnen installierte Mageia automatisch gewählt und gestartet. </p> - + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa4"></a>Viel Vergnügen! </p> - + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa5"></a>Besuchen Sie www.mageia.org, falls Sie weitere Fragen haben oder bei Mageia - mitarbeiten wollen. + mitarbeiten wollen. </p> - - </div> </body> diff --git a/de/index.html b/de/index.html index 885cf2b..acb6617 100644 --- a/de/index.html +++ b/de/index.html @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ <dl> <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e19">Einleitung</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e29">Medien</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e142">Medien herunterladen und überprüfen</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e169">Brennen oder übertragen der ISO</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e122">Medien herunterladen und überprüfen</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e149">Brennen oder übertragen der ISO</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="installer.html">DrakX, das Mageia Installationsprogramm</a></span></dt> @@ -75,17 +75,14 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html">Hauptoptionen des Bootloaders</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e918">Mit einem BIOS System</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e957">Mit einem UEFI System</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e919">Bootloader interface</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e949">Verwenden des Mageia Bootloaders</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e966">Verwenden eines bestehenden Bootloaders</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e969">Verwenden des Chain-Loader</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e986">Optionen</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html">Hinzufügen oder ändern eines Boot Menü Eintrags</a></span></dt> - <dd> - <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e972">Mit einem BIOS System</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e989">Mit einem UEFI System</a></span></dt> - </dl> - </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html">Zusammenfassung von verschiedenen Parameter</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> @@ -116,7 +113,7 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html">Mageia deinstallieren</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1231">Kurzanleitung</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1293">Kurzanleitung</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> </dl> diff --git a/de/minimal-install.html b/de/minimal-install.html index b92e738..b403a52 100644 --- a/de/minimal-install.html +++ b/de/minimal-install.html @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ </p> <p>Wenn ausgewählt, wird "Mit X" auch IceWM als eine leichtgewichtige - Desktopumgebung beinhalten. + Desktop-Umgebung beinhalten. </p> <p>Die grundlegenden Dokumente werden in Form von man- und info-Seiten diff --git a/de/misc-params.html b/de/misc-params.html index 0f1287f..66db358 100644 --- a/de/misc-params.html +++ b/de/misc-params.html @@ -29,28 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - <p><a name="misc-params-pa1"></a>DrakX führt eine intelligente Auswahl für die Konfiguration Ihres Systems durch, abhängig von der von Ihnen getroffenen Auswahl und der von DrakX entdeckten Hardware. Sie können diese Einstellungen hier nochmals überprüfen @@ -59,6 +37,47 @@ </p> + <div class="note" title="Anmerkung" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Anmerkung]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Als Grundregel können die Standardeinstellungen als die empfohlenen + betrachtet werden, die Sie beibehalten können, außer bei folgenden 3 + Ausnahmen: + </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>es gibt bekannte Probleme mit den Standardeinstellungen</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>die Standardeinstellungen wurden bereits ausprobiert, jedoch hat es nicht + funktioniert + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>etwas anderes wird weiter unten, in den detaillierten Abschnitten, genannt</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + <div class="section" title="Systemparameter"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -103,7 +122,7 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4b"></a>Ändern Sie an den Einstellungen nichts, es sei denn, Sie wissen genau, wie - Grub und/oder Lilo zu konfigurieren sind. + Grub2 zu konfigurieren ist </p> @@ -169,6 +188,25 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa1a"></a>Hier bestimmen oder ändern Sie die Belegung Ihrer Tastatur, abhängig von Ihrem Standort, Ihrer Sprache oder dem Typ der Tastatur. </p> + + + <div class="note" title="Anmerkung" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Anmerkung]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind + that your passwords are going to change too. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -187,7 +225,7 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3"></a><span class="guilabel">Soundkarte</span>: </p> - + <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3a"></a>Der Installer nutzt den Standardtreiber, wenn einer installiert ist. Die Option, um einen anderen Treiber zu wählen, wird nur angezeigt, wenn es mehrere Treiber für ihre Karte gibt und keiner Standard ist. @@ -330,7 +368,7 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa2b"></a>Wählen Sie die Dienste, denen Sie Zugriff auf Ihr System gestatten wollen. Die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl ist abhängig davon, wofür Sie Ihren - Computer verwenden wollen. + Computer verwenden wollen. Für weitere Informationen siehe <a class="xref" href="">???</a>. </p> diff --git a/de/selectCountry.html b/de/selectCountry.html index 22e904c..6a03dce 100644 --- a/de/selectCountry.html +++ b/de/selectCountry.html @@ -22,31 +22,26 @@ </div> </div> </div> + + + - - - - - - - - - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa1"></a>Wählen Sie Ihr Land oder Ihre Region. Dies ist für alle Einstellungen nötig, wie für die Währung und die für dieses Land gültigen Einstellungen des - Funknetzes. Setzen Sie das falsche Land, kann dies zu einer Fehlfunktion + Funknetzes. Wählen Sie das falsche Land aus, kann dies zu einer Fehlfunktion des WLANs führen. </p> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa2"></a>Wenn Sie Ihr Land nicht in der Liste finden, klicken Sie auf den Knopf <span class="guilabel">Andere Länder</span> und wählen Sie hier Ihr Land und Ihre Region. </p> - + <div class="note" title="Anmerkung" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> <tr> @@ -55,19 +50,19 @@ </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa3"></a>Finden Sie Ihr Land nur in der Liste <span class="guilabel">Andere Länder</span>, nachdem Sie auf <span class="guibutton">OK</span> geklickt haben, so hat es den Anschein, als hätten Sie ein Land aus der ersten Liste gewählt. Bitte ignorieren Sie dies, DrakX befolgt die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl. </p> - + </td> </tr> </table> </div> - + <div class="section" title="Eingabemethode"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -77,23 +72,19 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - <p><a name="selectCountry-pa4"></a>Am Bildschirm <span class="guilabel">Andere Länder</span> können Sie auch eine - Eingabemethode wählen (am Ende der Liste). Eingabemethoden erlauben es dem - Benutzer, multilinguale Zeichen (Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, usw.) - einzugeben. IBus ist die vorgegebene Eingabemethode der Mageia-DVDs, - Afrikanisch/Indischen und Asien/nicht-Indischen Live-CDs. Für Asien und - Afrika wird IBus als vorgegebene Eingabemethode gesetzt, so dass Benutzer - dies nicht händisch konfigurieren müssen. Andere Eingabemethoden (SCIM, - GCIN, HIME, usw.) stellen ähnliche Funktionen zur Verfügung und können - installiert werden, wenn Sie vor der Paketauswahl ein HTTP/FTP-Medium - hinzufügen. + + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa4"></a>In the <span class="guilabel">Other Countries</span> screen you can also select an + input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input + multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the + default input method, so users should not need to configure it + manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar + functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package + selection. </p> - + <div class="note" title="Anmerkung" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> <tr> @@ -102,20 +93,20 @@ </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="selectCountry-pa5"></a>Vermissen Sie während der Installation die Einstellungen der Eingabemethode, - so können Sie darauf zugreifen, sobald Sie mittels "Konfigurieren Ihres - Computers" -> "System" neu gestartet haben, oder indem Sie <span class="bold"><strong>localedrake</strong></span> als <span class="bold"><strong>root</strong></span> - ausführen. - </p> + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa5"></a>Falls Sie die Einrichtung der Eingabemethode während der Installation + verpasst haben, können Sie auch darauf zugreifen, nachdem sie Ihr + installiertes System über "Konfigurieren Ihres Computers" -> "System" neu + gestartet haben, oder indem Sie localedrake als root ausführen. + </p> + </td> </tr> </table> </div> - + </div> - + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/de/setupBootloader.html b/de/setupBootloader.html index e8270a4..9ba792a 100644 --- a/de/setupBootloader.html +++ b/de/setupBootloader.html @@ -29,13 +29,11 @@ - - - <div class="section" title="Mit einem BIOS System"> + <div class="section" title="Bootloader interface"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e918"></a>Mit einem BIOS System + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e919"></a>Bootloader interface </h3> </div> </div> @@ -43,17 +41,25 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa1"></a>Bevorzugen Sie verschiedene Einstellungen des Bootloaders, die automatisch - vom Installationsprogramm gewählt werden sollen, so können Sie diese hier - ändern. - </p> + <p>By default, Mageia uses exclusively:</p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa2"></a>Es befindet sich bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem auf Ihrem Computer, so - dass in diesem Falle zu entscheiden ist, ob Mageia in den bereits - bestehenden Bootloader eingefügt werden soll, oder ob es Mageia erlaubt - werden soll, einen neuen Bootloader zu erstellen. - </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2 (mit oder ohne einem grafischen Menü) für ein Legacy/MBR oder + Legacy/GPT System + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2-efi für ein UEFI System.</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> <div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> @@ -73,11 +79,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Verwenden des Mageia Bootloaders"> + <div class="section" title="Grub2 auf Legacy/MBR und Legacy/GPT Systeme"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="usingMageiaBootloader"></a>Verwenden des Mageia Bootloaders + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e929"></a>Grub2 auf Legacy/MBR und Legacy/GPT Systeme </h4> </div> </div> @@ -85,48 +91,20 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa4"></a>Als Vorgabe schreibt Mageia einen neuen GRUB (legacy)-Bootloader in den MBR - (Master Boot Record) Ihres ersten Laufwerks. Sind bereits andere - Betriebssysteme installiert, versucht Mageia, diese in das neue - Mageia-Startmenü einzufügen. - </p> - <p>Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als Bootloader an.</p> - <div class="warning" title="Warnung" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Warning"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Warnung]" src="warning.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa6"></a>Linux Systeme die GRUB2 als Bootloader verwenden, werden im Augenblick nicht - von GRUB (legacy) unterstützt und werden auch nicht vom GRUB legacy - Bootloader erkannt. - </p> - - - <p>Die beste Lösung ist hier, GRUB2 als Bootloader zu verwenden wie es auf der - Zusammenfassungs-Seite empfohlen wird. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> + <p>Änderen Sie nicht das Boot-Medium, außer Sie wissen genau, was Sie tun.</p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Verwenden eines bestehenden Bootloaders"> + <div class="section" title="Grub2-efi auf UEFI Systeme"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="usingExistingBootloader"></a>Verwenden eines bestehenden Bootloaders + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e938"></a>Grub2-efi auf UEFI Systeme </h4> </div> </div> @@ -134,86 +112,106 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa46"></a>Wenn Sie sich dafür entscheiden, einen bestehenden Bootloader zu verwenden, - dann dürfen Sie nicht vergessen, während der Installation an der Seite - "Zusammenfassung" zu STOPPEN und auf den Knopf <span class="guibutton">Bootloader - einrichten</span> zu klicken, der es Ihnen erlaubt, den - Installationsort des Bootloaders zu ändern. + <p>Mit einem UEFI System ist die Benutzeroberfläche deutlich anders, da Sie + nicht zwischen einer Oberfläche mit oder ohne grafischem Menü wählen können </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa47"></a>Wählen Sie kein Gerät, wie z.B."sda", oder Sie überschreiben Ihren - bestehenden MBR. Sie müssen die Wurzel-Partition wählen, die Sie zuvor - während der Partitionierungsphase gewählt haben, z.B. sda7. - </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48"></a>Um es noch einmal klar darzustellen, "sda" ist ein Gerät, "sda7" ist eine - Partition. - </p> - <div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Tip"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Tipp]" src="tip.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48a"></a>Wechseln Sie mit <span class="bold"><strong>Strg+Alt+F2</strong></span> zu <span class="bold"><strong>tty2</strong></span> und geben Sie <code class="literal">df</code> ein, um zu - überprüfen, wo Ihre <code class="literal">/</code> (Wurzel)-Partition zu finden - ist. <span class="bold"><strong>Strg+Alt+F7</strong></span> bringt Sie wieder zum - Installationsbildschirm zurück. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> + <p>Wenn Mageia das erste System, welches auf Ihrem Computer installiert ist, + dann hat das Installationsprogramm eine ESP (EFI System Partition) erstellt + um dort den Bootloader (Grub2-efi) zu speichern. Falls bereits ein UEFI + Betriebssystem auf Ihrem Computer vorhanden war (z.B. Windows 8), erkennt + das Mageia Installationsprogramm die bestehende ESP, welche von Windows + erstellt wurde, und fügt grub2-efi hinzu. Es ist auch möglich mehrere ESPs + zu haben, jedoch wird generell nur eine benötigt und diese ist auch + ausreichend, egal wie viele Betriebssysteme Sie verwenden. + </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa49"></a>Die exakte Prozedur zum Hinzufügen Ihres Mageia-Systems zu einem bestehenden - Bootloader finden Sie weiter unten in dieser Hilfe, wobei es in den meisten - Fällen nötig ist, das entsprechende Bootloader-Ladeprogramm auszuführen, das - dann den Eintrag für Mageia automatisch finden und hinzufügen sollte. Sehen - Sie dazu in der Dokumentation für das Betriebssystem nach, wenn noch Fragen - offen sind. - </p> + <p>Änderen Sie nicht das Boot-Medium, außer Sie wissen genau, was Sie tun.</p> </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Verwenden des Mageia Bootloaders"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e949"></a>Verwenden des Mageia Bootloaders + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + - <div class="section" title="Erweiterte Optionen für den Bootloader"> - <div class="titlepage"> + <p>Standardmäßig, entsprechend Ihres Systems, schreibt Mageia folgendes neu:</p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>GRUB2 Bootloader, entweder in den MBR (Master Boot Record) auf Ihrer + Festplatte oder in die BIOS Bootpartition. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2-efi Bootloader in die ESP</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + + <p>Falls Sie bereits andere Betriebssysteme installiert haben wird Mageia diese + in Ihr neues Mageia Bootmenü hinzufügen. Falls Sie dies nicht haben möchten, + klicke auf <span class="guibutton">Weiter</span> und entferne die Auswahl in der Box + <span class="guilabel">Fremdes OS testen</span></p> + + + + + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Verwenden eines bestehenden Bootloaders"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> <div> - <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="advancedOptionBootloader"></a>Erweiterte Optionen für den Bootloader - </h4> - </div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e966"></a>Verwenden eines bestehenden Bootloaders + </h3> </div> </div> - - - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa52"></a>Besitzen Sie für das Wurzelverzeichnis ( / ) nur einen sehr eingeschränkten - Platz auf dem Laufwerk, worin <code class="literal">/tmp</code> enthalten ist, klicken - Sie auf <span class="guibutton">Fortgeschritten</span> und markieren Sie das - Ankreuzfeld für <span class="guilabel">"/tmp" bei jedem Systemstart - säubern</span>. Dies hilft Ihnen, mehr Platz frei zu halten. - </p> - </div> + + + + <p>Die exakte Prozedur zum Hinzufügen Ihres Mageia-Systems zu einem bestehenden + Bootloader finden Sie weiter unten in dieser Hilfe, wobei es in den meisten + Fällen nötig ist, das entsprechende Bootloader-Ladeprogramm auszuführen, das + dann den Eintrag für Mageia automatisch finden und hinzufügen sollte. Sehen + Sie dazu in der Dokumentation für das Betriebssystem nach, wenn noch Fragen + offen sind. + </p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Mit einem UEFI System"> + <div class="section" title="Verwenden des Chain-Loader"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e957"></a>Mit einem UEFI System + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e969"></a>Verwenden des Chain-Loader </h3> </div> </div> @@ -221,25 +219,191 @@ - <p>Bei einem UEFI-System ist die Benutzungsoberfläche etwas anders, da Sie den - Bootloader nicht auswählen können weil nur Grub2-efi verfügbar ist. + <p>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but chain load it from another OS, + click on <span class="guibutton">Next</span>, then on + <span class="guibutton">Advanced</span> and Check the box <span class="guilabel">Do not touch ESP + or MBR</span>. </p> - <p>Falls Mageia das Betriebssystem ist, welches als erstes auf Ihrem Computer - installiert wurde, wird das Installationsprogramm ein ESP (EFI System - Partition) für den Bootloader (Grub2-efi) erstellt haben. Falls vor Mageia - bereits ein anderes UEFI-Betriebssystem installiert war (z. B. Windows 8), - wird das Mageia-Installationsprogramm die vorhandene ESP erkannt haben und - ihr grub2-efi hinzugefügt haben. Obwohl es möglich ist, mehrere ESPs - einzurichten, wird empfohlen, nur eine ESP zu verwenden - unabhängig von der - Anzahl der installierten Betriebssysteme. + + + <p>You will get a warning that the bootloader will lack, ignore it by a click + on <span class="guibutton">OK</span>. </p> - <p>Änderen Sie nicht das Boot-Medium, außer Sie wissen genau, was Sie tun.</p> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Optionen"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e986"></a>Optionen + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="section" title="Erste Seite"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e988"></a>Erste Seite + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Wartezeit vor dem Starten des Standard-Betriebssystems</span>: + Diese Textbox lässt Ihnen eine Wartezeit in Sekunden festlegen, bevor das + Standard-Betriebssystem gestartet wird. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Security</span>: This allows you to set a password for the + bootloader. This means other people can not enter single user mode or change + settings at the boot time. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Passwort</span>: In dieser Textbox geben Sie das gewünschte + Passwort ein + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Passwort (erneut)</span>: Geben Sie hier das Passwort erneut + an und Drakx überprüft, ob dieses mit dem oben angegebenen übereinstimmt. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Fortgeschrittene Optionen</span></p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable ACPI:</span> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power + Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by + stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Uncheck it be + useful, for example, if your computer does not support ACPI or if you think + the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance random + reboots or system lockups). + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable SMP</span>: This option enables / disables symmetric + multiprocessing for multi core processors. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable APIC</span>: Enabling or disabling this gives the + operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt + Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced + IRQ (Interrupt Request) management. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable Local APIC</span>: Here you can set local APIC, which + manage all external interrupts for some specific processor in an SMP system. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Nächste Seite"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e1020"></a>Nächste Seite + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Default:</span> Operating system started up by default + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Append:</span> This option lets you pass the kernel + information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Fremdes OS testen</span>: siehe oben <a class="link" href="setupBootloader.html#setupMageiaBootloader">Verwenden des Mageia Bootloaders</a></p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Fortgeschrittene Optionen</span></p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Video mode:</span> This sets the screen size and colour depth + the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered + other size and colour depth options. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="bold"><strong>Do not touch ESP or MBR</strong></span>: see above <a class="link" href="setupBootloader.html#setupChainLoading">Using the chain loading</a></p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> </div> diff --git a/de/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html b/de/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html index 6d169bf..c0e84c0 100644 --- a/de/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html +++ b/de/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html @@ -27,114 +27,26 @@ + <p>Um dies zu tun, müssen Sie /boot/grub2/custom.cfg manuell editieren oder + stattdessen die Software grub-customizer verwenden (Verfügbar in den Mageia + Repositorys). + </p> - <div class="section" title="Mit einem BIOS System"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e972"></a>Mit einem BIOS System - </h3> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <p>Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem - Sie den entprechenden Knopf im <span class="emphasis"><em>Bootloader - Konfigurationsbildschirm</em></span> drücken und die Einstellungen im - Fenster, welches darüber erscheint, verändern. - </p> - - - <div class="note" title="Anmerkung" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Note"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Anmerkung]" src="note.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p>Falls Sie <code class="code">Grub 2</code> als Bootloader ausgewählt haben, können Sie - dieses Werkzeug nicht verwenden um die Einträge zu bearbeiten. Drücke - 'Weiter'. Sie müssen stattdessen <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> manuell - editieren oder <code class="code">grub-customizer</code> verwenden. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - - - - <p>Einige risikofreie Dinge ändern die Bezeichnung eines Eintrags und - aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standard setzt. - </p> - - - <p>Sie können die korrekte Versionsnummer eines Eintrags hinzufügen, oder ihn - vollständig umbenennen. - </p> - - - <p>Sollten Sie beim Bootvorgang keine andere Auswahl treffen, wird der - Standardeintrag vom System gestartet. - </p> - - - <div class="warning" title="Warnung" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Warning"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Warnung]" src="warning.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p>Das Verändern von anderen Dingen kann zu einem unbrauchbaren System führen, - das nicht mehr bootet. Bitte probieren Sie daher nicht einfach irgendetwas - aus, ohne die Konsequenzen Ihrer Handlung zu kennen. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="Mit einem UEFI System"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e989"></a>Mit einem UEFI System - </h3> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <p>Falls Sie <code class="code">Grub2-efi</code> als Bootloader ausgewählt haben, können Sie - dieses Werkzeug nicht verwenden, um die Einträge zu bearbeiten. Sie müssen - stattdessen <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> manuell editieren oder - <code class="code">grub-customizer</code> verwenden. Sie haben hier lediglich die - Möglichkeit, den Standard-Eintrag in einer Drop-Down-Liste auszuwählen. - </p> - - - <p>Nach einem Klick auf den <span class="guibutton">Weiter</span>-Knopf, kann über eine - weitere Drop-Down-Liste die Bildschirmauflösung für Grub2, dem grafischen - Bootloader, festgelegt werden. - </p> - - - + <div class="note" title="Anmerkung" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Anmerkung]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Für weitere Informationen schauen Sie in unser Wiki: <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia" target="_top">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</a></p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> </div> </div> diff --git a/de/soundConfig.html b/de/soundConfig.html index f928222..e87cfc1 100644 --- a/de/soundConfig.html +++ b/de/soundConfig.html @@ -22,7 +22,6 @@ </div> </div> </div> - @@ -32,8 +31,8 @@ <p>In diesem Bildschirm steht der Name des Treibers, den der Installer für ihre Soundkarte gewählt hat, welches der Standardtreiber ist - </p> + <p>Der Standardtreiber sollte ohne Probleme funktionieren. Wenn Sie jedoch nach der Installation Probleme entdecken sollten, starten Sie entweder @@ -41,14 +40,13 @@ Kontrollzentrum (MCC), unter dem <span class="guilabel">Hardware</span> Tab und wählen <span class="guilabel">Soundkonfiguration</span> oben rechts in dem Fenster aus. - </p> + <p>Dann wählen sie in draksound oder im Menü "Soundkonfiguration" auf <span class="guibutton">Fortgeschritten</span> und dann <span class="guibutton">Problembehebung</span> um hilfreiche Hinweise zu bekommen, wie das Problem zu lösen ist. - </p> @@ -68,15 +66,12 @@ <span class="guibutton">Fortgeschritten</span> in dem Fenster hilfreich, falls kein Standardtreiber vorhanden ist und mehrere Treiber angezeigt werden, und Sie denken, dass der Installer den falschen ausgewählt hat. - </p> <p>Im Falle, dass ein anderer Treiber ausgewählt werden soll, klicken Sie auf <span class="guibutton">Soll irgendein Treiber ausgewählt werden?</span>. - </p> - </div> diff --git a/de/uninstall-Mageia.html b/de/uninstall-Mageia.html index 430cb8d..b23d08b 100644 --- a/de/uninstall-Mageia.html +++ b/de/uninstall-Mageia.html @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1231"></a>Kurzanleitung + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1293"></a>Kurzanleitung </h3> </div> </div> diff --git a/es/Select-and-use-ISOs.html b/es/Select-and-use-ISOs.html index d2ea536..3f0f558 100644 --- a/es/Select-and-use-ISOs.html +++ b/es/Select-and-use-ISOs.html @@ -23,9 +23,7 @@ </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="Introducción"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -37,15 +35,12 @@ </div> </div> - <p>Mageia se distribuye mediante imágenes ISO. Esta página lo ayudará a elegir que imagen se ajusta a sus necesidades. </p> - <p>Hay dos familias de medios:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -60,20 +55,18 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without - installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The - installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices. + <p>Sistema LIVE: puede iniciar su ordenador en un sistema real Mageia sin + instalarlo, para ver lo que obtendría tras una instalación. El proceso de + instalación es más sencillo, pero tiene menos opciones. </p> </li> </ul> </div> - <p>En las siguientes secciones se dan los detalles.</p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Medio"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -85,7 +78,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Definicion"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -97,19 +89,16 @@ </div> </div> - <p>Aquí llamamos medio a un archivo de imagen ISO que permite instalar y/o actualizar Mageia y por extensión a cualquier soporte físico dónde el archivo ISO sea copiado. </p> - <p>Los puede encontar<a class="ulink" href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" target="_top">aquí</a>. </p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Medio de instalación clásico."> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -121,7 +110,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Caracterśticas comunes."> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -133,7 +121,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -153,7 +140,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="DVD"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -165,7 +151,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -197,77 +182,30 @@ </div> </div> - - - <div class="section" title="DVD dual arch"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>DVD dual arch - </h5> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <div class="itemizedlist"> - <ul class="itemizedlist"> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Ambas arquitecturas están presentes en el mismo medio, la ellección se - realiza automáticamente de acuerdo al CPU detectado. - </p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Utiliza sólo de escritorio Xfce.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Sólo algunos lenguajes (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, - uk) PARA REVISAR! - </p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Contiene software no libre</p> - - </li> - </ul> - </div> - - </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Medio Live"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e67"></a>Medio Live + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>Medio Live </h4> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Caracterśticas comunes."> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e69"></a>Caracterśticas comunes. + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e58"></a>Caracterśticas comunes. </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -281,7 +219,7 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>El ISO solo contiene un entorno de escritorio (KDE o GNOME)</p> + <p>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE, GNOME or Xfce).</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -305,54 +243,50 @@ </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="Live CD KDE"> + <div class="section" title="Live DVD Plasma"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e83"></a>Live CD KDE + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e72"></a>Live DVD Plasma </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Sólo entorno de escritorio KDE.</p> + <p>Plasma desktop environment only.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Sólo idioma Inglés.</p> + <p>Todos los idiomas presentes.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>sólo 32 bit.</p> + <p>Medios diferentes para arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits.</p> </li> </ul> </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="Live CD GNOME"> + <div class="section" title="Live DVD GNOME"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e92"></a>Live CD GNOME + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e81"></a>Live DVD GNOME </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -363,41 +297,6 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Sólo idioma Inglés.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>sólo 32 bit.</p> - - </li> - </ul> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="Live DVD KDE"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>Live DVD KDE - </h5> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <div class="itemizedlist"> - <ul class="itemizedlist"> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Sólo entorno de escritorio KDE.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - <p>Todos los idiomas presentes.</p> </li> @@ -410,25 +309,23 @@ </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="Live DVD GNOME"> + <div class="section" title="Live DVD Xfce"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e110"></a>Live DVD GNOME + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e90"></a>Live DVD Xfce </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Sólo entorno de escritorio GNOME.</p> + <p>Xfce desktop environment only.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -447,31 +344,28 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Medio CD sólo de arranque"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e119"></a>Medio CD sólo de arranque + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e99"></a>Medio CD sólo de arranque </h4> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Caracterśticas comunes."> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e121"></a>Caracterśticas comunes. + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>Caracterśticas comunes. </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -507,19 +401,17 @@ </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="boot.iso"> + <div class="section" title="netinstall.iso"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e132"></a>boot.iso + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e112"></a>netinstall.iso </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -534,19 +426,17 @@ </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="boot-nonfree.iso"> + <div class="section" title="netinstall-nonfree.iso"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e137"></a>boot-nonfree.iso + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e117"></a>netinstall-nonfree.iso </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -565,128 +455,110 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Descargando y verificando medios."> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e142"></a>Descargando y verificando medios. + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e122"></a>Descargando y verificando medios. </h3> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Descargando"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e144"></a>Descargando + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e124"></a>Descargando </h4> </div> </div> </div> - <p>Una vez que haya elegido un archivo ISO podrá descargarlo utilizando http o BitTorrent. En ambos casos una ventana le dará información, como el servidor espejo utilizado y la posibilidad de cambiar si el ancho de banda es demasiado bajo. Si elige http, además puede ver algo como </p> - - - <p>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of - them. Keep one of them <a class="link" href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#integrity">for further - usage</a>. Then this window appears: + <p>md5sum y sha1sum son herramientas para comprobar la integridad de las + ISO. Use solo una de ellas. Guarde una de ellas <a class="link" href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#integrity">para uso posterior</a>. Entonces aparece esta + ventana: </p> - - <p>Marque el botón Guardar Archivo.</p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Verificar integridad del medio descargado"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e156"></a>Verificar integridad del medio descargado + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e136"></a>Verificar integridad del medio descargado </h4> </div> </div> </div> - <p>Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a - failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download. + failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a + repair using BitTorrent. </p> - <p>Abra una consola, no es necesario ser root, y:</p> - <p>- Para usar md5sum tipee:[sam@localhost]$<strong class="userinput"><code>md5sum ruta/a/la/imagen/archivo.iso</code></strong></p> - <p>-Para usar sha1sum tipee:[sam@localhost]$<strong class="userinput"><code>sha1sum ruta/a/la/imágen/archivo.iso</code></strong></p> - <p>y compare el número obtenido en su computadora (puede tener que esperar un poco) con el número provisto por Mageia. Ejemplo: </p> - - <p></p> </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Grabar o volcar el ISO"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e169"></a>Grabar o volcar el ISO + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e149"></a>Grabar o volcar el ISO </h3> </div> </div> </div> - <p>La ISO ahora se puede grabar en un CD o DVD o descargarse en una memoria USB. Estas operaciones no son una simple copia y tienen como objetivo crear un medio arrancable. </p> - <div class="section" title="Grabar el ISO en un CD/DVD"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e172"></a>Grabar el ISO en un CD/DVD + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e152"></a>Grabar el ISO en un CD/DVD </h4> </div> </div> </div> - <p>Use cualquier quemador que desee, pero asegúrese de que el dispositivo grabador está establecido correctamente para <span class="bold"><strong> quemar @@ -696,24 +568,21 @@ </p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Volvar el ISO en un USB"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e177"></a>Volvar el ISO en un USB + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e157"></a>Volvar el ISO en un USB </h4> </div> </div> </div> - <p>Todas las ISOs de Mageia son híbridas, lo que significa que se pueden volcar en un USB y usarlas para arrancar e instalar el sistema. </p> - <div class="warning" title="Aviso" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> @@ -733,67 +602,58 @@ </tr> </table> </div> - - <p>To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format - the USB stick. + <p>Para recuperar la capacidad original, ha de reparticionar y reformatear el + dispositivo USB. </p> - <div class="section" title="Usando una herramienta gráfica dentro de Mageia"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e183"></a>Usando una herramienta gráfica dentro de Mageia + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e163"></a>Usando una herramienta gráfica dentro de Mageia </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <p>Puede usar una herramienta gráfica como <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" target="_top">IsoDumper</a></p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Usando una herramienta gráfica dentro de Windows"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e187"></a>Usando una herramienta gráfica dentro de Windows + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e167"></a>Usando una herramienta gráfica dentro de Windows </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <p>Usted puede probar:</p> - <p>- <a class="ulink" href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US" target="_top">Rufus</a> usando la opción "imagen ISO"; </p> - <p>- <a class="ulink" href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager" target="_top">Win32 Disco de Imagenes</a></p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Usando la Línea de comandos dentro de un sistema GNU/Linux"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e194"></a>Usando la Línea de comandos dentro de un sistema GNU/Linux + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e174"></a>Usando la Línea de comandos dentro de un sistema GNU/Linux </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="warning" title="Aviso" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> @@ -812,10 +672,8 @@ </tr> </table> </div> - <p>También puede utilizar el comando "dd" en una consola:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"> <ol class="orderedlist" type="1"> @@ -827,7 +685,6 @@ <li class="listitem"> <p>Conviértase en root con el comando su - (no se olvide del - al final)</p> - </li> @@ -841,48 +698,43 @@ <li class="listitem"> <p>Introduzca el comando "fdisk-l".</p> - - - <p>Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command - <code class="code">dmesg</code>: at end, you see the device name starting with - <span class="emphasis"><em>sd</em></span>, and <span class="emphasis"><em>sdd</em></span> in this case: + <p>También se puede obtener el nombre del dispositivo mediante el comando + <code class="code">dmesg</code>: al final, puede ver el nombre del dispositivo con + <span class="emphasis"><em>sd</em></span> y <span class="emphasis"><em>sdd</em></span> in este caso: </p> - - <pre class="screen">[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd -[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000 -[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3 -[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device -[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash -[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB -[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes -[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes -[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected -[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0 -[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4 -[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB) -[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off + <pre class="screen">[72594.604531] usb 1-1: Nuevo dispositivo USB de alta velocidad número 27 utilizando xhci_hcd +[72594.770528] usb 1-1: Nuevo dispositivo USB encontrado, idVendedor=8564, idProducto=1000 +[72594.770533] usb 1-1: Nuevas cadenas de dispositivos USB: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3 +[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Producto: Dispositivo de almacenamiento masivo +[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Fabricante: JetFlash +[72594.770539] usb 1-1: Número de serie: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB +[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - Intervalo de redondeo a 128 microframes, ep desc dice 255 microframes +[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - Intervalo de redondeo a 128 microframes, ep desc dice 255 microframes +[72594.771122] almacenamiento-usb 1-1:1.0: Dispositivo de almacenamiento masivo USB detectado +[72594.772447] scsi host8: almacenamiento-usb 1-1:1.0 +[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Acceso-directo JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4 +[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte bloques lógicos: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB) +[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] La protección contra escritura está desactivada [72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00 -[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found -[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through -[72595.967251] <span class="emphasis"><em>sdd</em></span>: sdd1 -[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</pre> +[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No se encontró la página de modo de caché +[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Asumiendo la memoria caché de la unidad: escriba por medio de +[72595.967251] <span class="emphasis"><em>sdd</em></span>: sdd1 +[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Disco extraíble SCSI adjunto</pre> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example - <code class="code">/dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick. + <p>Busca el nombre del dispositivo USB (por su tamaño). Por ejemplo, + <code class="code">/dev/sdb/</code> in la imagen siguiente es un dispositivo USB de 8GB. </p> </li> <li class="listitem"> <p>Introduzca el comando: # dd if=/ruta al archivo ISO of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</p> - <p>Donde X=nombre de tu dispositivo ej:/dev/sdc</p> - <p>Ejemplo: # <strong class="userinput"><code>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</code></strong></p> diff --git a/es/addUser.html b/es/addUser.html index 1376346..c427555 100644 --- a/es/addUser.html +++ b/es/addUser.html @@ -23,25 +23,8 @@ </div> </div> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - <div class="section" title="Establezca la Contraseña del Administrador (root)"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -53,7 +36,6 @@ </div> </div> - <p>Es recomendable que configure una contraseña de administrador/súper usuario, conocida como <span class="emphasis"><em>contraseña de root</em></span> en Linux, para todas @@ -64,7 +46,6 @@ repetir la misma en el recuadro de abajo, para comprobar que no ha cometido ningún error en la primera contraseña,comparándolas. </p> - <div class="note" title="Nota" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> @@ -86,7 +67,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Introduzca un usuario"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -98,14 +78,12 @@ </div> </div> - <p>Aquí puede añadir un usuario. Un usuario tiene menos permisos que el administrador, pero suficientes para navegar en Internet, usar aplicaciones ofimáticas, jugar y cualquier cosa que un usuario medio hace con su ordenador. </p> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -149,7 +127,6 @@ </li> </ul> </div> - <div class="note" title="Nota" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> @@ -160,28 +137,14 @@ <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - <p>Todo usuario que se añada en la instalación de Mageia tendrá un directorio - home legible por todos (pero protegido contra escritura). + <p>Cualquier usuario que agregue mientras instala Mageia, tendrá un directorio + de inicio protegido tanto de lectura como de escritura (umask=0027). </p> - - <p>Sin embargo, cuando use su nueva instalación, todo usuario que añada en - <span class="emphasis"><em>MCC - Sistema - Administrar usuarios del sistema</em></span> tendrá - un directorio home protegido contra lectura y escritura. + <p>You can add all extra needed users in the <span class="emphasis"><em>Configuration - + Summary</em></span> step during the install. Choose <span class="emphasis"><em>User + management</em></span>. </p> - - - <p>Si no quiere directorios home legibles por todo el mundo, se recomienda - añadir ahora un usuario temporal y añadir los usuarios (reales) tras - reiniciar el ordenador. - </p> - - - <p>Si prefiere directorios legibles por todo el mundo, puede añadir todos los - usuarios necesarios en <span class="emphasis"><em>Configuración - Resumen</em></span> durante - la instalación. Elija <span class="emphasis"><em>Administrar usuarios</em></span>. - </p> - <p>Los permisos de acceso se pueden cambiar también tras la instalación.</p> @@ -191,7 +154,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Administración Avanzada de Usuarios"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -203,15 +165,12 @@ </div> </div> - <p>Si hace click en el botón "avanzado", aparecerá una pantalla que le permite editar la configuración del usuario que está añadiendo. </p> - <p>Adicionalmente, puede activar o desactivar una cuenta de invitado.</p> - <div class="warning" title="Aviso" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> @@ -231,7 +190,6 @@ </tr> </table> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> diff --git a/es/chooseDesktop.html b/es/chooseDesktop.html index 9f032b9..0653b9f 100644 --- a/es/chooseDesktop.html +++ b/es/chooseDesktop.html @@ -22,30 +22,25 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - - + - + <p>Dependiendo de su selección aquí, pueden aparecer otras ventanas para ajustar su elección de manera más precisa. </p> - + <p>Después de los pasos de selección, verá una presentación durante la instalación de los paquetes. Esta presentación puede desactivarse pulsando <span class="guilabel">Detalles</span>. </p> + - - - - + <p>Elija el entorno de escritorio que prefiera, <span class="application">KDE</span> o <span class="application">Gnome</span>. Ambos incluyen un juego completo de útiles aplicaciones y herramientas. Marque @@ -55,7 +50,7 @@ los otros dos anteriores, con una apariencia menos llamativa y menos paquetes instalados por defecto. </p> - + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/es/choosePackageGroups.html b/es/choosePackageGroups.html index 9dfb312..ef87363 100644 --- a/es/choosePackageGroups.html +++ b/es/choosePackageGroups.html @@ -22,52 +22,52 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - + + - + <p>Los paquetes han sido agrupados para hacer mucho más sencilla la elección de lo que necesite. Los grupos se definen intuitivamente. Sin embargo, si necesita más información, simplemente pasando el ratón por encima de cada grupo se muestra más información sobre ellos. </p> - + <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Estación de trabajo.</p> + <p>Estación de trabajo.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Servidor.</p> + <p>Servidor.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Entorno gráfico.</p> + <p>Entorno gráfico.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - + <p>Selección individual de paquetes: Puede usar esta opción para añadir o eliminar manualmente los paquetes. </p> - + </li> </ul> </div> - - <p>Lea en <a class="xref" href="">???</a> las instrucciones para - realizar una instalación mínima (con o sin X & IceWM). - </p> + + <p>Read <a class="xref" href="minimal-install.html" title="Instalación mínima.">“Instalación mínima.”</a> for instructions on how to do a + minimal install (without or with X & IceWM). + </p> + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/es/diskdrake.html b/es/diskdrake.html index ab49ab8..d229432 100644 --- a/es/diskdrake.html +++ b/es/diskdrake.html @@ -29,18 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - <div class="warning" title="Aviso" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> <tr> @@ -101,9 +89,8 @@ <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - <p>Si está instalando Mageia en un sistema UEFI, compruebe que un ESP - (Partición de Sistema EFI) está presente y correctamente montada en - /boot/EFI (ver más arriba) + <p>If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI + System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below) </p> @@ -114,6 +101,27 @@ </table> </div> + + <div class="note" title="Nota" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Nota]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot + partition is present with a correct type + </p> + + + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/es/doPartitionDisks.html b/es/doPartitionDisks.html index da2f049..c9075b6 100644 --- a/es/doPartitionDisks.html +++ b/es/doPartitionDisks.html @@ -223,6 +223,32 @@ </div> + <div class="note" title="Nota" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Nota]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, + you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an + about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose the "Custom disk + partitioning" option to be able to create it with the Installer like any + other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type. + </p> + + + + + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + <div class="warning" title="Aviso" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> <tr> diff --git a/es/exitInstall.html b/es/exitInstall.html index 31f528e..21cfa26 100644 --- a/es/exitInstall.html +++ b/es/exitInstall.html @@ -22,16 +22,11 @@ </div> </div> </div> - - - - - - + + - <p><a name="exitInstall-pa1"></a>Ha terminado de instalar y configurar <span class="application">Mageia</span> y @@ -45,18 +40,16 @@ <p><a name="exitInstall-pa3"></a>Si no ajustó la configuracion del cargador de arranque, su instalación de - Mageia será automáticamente seleccionada e iniciada. + Mageia será automáticamente seleccionada e iniciada. </p> - + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa4"></a>¡Que lo disfrute! </p> + - - <p><a name="exitInstall-pa5"></a>Visite www.mageia.org si tiene alguna duda o quiere contribuir con Mageia. + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa5"></a>Visite www.mageia.org si tiene alguna duda o quiere contribuir con Mageia. </p> - - </div> </body> diff --git a/es/index.html b/es/index.html index a20c3b0..19f8e2f 100644 --- a/es/index.html +++ b/es/index.html @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ <dl> <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e19">Introducción</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e29">Medio</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e142">Descargando y verificando medios.</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e169">Grabar o volcar el ISO</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e122">Descargando y verificando medios.</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e149">Grabar o volcar el ISO</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="installer.html">DrakX, el instalador de Mageia</a></span></dt> @@ -75,17 +75,14 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html">Opciones principales del cargador de arranque</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e893">Con un sistema BIOS</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e930">Con un sistema UEFI</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e880">Bootloader interface</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e904">Usando el cargador de arranque de Mageia</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e918">Usando un cargador de arranque existente</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e921">Using chain loading</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e935">Opciones</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html">Agregando o modificando una entrada en el menú de arranque</a></span></dt> - <dd> - <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e945">Con un sistema BIOS</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e959">Con un sistema UEFI</a></span></dt> - </dl> - </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html">Resumen de la Configuración</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> @@ -116,7 +113,7 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html">Desinstalando Mageia</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1197">Guias</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1241">Guias</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> </dl> diff --git a/es/misc-params.html b/es/misc-params.html index c5cc2ee..1c43eba 100644 --- a/es/misc-params.html +++ b/es/misc-params.html @@ -22,28 +22,6 @@ </div> </div> </div> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - @@ -57,6 +35,44 @@ </p> + <div class="note" title="Nota" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Nota]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them + with 3 exceptions: + </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>there are known issues with a default setting</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>the default setting has already been tried and it fails</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>something else is said in the detailed sections below</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + <div class="section" title="Configuraciones del sistema"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -100,7 +116,7 @@ </p> - <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4b"></a>No cambie nada, salvo que sepa configurar Grub y/o Lilo. + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4b"></a>Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2 </p> @@ -167,6 +183,25 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa1a"></a>Aquí es donde puede configurar o cambiar la disposición de su teclado, que dependerá de su localización, lenguaje o tipo de teclado. </p> + + + <div class="note" title="Nota" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Nota]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind + that your passwords are going to change too. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -185,7 +220,7 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3"></a><span class="guilabel">Tarjeta de sonido</span>: </p> - + <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3a"></a>El instalador usa el driver por defecto, si hay alguno. La opción de escoger uno diferente aparece solamente cuando hay más de un driver para su tarjeta pero ninguno es el que viene por defecto. @@ -325,8 +360,9 @@ </p> - <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa2b"></a>Seleccione los servicios a los que quiere tener acceso en su sistema. Su - selección dependerá del uso que haga de su ordenador. + <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa2b"></a>Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your + selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more + information, see <a class="xref" href="">???</a>. </p> diff --git a/es/selectCountry.html b/es/selectCountry.html index b7b296b..ef34ba9 100644 --- a/es/selectCountry.html +++ b/es/selectCountry.html @@ -22,29 +22,24 @@ </div> </div> </div> + + + - - - - - - - - - - <p><a name="selectCountry-pa1"></a>Seleccione su país o región. Es importante para todos los ajustes, como la - moneda y la regulación inalámbrica. Si configura un país erróneo puede que - no pueda usar la conexión inalámbrica. + + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa1"></a>Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, + like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country + can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network. </p> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa2"></a>Si su país no se encuentra en la lista, haga click en <span class="guilabel">Otros Países</span> y elija su país / región allí. </p> - + <div class="note" title="Nota" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> <tr> @@ -53,19 +48,19 @@ </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa3"></a>Si su país está únicamente en la lista de <span class="guilabel">Otros Países</span>, después de pulsar <span class="guibutton">OK</span> puede aparecer otro país de la primera lista como si lo hubiera elegido. Por favor, ignore esto, DrakX seguirá su elección real. </p> - + </td> </tr> </table> </div> - + <div class="section" title="Método de entrada"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -75,22 +70,19 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - <p><a name="selectCountry-pa4"></a>En la pantalla de <span class="guilabel">Otros Países</span> también puede - seleccionar un método de entrada (al final de la lista). Los métodos de - entrada permiten a los usuarios introducir carácteres de múltiples lenguas - (Chino, Japonés, Coreano, etc.). IBus es el método por defecto en los DVDs - de Mageia, África/India y Asia/no-India Live-CDs. Para las localizaciones - asiáticas y africanas, IBus se configurará como método de entrada por lo que - los usuarios no deberán de configurarlo manualmente. Otros métodos de - entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) también proveen funciones similares y pueden - instalarse si añadió medios HTTP/FTP antes de la selección de paquetes. + + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa4"></a>In the <span class="guilabel">Other Countries</span> screen you can also select an + input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input + multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the + default input method, so users should not need to configure it + manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar + functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package + selection. </p> - + <div class="note" title="Nota" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> <tr> @@ -99,19 +91,19 @@ </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="selectCountry-pa5"></a>Si durante la instalación olvidó configurar el método de entrada, puede - hacerlo cuando su sistema esté instalado, entrando en "Configure su - computador" -> "Sistema" o ejecutando localdrake como root. - </p> + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa5"></a>If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it + after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" -> + "System", or by running localedrake as root. + </p> + </td> </tr> </table> </div> - + </div> - + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/es/selectLanguage.html b/es/selectLanguage.html index 0cd3175..8960f87 100644 --- a/es/selectLanguage.html +++ b/es/selectLanguage.html @@ -81,19 +81,19 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default.</p> + <p>Mageia usa soporte UTF-8 (Unicode) por defecto.</p> - <p>This may be disabled in the "multiple languages" screen if you know that it - is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed - languages. + <p>Esto se puede desactivar en la pantalla "múltiples idiomas" si sabe que no + es lo más apropiado para su idioma. Desactivar UFT-8 afecta a todos los + idiomas instalados. </p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia - Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system. + <p>Se puede cambiar el idioma del sistema tras la instalación en Centro de + Control de Mageia > Sistema > Administrar la localizacón para su sistema. </p> </li> diff --git a/es/setupBootloader.html b/es/setupBootloader.html index 71328be..8e51b32 100644 --- a/es/setupBootloader.html +++ b/es/setupBootloader.html @@ -29,13 +29,11 @@ - - - <div class="section" title="Con un sistema BIOS"> + <div class="section" title="Bootloader interface"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e893"></a>Con un sistema BIOS + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e880"></a>Bootloader interface </h3> </div> </div> @@ -43,15 +41,23 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa1"></a>Si prefiere una configuración distinta de la elegida automáticamente por - elinstalador del cargador de arranque, aquí puede cambiarla. - </p> + <p>By default, Mageia uses exclusively:</p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa2"></a>Puede que tenga otro sistema operativo en su ordenador. En ese caso, - necesita decidir si desea añadir Mageia al cargador de arranque existente o - permitir a Mageia crear uno nuevo. - </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2-efi for a UEFI system.</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> <div class="tip" title="Sugerencia" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> @@ -71,11 +77,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Usando el cargador de arranque de Mageia"> + <div class="section" title="Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="usingMageiaBootloader"></a>Usando el cargador de arranque de Mageia + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e890"></a>Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems </h4> </div> </div> @@ -83,50 +89,20 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa4"></a>By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR - (Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other - operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia - boot menu. - </p> - <p>Mageia ahora también ofrece GRUB2 como administrador de arranque - opcionalademás del tradicional GRUB y de Lilo. + <p>No modifique el "Dispositivo de Arranque" a menos que sepa realmente qué + está hace. </p> - - - <div class="warning" title="Aviso" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Warning"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Aviso]" src="warning.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa6"></a>Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by - GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is - used. - </p> - - - <p>La mejor solución es usar el cargador de arranque GRUB2 que está disponible - en la página de resumen durante la instación. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Usando un cargador de arranque existente"> + <div class="section" title="Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="usingExistingBootloader"></a>Usando un cargador de arranque existente + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e896"></a>Grub2-efi on UEFI systems </h4> </div> </div> @@ -134,82 +110,102 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa46"></a>Si decide usar un cargador de arranque existente, tendrá que acordarse de - PARAR en la página del resumen durante la instalación y pulsar el botón de - <span class="guibutton">Configuración</span> del Cargador de Arranque, que le - permitirá cambiar el lugar de instalación del cargador de arranque. + <p>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot + choose between with or without graphical menu </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa47"></a>Do not select a device e.g."sda", or you will overwrite your existing - MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the - partitioning phase earlier, e.g. sda7. - </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48"></a>Para ser claro, sda es un dispositivo, sda7 es una partición. + <p>If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer + created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader + (Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your + computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing + ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have + several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of + operating systems you have. </p> - <div class="tip" title="Sugerencia" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Tip"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Sugerencia]" src="tip.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48a"></a>Vaya a tty2 con Ctrl+Alt+F2 y escriba <code class="literal">df</code> para comprobar - donde está su partición <code class="literal">/</code> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 le devuelve - al instalador. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa49"></a>El proceso exacto para añadir su sistema operativo Mageia al cargador de - arranque existente están fuera del alcance de este manual, pero normalmente - consiste en ejecutar el programa de instalación del cargador de arranque que - debería detectarlo y añadirlo automáticamente. Vea la documentación del - sistema operativo en cuestión. + <p>No modifique el "Dispositivo de Arranque" a menos que sepa realmente qué + está hace. </p> </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Usando el cargador de arranque de Mageia"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e904"></a>Usando el cargador de arranque de Mageia + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + - <div class="section" title="Opción avanzada del cargador de arranque"> - <div class="titlepage"> + <p>By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:</p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard + drive or in the BIOS boot partition. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + + <p>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to + add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, + click on <span class="guibutton">Next</span> and then uncheck the box + <span class="guilabel">Probe Foreign OS</span></p> + + + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Usando un cargador de arranque existente"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> <div> - <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="advancedOptionBootloader"></a>Opción avanzada del cargador de arranque - </h4> - </div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e918"></a>Usando un cargador de arranque existente + </h3> </div> </div> - - - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa52"></a>Si tiene el espacio del disco muy limitado para la partición - <code class="literal">/</code> que contiene <code class="literal">/tmp</code>, haga click en - <span class="guibutton">Avanzado</span> y marque la casilla para <span class="guilabel">Limpiar - /tmp en cada arranque</span>. Esto ayuda a mantener algo de espacio - libre. - </p> - </div> + + + + <p>El proceso exacto para añadir su sistema operativo Mageia al cargador de + arranque existente están fuera del alcance de este manual, pero normalmente + consiste en ejecutar el programa de instalación del cargador de arranque que + debería detectarlo y añadirlo automáticamente. Vea la documentación del + sistema operativo en cuestión. + </p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Con un sistema UEFI"> + <div class="section" title="Using chain loading"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e930"></a>Con un sistema UEFI + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e921"></a>Using chain loading </h3> </div> </div> @@ -217,27 +213,189 @@ - <p>Con un sistema UEFI, la interfaz de usuario es un poco diferente ya que no - se puede elegir el cargador de arranque, debido a que solamente Grub2-efi - está disponible. + <p>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, + click on <span class="guibutton">Next</span>, then on + <span class="guibutton">Advanced</span> and Check the box <span class="guilabel">Do not touch ESP + or MBR</span>. </p> - <p>If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer - created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader - (Grub2-efi). If there was already UEFI operating systems previously - installed on your computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer - detected the existing ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although - it is possible to have several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever - the number of operating systems you have. + <p>You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking + <span class="guibutton">OK</span>. </p> - <p>No modifique el "Dispositivo de Arranque" a menos que sepa realmente qué - está hace. - </p> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Opciones"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e935"></a>Opciones + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="section" title="First page"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e937"></a>First page + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Delay before booting the default image</span>: This text box + lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is + started up. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Security</span>: This allows you to set a password for the + bootloader. This means other people can not enter single user mode or change + settings at the boot time. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Password</span>: This text box is where you actually put the + password + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Password (again)</span>: Retype the password and Drakx will + check that it matches with the one set above. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Advanced</span></p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable ACPI:</span> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power + Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by + stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it + could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if + you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance + random reboots or system lockups). + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable SMP</span>: This option enables / disables symmetric + multiprocessing for multi core processors. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable APIC</span>: Enabling or disabling this gives the + operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt + Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced + IRQ (Interrupt Request) management. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable Local APIC</span>: Here you can set local APIC, which + manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Next page"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e969"></a>Next page + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Default:</span> Operating system started up by default + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Append:</span> This option lets you pass the kernel + information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Probe foreign OS</span>: see above <a class="link" href="setupBootloader.html#setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</a></p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Advanced</span></p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Video mode:</span> This sets the screen size and colour depth + the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered + other size and colour depth options. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="bold"><strong>Do not touch ESP or MBR</strong></span>: see above <a class="link" href="setupBootloader.html#setupChainLoading">Using the chain loading</a></p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> </div> diff --git a/es/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html b/es/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html index e597b79..e14d534 100644 --- a/es/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html +++ b/es/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html @@ -27,112 +27,25 @@ + <p>To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the + software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories). + </p> - <div class="section" title="Con un sistema BIOS"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e945"></a>Con un sistema BIOS - </h3> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <p>Puede agregar una entrada o modificar la que escogió primero, pulsando el - boton necesario en la ventana <span class="emphasis"><em>Configuración de arranque</em></span> - y modificando los opciones en la ventana que aparece encima. - </p> - - - <div class="note" title="Nota" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Note"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Nota]" src="note.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p>Si ha elegido Grub 2 como su gestor de arranque, no se puede utilizar esta - herramienta para editar las entradas en este paso, pulse "Siguiente". Hay - que editar manualmente /boot/grub2/custom.cfg o utilizar grub-editor en su - lugar. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - - - - <p>Unas cosas que se pueden hacer sin peligro son cambiar la etiqueta de una - entrada y marcar una como la predeterminada. - </p> - - - <p>Puede anadir el número de versión adecuado a una entrada o la puede - renombrar completamente. - </p> - - - <p>La entrada predeterminada es la que usará su sistema para arrancar a menos - que seleccione otra. - </p> - - - <div class="warning" title="Aviso" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Warning"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Aviso]" src="warning.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p>Editar otras cosas puede dejarlo con un sistema que no arranque. Por favor, - no intente algo sin saber lo que está haciendo. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="Con un sistema UEFI"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e959"></a>Con un sistema UEFI - </h3> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <p>In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit - entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit - <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code class="code">grub-customizer</code> - instead. All you can do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop - down list. - </p> - - - <p>After a click on the <span class="guibutton">Next</span> button, another drop down - list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical - boot loader. - </p> - - - + <div class="note" title="Nota" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Nota]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>For more information, see our wiki: <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia" target="_top">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</a></p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> </div> </div> diff --git a/es/soundConfig.html b/es/soundConfig.html index 4cf7574..edcdaaa 100644 --- a/es/soundConfig.html +++ b/es/soundConfig.html @@ -22,7 +22,6 @@ </div> </div> </div> - @@ -33,8 +32,8 @@ <p>En esta pantalla aparece el nombre del driver que el instalador ha escogido para su tarjeta de sonido, que será el dado por defecto si es que hay alguno. - </p> + <p>El driver por defecto debería funcionar sin problemas. Sin embargo, si tras la instalación hay problemas, ejecute <span class="command"><strong>draksound</strong></span> o inicie @@ -42,14 +41,13 @@ etiqueta <span class="guilabel">Hardware</span> y haciendo click en <span class="guilabel">Configurar Sonido</span> en la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla. - </p> + <p>Entonces, en la pantalla de la herramienta de "Configurar sonido" de draksound, haga click en <span class="guibutton">Avanzado</span> y en <span class="guibutton">Solución de problemas</span> para encontrar un consejo útil sobre cómo resolver el problema. - </p> @@ -68,15 +66,12 @@ <p>Hacer click en <span class="guibutton">Avanzado</span> en esta pantalla, durante la instalación, es útil si no hay un driver por defecto y hay varios disponibles, o si cree que el instalador escogió el driver equivocado. - </p> <p>In ese caso, puede seleccionar un driver diferente tras hacer click en <span class="guibutton">Escoger un driver</span>. - </p> - </div> diff --git a/es/uninstall-Mageia.html b/es/uninstall-Mageia.html index 9a640e8..4df334b 100644 --- a/es/uninstall-Mageia.html +++ b/es/uninstall-Mageia.html @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1197"></a>Guias + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1241"></a>Guias </h3> </div> </div> diff --git a/eu/Select-and-use-ISOs.html b/eu/Select-and-use-ISOs.html index c4bf645..ac37bdd 100644 --- a/eu/Select-and-use-ISOs.html +++ b/eu/Select-and-use-ISOs.html @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ - <p>Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose - which image match your needs. + <p>Mageia ISO irudi bidez banatzen da. Orri honek, irudia zure beharren arabera + aukeratzen lagunduko dizu. </p> @@ -51,18 +51,18 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process - allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target - system. This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, - in particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install. + <p>Instalatzaile Klasikoa: baliabidea abiarazi ondoren, aukera baimentzen duen + prozesua jarraituko duela zer jarri eta sistema nola itxuratu.. Honek emango + dizu instalazio bat egiteko malgutasun maximoa, bereziki, bertan jarriko den + Idazmahaiko Ingurunea aukeratzeko. </p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without - installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The - installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices. + <p>LIVE media: benetako Mageia sistema bat abiarazi dezakezu instalatu gabe, + instalazioa egin ondoren zer egin ikusteko. Instalazio prozesua errazagoa + da, baina aukera txikiagoak lortuko dituzu. </p> </li> @@ -598,9 +598,9 @@ - <p>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of - them. Keep one of them <a class="link" href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#integrity">for further - usage</a>. Then this window appears: + <p>md5sum eta sha1sum ISOaren osotasuna egiaztatzeko tresnak dira. Erabili + horietako bat bakarrik. Gorde bat <a class="link" href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#integrity">geroago + erabiltzeko</a>. Ondoren leiho hau agertuko da: </p> @@ -623,11 +623,12 @@ - <p>Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the - file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this - number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your - downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a - failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download. + <p>Checksum zenbaki biak deskargaturiko fitxategitik algoritmo batek + kalkulatzen hamaseitarrak dira. Algoritmo hauei eskatzen diezunean zenbaki + hau deskargatutako zure fitxategitik birkalkulatzeko, zenbaki bera duzu eta + deskargatutako zure fitxategia zuzena da, edo zenbakia desberdina da eta + porrota duzu. Porrot batek deskarga birprobatu behar izango zenukeela + ondorioztatzen du. </p> @@ -734,8 +735,8 @@ </div> - <p>To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format - the USB stick. + <p>Jatorrizko ahalmena berreskuratzeko, berriro formateatu eta zatitu behar + duzu USB makila. </p> @@ -805,8 +806,8 @@ <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - <p>It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a - disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong. + <p>potentzialki *arriskutsua* da hau eskuz egitea. Disko partizioa gainidatziz + okerreko identifikatzailea lortzeko arriskua dago. </p> </td> @@ -848,34 +849,34 @@ - <p>Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command - <code class="code">dmesg</code>: at end, you see the device name starting with - <span class="emphasis"><em>sd</em></span>, and <span class="emphasis"><em>sdd</em></span> in this case: + <p>Bestela, gailuaren izena lor dezakezu <code class="code">dmesg</code> komandoarekin: + amaieran, gailuaren izena <span class="emphasis"><em>sd</em></span> hasita ikusiko duzu, eta + <span class="emphasis"><em>sdd</em></span> honetan kasu: </p> - <pre class="screen">[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd -[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000 -[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3 -[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device -[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash -[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB -[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes -[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes -[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected -[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0 -[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4 -[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB) -[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off -[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00 -[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found -[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through -[72595.967251] <span class="emphasis"><em>sdd</em></span>: sdd1 -[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</pre> + <pre class="screen">[72594.604531] usb 1-1-a: 27 zenbakia xhci_hcd erabiliz abiadura handiko USB-tresna berria +[72594.770528] usb 1-1-a: Aurkitutako USB-tresna berria, idVendor=8564, idProduktua=1000 +[72594.770533] usb 1-1-a: USB-etako tresnako kate berriak: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerieZenbakia=3 +[72594.770536] usb 1-1-a: Produktua: Gailu biltegiratze masiboa +[72594.770537] usb 1-1-a: Fabrikatzailea: JetFlash +[72594.770539] usb 1-1-a: SerieZenbakia: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB +[72594.770713] usb 1-1-a: ep 0x81-a - tartea 128 mikromarkotara inguratu, ep desc-ak 255 esaten ditu microframes +[72594.770719] usb 1-1-a: ep 0x2-a - tartea 128 mikromarkotara inguratu, ep desc-ak 255 esaten ditu microframes +[72594.771122] 1-1:1.0 usb-storage-a: USB-a Mass detected Biltegiratze-Gailua +[72594.772447] scsi host8-a: 1-1:1.0 usb-storage +[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0-a: JetFlash-a zuzeneko Sarrera gainekoa izan 1100 PQ 2 gigabyte: 0 ANSI: 4 +[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0-a: [sdd-a] 4194304 512 byteko bloke logikoak: (2.14 GiB) GB/2.00 +[72595,964104] sd 8:0:0:0-a: [sdd-a] Idatzi Babestu izan da off +[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0-a: [sdd-a] Modu|Moda-Zentzua|Sentimendua: 43 00 00 00 +[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0-a: [sdd-a] Cache found modu|moda-orri bat ere +[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0-a: [sdd-a] Uste Izan|Hartu bidaia|bultzada-cachea: idatz ezazu through +[72595.967251] sdd-a: sdd1 +[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0-a: [sdd-a] Attached SCSI-ren desmuntagarri|ateratzeko moduko diskoa</pre> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example - <code class="code">/dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick. + <p>Aurkitu zure USB gailuaren izena (bere tamainaren arabera), adibidez + <code class="code">/dev/sdb</code> goiko irudian, 8GB USB-makila. </p> </li> diff --git a/eu/acceptLicense.html b/eu/acceptLicense.html index 457930b..5c977a6 100644 --- a/eu/acceptLicense.html +++ b/eu/acceptLicense.html @@ -98,9 +98,9 @@ - <p>Important information are given about this release of - <span class="application">Mageia</span> and are accessible clicking on the - <span class="guibutton">Release Notes</span> button. + <p>Informazio garrantzitsua <span class="application">Mageia</span> oharra honi buruz + ematen da eta <span class="guibutton">argitalpen oharrak</span> botoian klik eginez + daude eskuragarri. </p> </div> diff --git a/eu/addUser.html b/eu/addUser.html index 71b6095..ae4cb96 100644 --- a/eu/addUser.html +++ b/eu/addUser.html @@ -132,9 +132,9 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p><span class="guilabel">Password</span>: In this text box you should type in the user - password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the - strength of the password. (See also <a class="xref" href="addUser.html#givePassword" title="Oharra">Oharra</a>) + <p><span class="guilabel">Pasahitza</span>: Testu-kutxa honetan erabiltzaile-pasahitza + idatzi behar izango zenuke. Ezkutu bat agertzen da pasahitzaren indarra + adierazteko testu-kutxaren bukaeran. (Ikusi ezazu ere <a class="xref" href="addUser.html#givePassword" title="Oharra">Oharra</a>) </p> </li> @@ -170,8 +170,9 @@ </p> - <p>If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised - to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot. + <p>Ez baduzu nahi home direktorioa edonork irakurgarri izan dezan, aldi + baterako erabiltzaile bat soilik gehitu orain eta berrabiarazi ondoren + benetako(ak) gehitzea komeni da. </p> @@ -204,12 +205,13 @@ - <p>If the <span class="guibutton">advanced</span> button is clicked you are offered a - screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. + <p>Botoi <span class="guibutton">aurreratua</span> sakatzen bada konfigurazioa gehitzen + duen erabiltzailearentzat editatzea baimentzen dion pantaila eskaintzen + zaio. </p> - <p>Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account.</p> + <p>Gainera, baliogabetu edo gaitu ahal izango duzu gonbidatu kontu bat.</p> <div class="warning" title="Abisua" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> diff --git a/eu/doPartitionDisks.html b/eu/doPartitionDisks.html index a945b28..b601b7c 100644 --- a/eu/doPartitionDisks.html +++ b/eu/doPartitionDisks.html @@ -93,10 +93,10 @@ </p> - <p>With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in - light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended - sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking - and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below. + <p>Aukera honekin instalatzailea gainerako Windows-en partizioa urdin argiz + eta etorkizuneko Mageia partizioa urdin ilunez euren xede tamainekin + erakusten ditu. Tamaina hauek egokitzeko aukera duzu klik eginez eta + partizioen arteko hutsunea arrastatuz. Ikusi beheko pantaila. </p> @@ -149,8 +149,8 @@ <p><span class="bold"><strong>Partizioak dimentsionatzen:</strong></span></p> - <p>The installer will share the available place out according to the following - rules: + <p>Instalatzaileak eskuragarri dauden leku partekatuko ditu honako arauen + arabera: </p> @@ -158,15 +158,15 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is - created for /, there is no separate partition for /home. + <p>Eskuragarri dagoen leku guztia 50GB baino gutxiago bada, partizio bat baino + ez da sortuko /, ez baitago /home partizioa bereizita . </p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are - created + <p>Eskuragarri dagoen leku guztia 50GB baino gehiago baldin bada, orduan, hiru + partizio sortuko dira </p> @@ -174,12 +174,12 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB</p> + <p>6/19 erabateko espazio libretik /-ra esleitzen da 50 GB-ko gehiengoarekin</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB</p> + <p>1/19 4 GB gehienez trukatzeko esleitzen da</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -195,8 +195,9 @@ </div> - <p>That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will - create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home. + <p>Horrek esan nahi du 160 GB-tik eta gehiago eskuragarri, instalatzaileak hiru + partizio sortuko dituela: 50GB /-rako , 4 GB swap-rako eta gainontzekoa + /home-entzako. </p> @@ -209,10 +210,10 @@ <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - <p>If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be - automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on - /boot/EFI. The "Custom" option is the only one that allows to check it has - been correctly done + <p>UEFI sistema bat erabiltzen ari bazara, ESP (EFI sistema partizioa) + automatikoki detektatu egingo da, edo sortu ez bada existitzen oraindik, eta + /boot/EFI-n muntatu. "Pertsonalizatua" aukerak arrakastaz bete dela + frogatzen du. </p> </td> diff --git a/eu/index.html b/eu/index.html index b2b1c03..a9962b6 100644 --- a/eu/index.html +++ b/eu/index.html @@ -75,15 +75,15 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html">Abio kargatzailearen aukera nagusiak</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e910">Bios sistemarekin</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e947">UEFI sistemarekin</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e909">Bios sistemarekin</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e946">UEFI sistemarekin</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html">Gegitu edo Aldatu Abio Menuko Sarrera</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e966">Bios sistemarekin</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e983">UEFI sistemarekin</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e965">Bios sistemarekin</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e982">UEFI sistemarekin</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html">Hainbat parametroen laburpena</a></span></dt> @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html">Mageia desinstalatzen</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1222">Jarraibideak</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1221">Jarraibideak</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> </dl> diff --git a/eu/selectLanguage.html b/eu/selectLanguage.html index 000730e..7177720 100644 --- a/eu/selectLanguage.html +++ b/eu/selectLanguage.html @@ -84,16 +84,16 @@ <p>Mageia UTF-8 (Unicode) laguntza erabiltzen du lehenespenez.</p> - <p>This may be disabled in the "multiple languages" screen if you know that it - is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed - languages. + <p>"Hainbat hizkuntza" pantailan ezgaitu daiteke zure hizkuntzarekin + funtzionatzen ez duela baldin badakizu. UTF-8 Ezgaitzen baduzu, ez da + eskuragarri egongo instalatutako inongo hizkuntzatarako. </p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia - Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system. + <p>Zure sistemako hizkuntza alda dezakezu Mageia Kontrol Gunean instalazioa + egin ondoren --> Sistema --> kudeatu zure sistemaren kokalekua. </p> </li> diff --git a/eu/setupBootloader.html b/eu/setupBootloader.html index 0e8bdfe..5420b88 100644 --- a/eu/setupBootloader.html +++ b/eu/setupBootloader.html @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e910"></a>Bios sistemarekin + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e909"></a>Bios sistemarekin </h3> </div> </div> @@ -83,10 +83,9 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa4"></a>By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR - (Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other - operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia - boot menu. + <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa4"></a>Berez, Mageia GRUB (Ondare) kargatzaile berria zure disko gogorreko MBR + (Master Boot Record)-an idazten du lehenengoz. Sistema eragile bat baino + gehiago baduzu, Mageia saiatuko da abio menu berrira gehitzen. </p> @@ -104,9 +103,9 @@ <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa6"></a>Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by - GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is - used. + <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa6"></a>Linux sistemek Grub2 abioko kargatzailea erabiltzerakoan ez daude onartuta + GRUB (ondarea)gaitik eta ez du aitortzen lehenetsitako GRUB kargatzailea + erabiltzen badu. </p> @@ -141,9 +140,9 @@ </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa47"></a>Do not select a device e.g."sda", or you will overwrite your existing - MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the - partitioning phase earlier, e.g. sda7. + <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa47"></a>Ez ezazu aukeratu "sda" bezalako gailu bat, edo MBR existentea gainidatziko + du. Partizio fasean zehar aukeratutako root partizioa aukeratu behar duzu, + adibidez sda7 bezala. </p> @@ -207,7 +206,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e947"></a>UEFI sistemarekin + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e946"></a>UEFI sistemarekin </h3> </div> </div> @@ -215,24 +214,24 @@ - <p>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot - choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available. + <p>UEFI sistema batekin, erabiltzaile interfazearen zertxobait ezberdinak dira, + ezin duzu abiarazlea aukeratu Grub2-efi soilik dagoelako eskuragarri </p> - <p>If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer - created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader - (Grub2-efi). If there was already UEFI operating systems previously - installed on your computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer - detected the existing ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although - it is possible to have several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever - the number of operating systems you have. + <p>Mageia zure ordenagailuan instalatutako lehen sistema bada, instalatzaileai + ESP (EFI sistema partizioa) sortuko du (Grub2-EFI) kargatzaileak + jasotzeko. Zure ordenagailuan UEFI sistema eragile bat bazegoen aldez + aurretik (Windows 8 adibidez), Mageia instalatzaileak detektatuko ditu + dauden Windows sortutako ESP eta grub2-EFI-ra gehituko ditu. Hainbat ESP + izatea posiblea izan arren, soilik bat izatea aholkatzen da eta aski dituzun + sistema eragileetako kopurua edozein izanik ere. </p> - <p>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless really knowing what you do.</p> + <p>Ez aldatu "Abio Gailua" zer egiten duzun benetan jakin gabe.</p> </div> diff --git a/eu/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html b/eu/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html index b5ab426..b02e84d 100644 --- a/eu/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html +++ b/eu/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e966"></a>Bios sistemarekin + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e965"></a>Bios sistemarekin </h3> </div> </div> @@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - <p>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't - just try something without knowing what you are doing. + <p>Beste gauza batzuk aldatzeak zure sistema ez abiaraztea egin dezake. Mesedez + ez egin ezer ere ez, zertan ari zaren jakin gabe. </p> </td> @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e983"></a>UEFI sistemarekin + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e982"></a>UEFI sistemarekin </h3> </div> </div> @@ -116,17 +116,17 @@ - <p>In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit - entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit - <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code class="code">grub-customizer</code> - instead. All you can do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop - down list. + <p>Kasu honetan Grub2-EFI erabiltzen ari zara, eta ezin duzu tresna hau erabili + sarrerak aldatu egiteko urrats honetan. Horretarako eskuz editatu + <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> edo erabili <code class="code">grub-customizer</code> + ordez. Hemen egin dezakezun guztia, goitibeherako zerrendako sarrera + lehenetsia aukeratzea da. </p> - <p>After a click on the <span class="guibutton">Next</span> button, another drop down - list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical - boot loader. + <p> <span class="guibutton">Hurrengoa</span> botoia klikatu ondoren, beste + goitibeherako zerrendan bideoaren bereizmena hautatzea uzten du + Grub2-rentzat zein abio kudeatzaike grafiko bat da. </p> diff --git a/eu/uninstall-Mageia.html b/eu/uninstall-Mageia.html index 90c4198..8282332 100644 --- a/eu/uninstall-Mageia.html +++ b/eu/uninstall-Mageia.html @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1222"></a>Jarraibideak + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1221"></a>Jarraibideak </h3> </div> </div> diff --git a/hu/Select-and-use-ISOs.html b/hu/Select-and-use-ISOs.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8bba188 --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/Select-and-use-ISOs.html @@ -0,0 +1,911 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Select and use ISOs</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="next" href="installer.html" title="DrakX, the Mageia Installer"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Select and use ISOs"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="Select-and-use-ISOs"></a>Select and use ISOs + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + <div class="section" title="Bevezetés"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e19"></a>Bevezetés + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p>Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose + which image match your needs. + </p> + + + <p>There is two families of media:</p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process + allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target + system. This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, + in particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without + installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The + installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + + <p>Details are given in the next sections.</p> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Media"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e29"></a>Media + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="section" title="Definition"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e31"></a>Definition + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to + install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO + file is copied to. + </p> + + + <p>You can find them <a class="ulink" href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" target="_top">here</a>. + </p> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Classical installation media"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e36"></a>Classical installation media + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="section" title="Common features"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e38"></a>Common features + </h5> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases.</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="DVD"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e45"></a>DVD + </h5> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, + Hardware Detection Tool. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="DVD dual arch"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>DVD dual arch + </h5> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made + automatically according to the detected CPU. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Uses Xfce desktop only.</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, + pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED! + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>It contains non free software.</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Live media"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e67"></a>Live media + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="section" title="Common features"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e69"></a>Common features + </h5> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and + optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="bold"><strong>Live ISOs can only be used to create clean + installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous + releases.</strong></span></p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>They contain non free software.</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Live CD KDE"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e83"></a>Live CD KDE + </h5> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>KDE desktop environment only.</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>English language only.</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>32 bit only.</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Live CD GNOME"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e92"></a>Live CD GNOME + </h5> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>GNOME desktop environment only.</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>English language only.</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>32 bit only.</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Live DVD KDE"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>Live DVD KDE + </h5> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>KDE desktop environment only.</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>All languages are present.</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Live DVD GNOME"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e110"></a>Live DVD GNOME + </h5> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>GNOME desktop environment only.</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>All languages are present.</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Boot-only CD media"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e119"></a>Boot-only CD media + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="section" title="Common features"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e121"></a>Common features + </h5> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to + start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages + that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be + on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the + Internet. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when + bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a + PC that can't boot from a USB stick. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>English language only.</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="boot.iso"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e132"></a>boot.iso + </h5> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free + software. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="boot-nonfree.iso"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e137"></a>boot-nonfree.iso + </h5> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need + it. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Downloading and Checking Media"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e142"></a>Downloading and Checking Media + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="section" title="Downloading"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e144"></a>Downloading + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or + BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the + mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If + http is chosen, you may also see something like + </p> + + + + + <p>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of + them. Keep one of them <a class="link" href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#integrity">for further + usage</a>. Then this window appears: + </p> + + + + + <p>Check the radio button Save File.</p> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Checking the downloaded media integrity"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e156"></a>Checking the downloaded media integrity + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p>Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the + file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this + number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your + downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a + failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download. + </p> + + + <p>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</p> + + + <p>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <strong class="userinput"><code>md5sum + path/to/the/image/file.iso</code></strong>. + </p> + + + <p>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <strong class="userinput"><code>sha1sum + path/to/the/image/file.iso</code></strong>. + </p> + + + <p>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a + while) with the number given by Mageia. Example: + </p> + + + + + <p></p> + + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Burn or dump the ISO"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e169"></a>Burn or dump the ISO + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB + stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able + medium. + </p> + + + <div class="section" title="Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e172"></a>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly + to <span class="bold"><strong>burn an image</strong></span>, burn data or files is not + correct. There is more information in <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images" target="_top">the Mageia + wiki</a>. + </p> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Dump the ISO to a USB stick"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e177"></a>Dump the ISO to a USB stick + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick + and then use it to boot and install the system. + </p> + + + <div class="warning" title="Figyelem" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Warning"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Figyelem]" src="warning.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on + the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be + reduced to the image size. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + + <p>To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format + the USB stick. + </p> + + + <div class="section" title="Using a graphical tool within Mageia"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e183"></a>Using a graphical tool within Mageia + </h5> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p>You can use a graphical tool like <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" target="_top">IsoDumper</a></p> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Using a graphical tool within Windows"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e187"></a>Using a graphical tool within Windows + </h5> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p>You could try:</p> + + + <p>- <a class="ulink" href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US" target="_top">Rufus</a> using the + "ISO image" option; + </p> + + + <p>- <a class="ulink" href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager" target="_top">Win32 + Disk Imager</a></p> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e194"></a>Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system + </h5> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="warning" title="Figyelem" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Warning"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Figyelem]" src="warning.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a + disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + + <p>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</p> + + + <div class="orderedlist"> + <ol class="orderedlist" type="1"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Open a console</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Become root with the command <strong class="userinput"><code>su -</code></strong> (don't forget the + final '-' ) + </p> + + + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any + application or file manager that could access or read it) + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Enter the command <strong class="userinput"><code>fdisk -l</code></strong></p> + + + + + <p>Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command + <code class="code">dmesg</code>: at end, you see the device name starting with + <span class="emphasis"><em>sd</em></span>, and <span class="emphasis"><em>sdd</em></span> in this case: + </p> + + <pre class="screen">[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd +[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000 +[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3 +[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device +[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash +[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB +[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes +[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes +[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected +[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0 +[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4 +[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB) +[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off +[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00 +[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found +[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through +[72595.967251] <span class="emphasis"><em>sdd</em></span>: sdd1 +[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</pre> + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example + <code class="code">/dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Enter the command: # <strong class="userinput"><code>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX + bs=1M</code></strong></p> + + + <p>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</p> + + + <p>Example: # <strong class="userinput"><code>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso + of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</code></strong></p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Enter the command: # <strong class="userinput"><code>sync</code></strong></p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Unplug your USB stick, it is done</p> + + </li> + </ol> + </div> + + </div> + + </div> + + </div> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/acceptLicense.html b/hu/acceptLicense.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1e572ef --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/acceptLicense.html @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Licensz és Kiadási megjegyzések</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="selectLanguage.html" title="Válasszon nyelvet"> + <link rel="next" href="setupSCSI.html" title="Setup SCSI"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Licensz és Kiadási megjegyzések"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="acceptLicense"></a>Licensz és Kiadási megjegyzések + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <div class="section" title="Licencegyezmény"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="license"></a>Licencegyezmény + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p>Before installing <span class="application">Mageia</span>, please read the license + terms and conditions carefully. + </p> + + + <p>These terms and conditions apply to the entire + <span class="application">Mageia</span> distribution and must be accepted before + you can continue. + </p> + + + <p>To accept, simply select <span class="guilabel">Accept</span> and then click on + <span class="guibutton">Next</span>. + </p> + + + <p>If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for + looking. Clicking <span class="guibutton">Quit</span> will reboot your computer. + </p> + + + + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Kiadási megjegyzések"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="releaseNotes"></a>Kiadási megjegyzések + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + <p>Important information are given about this release of + <span class="application">Mageia</span> and are accessible clicking on the + <span class="guibutton">Release Notes</span> button. + </p> + + </div> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/addUser.html b/hu/addUser.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..482e2d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/addUser.html @@ -0,0 +1,272 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>User and Superuser Management</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="choosePackagesTree.html" title="Choose Individual Packages"> + <link rel="next" href="configureX_chooser.html" title="Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="User and Superuser Management"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="addUser"></a>User and Superuser Management + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <div class="section" title="A rendszergazdai (root) jelszó beállítása"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="root-password"></a>A rendszergazdai (root) jelszó beállítása + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p>It is advisable for all <span class="application">Mageia</span> installations to + set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the + <span class="emphasis"><em>root password</em></span> in Linux. As you type a password into the + top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green + depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are + using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box + just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped + the first password by comparing them. + </p> + + + <div class="note" title="Megjegyzés" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Megjegyzés]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"><a name="givePassword"></a></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters + (upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Adjon meg egy felhasználót"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="enterUser"></a>Adjon meg egy felhasználót + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p>Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but + enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and + anything else the average user does with his computer + </p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guibutton">Ikon</span>: Ha erre a gombra kattint akkor a felhasználók + ikonja megváltozik. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Igazi Név</span>: Adja meg a felhasználó igazi nevét. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Login Name</span>: Here you enter the user login name or let + drakx use a version of the users real name. <span class="emphasis"><em>The login name is case + sensitive.</em></span></p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Password</span>: In this text box you should type in the user + password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the + strength of the password. (See also <a class="xref" href="addUser.html#givePassword" title="Megjegyzés">Megjegyzés</a>) + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Password (again)</span>: Retype the user password into this + text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user + password text boxes. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + + <div class="note" title="Megjegyzés" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Megjegyzés]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but + write protected) home directory. + </p> + + + <p>However, while using your new install, any user you add in <span class="emphasis"><em>MCC - + System - Manage users on system</em></span> will have a home directory that + is both read and write protected. + </p> + + + <p>If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised + to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot. + </p> + + + <p>If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all + extra needed users in the <span class="emphasis"><em>Configuration - Summary</em></span> step + during the install. Choose <span class="emphasis"><em>User management</em></span>. + </p> + + + <p>The access permissions can also be changed after the install.</p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Speciális Felhasználókezelés"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="addUserAdvanced"></a>Speciális Felhasználókezelés + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p>If the <span class="guibutton">advanced</span> button is clicked you are offered a + screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. + </p> + + + <p>Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account.</p> + + + <div class="warning" title="Figyelem" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Warning"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Figyelem]" src="warning.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Anything a guest with a default <span class="emphasis"><em>rbash</em></span> guest account + saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest + should save his important files to a USB key. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable guest account</span>: Here you can enable or disable a + guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, + but he has more restricted access than normal users. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Shell</span>: This drop down list allows you to change the + shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are + Bash, Dash and Sh + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">User ID</span>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you + are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless + you know what you are doing. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Group ID</span>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a + number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know + what you are doing. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/add_supplemental_media.html b/hu/add_supplemental_media.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7bf8f0c --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/add_supplemental_media.html @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="formatPartitions.html" title="Formatting"> + <link rel="next" href="media_selection.html" title="Media Selection (Nonfree)"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="add_supplemental_media"></a>Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media) + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + <p>This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can + add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The + source selection determines which packages will be available for selection + during the next steps. + </p> + + + <p>For a network source, there are two steps to follow:</p> + + + <div class="orderedlist"> + <ol class="orderedlist" type="1"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up. </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a + mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by + Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With + the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS + installation. + </p> + + </li> + </ol> + </div> + + + <div class="note" title="Megjegyzés" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Megjegyzés]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit + packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by + ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains + 64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit + packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the + needed 32 bit packages there. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/ask_mntpoint_s.html b/hu/ask_mntpoint_s.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..76bfa58 --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/ask_mntpoint_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Válassza ki a csatolási pontokat</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="doPartitionDisks.html" title="Partícionálás"> + <link rel="next" href="takeOverHdConfirm.html" title="Confirm hard disk to be formatted"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Válassza ki a csatolási pontokat"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="ask_mntpoint_s"></a>Válassza ki a csatolási pontokat + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <p>Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If + you don't agree with the <span class="application">DrakX</span> suggestions, you + can change the mount points. + </p> + + + <div class="note" title="Megjegyzés" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Megjegyzés]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If you change anything, make sure you still have a <code class="literal">/</code> + (root) partition. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Every partition is shown as follows: "Device" ("Capacity", "Mount point", + "Type"). + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>"Device", is made up of: "hard drive", ["hard drive number"(letter)], + "partition number" (for example, "sda5"). + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from + the drop down menu, such as <code class="literal">/</code>, <code class="literal">/home</code> + and <code class="literal">/var</code>. You can even make your own mount points, for + instance <code class="literal">/video</code> for a partition where you want to store + your films, or <code class="literal">/cauldron-home</code> for the + <code class="literal">/home</code> partition of a cauldron install. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount + point field blank. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + + <div class="warning" title="Figyelem" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Warning"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Figyelem]" src="warning.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Choose <span class="guibutton">Previous</span> if you are not sure what to choose, + and then tick <span class="guilabel">Custom disk partitioning</span>. In the screen + that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + + <p>If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on + <span class="guibutton">Next</span>, and choose whether you only want to format the + partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more. + </p> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/chooseDesktop.html b/hu/chooseDesktop.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..10b1d70 --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/chooseDesktop.html @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Munkaasztal kiválasztása</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="media_selection.html" title="Media Selection (Nonfree)"> + <link rel="next" href="choosePackageGroups.html" title="Csomagcsoportok kiválasztása"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Munkaasztal kiválasztása"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="chooseDesktop"></a>Munkaasztal kiválasztása + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + <p>Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine + tune your choice. + </p> + + + <p>After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package + installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the + <span class="guilabel">Details</span> button + </p> + + + + + + + <p>Choose whether you prefer to use the <span class="application">KDE</span> or + <span class="application">Gnome</span> desktop environment. Both come with a full + set of useful applications and tools. Tick <span class="guilabel">Custom</span> if + you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the + default software choices for these desktop environments. The + <span class="application">LXDE</span> desktop is lighter than the previous two, + sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default. + </p> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/choosePackageGroups.html b/hu/choosePackageGroups.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0dbf708 --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/choosePackageGroups.html @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Csomagcsoportok kiválasztása</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="chooseDesktop.html" title="Munkaasztal kiválasztása"> + <link rel="next" href="minimal-install.html" title="Minimal Install"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Csomagcsoportok kiválasztása"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="choosePackageGroups"></a>Csomagcsoportok kiválasztása + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + <p>Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on + your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however + more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which + become visible as the mouse is hovered over them. + </p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Munkaállomás.</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Kiszolgáló.</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grafikus környezet</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or + remove packages. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + <p>Read <a class="xref" href="minimal-install.html" title="Minimal Install">„Minimal Install”</a> for instructions on how to do a + minimal install (without or with X & IceWM). + </p> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/choosePackagesTree.html b/hu/choosePackagesTree.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..de268dd --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/choosePackagesTree.html @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Choose Individual Packages</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="minimal-install.html" title="Minimal Install"> + <link rel="next" href="addUser.html" title="User and Superuser Management"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Choose Individual Packages"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="choosePackagesTree"></a>Choose Individual Packages + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + <p>Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your + installation. + </p> + + + <p>After having made your choice, you can click on the <span class="guibutton">floppy + icon</span> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages + (saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the + same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install + and choosing to load it. + </p> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/configureServices.html b/hu/configureServices.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..43086da --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/configureServices.html @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Configure your Services</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="selectCountry.html" title="Select your Country / Region"> + <link rel="next" href="selectMouse.html" title="Select mouse"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Configure your Services"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="configureServices"></a>Configure your Services + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + + + + <p><a name="configureServices-pa1"></a>Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your + system. + </p> + + + <p><a name="configureServices-pa2"></a>There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and + see all services in it. + </p> + + + <p><a name="configureServices-pa3"></a>The setting DrakX chose are usually good. + </p> + + + <p><a name="configureServices-pa4"></a>If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info + box below. + </p> + + + <p><a name="configureServices-pa5"></a>Only change things when you know very well what you are doing. + </p> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/configureTimezoneUTC.html b/hu/configureTimezoneUTC.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef63d27 --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/configureTimezoneUTC.html @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Configure your Timezone</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="misc-params.html" title="Summary of miscellaneous parameters"> + <link rel="next" href="selectCountry.html" title="Select your Country / Region"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Configure your Timezone"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="configureTimezoneUTC"></a>Configure your Timezone + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + <p><a name="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1"></a>Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the + same time zone. + </p> + + + <p><a name="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2"></a>In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to + GMT, also known as UTC. + </p> + + + <div class="note" title="Megjegyzés" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Megjegyzés]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p><a name="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3"></a>If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they + are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/configureX_card_list.html b/hu/configureX_card_list.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a9d76bd --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/configureX_card_list.html @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="configureX_chooser.html" title="Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"> + <link rel="next" href="configureX_monitor.html" title="Choosing your Monitor"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="configureX_card_list"></a>Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card) + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <p>DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually + correctly identify your video device. + </p> + + + <p>If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know + which one you have, you can select it from the tree by: + </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>vendor</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>then the name of your card</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>and the type of card</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + + <p>If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in + the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the + Xorg category + </p> + + + <p>The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card + drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the + option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities. + </p> + + + <p>Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access + to the Commandline Interface. + </p> + + + <p>Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which + may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from + the card manufacturers' websites. + </p> + + + <p>The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If + you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot. + </p> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/configureX_chooser.html b/hu/configureX_chooser.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2862b3c --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/configureX_chooser.html @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="addUser.html" title="User and Superuser Management"> + <link rel="next" href="configureX_card_list.html" title="Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="configureX_chooser"></a>Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + <p><a name="configureX_chooser-pa1"></a>No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) + you chose for this install of <span class="application">Mageia</span>, they are + all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym class="acronym">X Window + System</acronym>, or simply <acronym class="acronym">X</acronym>. So in order for + <acronym class="acronym">KDE</acronym>, <acronym class="acronym">Gnome</acronym>, <acronym class="acronym">LXDE</acronym> or + any other graphical environment to work well, the following + <acronym class="acronym">X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct + settings if you can see that <span class="application">DrakX</span> didn't make a + choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect. + </p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="configureX_chooser-pa2"></a><span class="emphasis"><em><span class="guibutton">Graphic card</span></em></span>: Choose your card + from the list if needed. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="configureX_chooser-pa3"></a><span class="emphasis"><em><span class="guibutton">Monitor</span></em></span>: You can choose + <span class="guilabel">Plug'n Play</span> when applicable, or choose your monitor + from the <span class="guilabel">Vendor</span> or <span class="guilabel">Generic</span> + list. Choose <span class="guilabel">Custom</span> if you prefer to manually set the + horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor. + </p> + + + <div class="warning" title="Figyelem" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Warning"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Figyelem]" src="warning.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p><a name="configureX_chooser-pa3a"></a>Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="configureX_chooser-pa4"></a><span class="emphasis"><em><span class="guibutton">Resolution</span></em></span>: Set the desired + resolution and color depth of your monitor here. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="configureX_chooser-pa5"></a><span class="emphasis"><em><span class="guibutton">Test</span></em></span>: The test button does not + always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your + settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your + settings are correct, you can answer "yes", and the settings will be + kept. If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen + and be able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <span class="emphasis"><em>Make + sure your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't + available</em></span></p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="configureX_chooser-pa6"></a><span class="emphasis"><em><span class="guibutton">Options</span></em></span>: Here you can choose to + enable or disable various options. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/configureX_monitor.html b/hu/configureX_monitor.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12f70bd --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/configureX_monitor.html @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Choosing your Monitor</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="configureX_card_list.html" title="Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"> + <link rel="next" href="setupBootloader.html" title="Rendszerindítási beállítások"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Choosing your Monitor"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="configureX_monitor"></a>Choosing your Monitor + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + + + <p><a name="configureX_monitor-pa1"></a>DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually + correctly identify yours. + </p> + + + <div class="warning" title="Figyelem" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Warning"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Figyelem]" src="warning.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p><a name="configureX_monitor-pa1w"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage + your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing + what you are doing.</em></span> If in doubt you should consult your monitor + documentation + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + + + + <p><a name="configureX_monitor-pa2"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>Custom</em></span></p> + + + <p><a name="configureX_monitor-pa3"></a>This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh + rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the + screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are + displayed. + </p> + + + <p><a name="configureX_monitor-pa4"></a>It is <span class="emphasis"><em>VERY IMPORTANT</em></span> that you do not specify a monitor + type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you + may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and + consult your monitor documentation. + </p> + + + <p><a name="configureX_monitor-pa5"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>Plug 'n Play</em></span></p> + + + <p><a name="configureX_monitor-pa6"></a>This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the + monitor database. + </p> + + + <p><a name="configureX_monitor-pa7"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>Vendor</em></span></p> + + + <p><a name="configureX_monitor-pa8"></a>If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which + one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting: + </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>vendor</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>the monitor manufacturers name</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>the monitor description</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + + <p><a name="configureX_monitor-pa9"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>Generic</em></span></p> + + + <p><a name="configureX_monitor-pa10"></a>selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as + 1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is + often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver + when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it + may be wise to be conservative in your selections. + </p> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/diskdrake.html b/hu/diskdrake.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a55236e --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/diskdrake.html @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="takeOverHdConfirm.html" title="Confirm hard disk to be formatted"> + <link rel="next" href="formatPartitions.html" title="Formatting"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="diskdrake"></a>Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <div class="warning" title="Figyelem" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Warning"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Figyelem]" src="warning.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p><a name="diskdrake-pa1"></a>If you wish to use encryption on your <code class="literal">/</code> partition you + must ensure that you have a separate <code class="literal">/boot</code> partition. The + encryption option for the <code class="literal">/boot</code> partition must NOT be + set, otherwise your system will be unbootable. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + + <p><a name="diskdrake-pa3"></a>Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create + partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even + view what is in them before you start. + </p> + + + <p><a name="diskdrake-pa4"></a>There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an + USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them. + </p> + + + <p><a name="diskdrake-pa5"></a>Push <span class="guibutton">Clear all</span> to wipe all partitions on the selected + storage device + </p> + + + <p><a name="diskdrake-pa6"></a>For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, + or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. + </p> + + + <p><a name="diskdrake-pa6a"></a>Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes. + </p> + + + <p><a name="diskdrake-pa7"></a>Click <span class="guibutton">Done</span> when you're ready. + </p> + + + <div class="note" title="Megjegyzés" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Megjegyzés]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI + System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above) + </p> + + + <p></p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/doPartitionDisks.html b/hu/doPartitionDisks.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec01bb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/doPartitionDisks.html @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Partícionálás</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="selectKeyboard.html" title="Billentyűzet"> + <link rel="next" href="ask_mntpoint_s.html" title="Válassza ki a csatolási pontokat"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Partícionálás"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="doPartitionDisks"></a>Partícionálás + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa1"></a>In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the + solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install + <span class="application">Mageia</span>. + </p> + + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa2"></a>The options available from the list below will vary depending on your + particular hard drive(s) layout and content. + </p> + + + + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa3"></a></p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa4"></a>Use Existing Partitions + </p> + + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa5"></a>If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have + been found and may be used for the installation. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa6"></a>Use Free Space + </p> + + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa7"></a>If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for + your new Mageia installation. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa8"></a>Use Free Space on a Windows Partition + </p> + + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa9"></a>If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may + offer to use it. + </p> + + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa10"></a>This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, + but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all + important files! + </p> + + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa11"></a>Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The + partition must be "clean", meaning that Windows must have closed down + correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, + although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been + moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to + back up your personal files. + </p> + + + <p>With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in + light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended + sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking + and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below. + </p> + + + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + <p> </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa12"></a>Erase and use Entire Disk. + </p> + + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa13"></a>This option will use the complete drive for Mageia. + </p> + + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa14"></a>Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care! + </p> + + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa15"></a>If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already + have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use + this option. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa16"></a>Egyéni + </p> + + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa17"></a>This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your + hard drive(s). + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + + <p><span class="bold"><strong>Partitions sizing:</strong></span></p> + + + <p>The installer will share the available place out according to the following + rules: + </p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is + created for /, there is no separate partition for /home. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are + created + </p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + + <p>That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will + create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home. + </p> + + + <div class="note" title="Megjegyzés" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Megjegyzés]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be + automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on + /boot/EFI. The "Custom" option is the only one that allows to check it has + been correctly done + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + + <div class="warning" title="Figyelem" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Warning"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Figyelem]" src="warning.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the + previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available + hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested + with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 + MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning + tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following + settings: + </p> + + + <p>"Align to" "MiB"</p> + + + <p>"Free space preceding (MiB)" "2"</p> + + + <p>Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes.</p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/draft.png b/hu/draft.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..59673fe --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/draft.png diff --git a/hu/exitInstall.html b/hu/exitInstall.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3b486fb --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/exitInstall.html @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Gratulálunk</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="installUpdates.html" title="Frissítések"> + <link rel="next" href="uninstall-Mageia.html" title="Uninstalling Mageia"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Gratulálunk"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="exitInstall"></a>Gratulálunk + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + + + + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa1"></a>You have finished installing and configuring + <span class="application">Mageia</span> and it is now safe to remove the + installation medium and reboot your computer. + </p> + + + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa2"></a>After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating + systems on your computer (if you have more than one). + </p> + + + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa3"></a>If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install + will be automatically selected and started. + </p> + + + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa4"></a>Enjoy! + </p> + + + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa5"></a>Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to + Mageia + </p> + + + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/formatPartitions.html b/hu/formatPartitions.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..26a81ac --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/formatPartitions.html @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Formatting</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="diskdrake.html" title="Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"> + <link rel="next" href="add_supplemental_media.html" title="Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Formatting"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="formatPartitions"></a>Formatting + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <p><a name="formatPartitions-pa1"></a>Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on + partitions <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> marked for formatting will be saved. + </p> + + + <p><a name="formatPartitions-pa2"></a>Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted + </p> + + + <p><a name="formatPartitions-pa3"></a>Click on <span class="guibutton">Advanced</span> to choose partitions you want to + check for so called <span class="emphasis"><em>bad blocks</em></span></p> + + + <div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Tip"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Tipp]" src="tip.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p><a name="formatPartitions-pa4"></a>If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on + <span class="guibutton">Previous</span>, again on <span class="guibutton">Previous</span> + and then on <span class="guibutton">Custom</span> to get back to the main screen. + In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + + <p><a name="formatPartitions-pa5"></a>When you are confident about the selection, click on + <span class="guibutton">Next</span> to continue. + </p> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/index.html b/hu/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..818dd1d --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Installation with DrakX</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="next" href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html" title="Select and use ISOs"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="article" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="Quick-Startup"></a>Installation with DrakX + </h2> + </div> + </div> + <hr> + </div> + <div class="toc"> + <dl> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html">Select and use ISOs</a></span></dt> + <dd> + <dl> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e19">Bevezetés</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e29">Media</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e142">Downloading and Checking Media</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e169">Burn or dump the ISO</a></span></dt> + </dl> + </dd> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="installer.html">DrakX, the Mageia Installer</a></span></dt> + <dd> + <dl> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="installer.html#installationSteps">The installation steps</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="installer.html#installationProblems">Installation Problems and Possible Solutions</a></span></dt> + </dl> + </dd> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="selectLanguage.html">Válasszon nyelvet</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="acceptLicense.html">Licensz és Kiadási megjegyzések</a></span></dt> + <dd> + <dl> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="acceptLicense.html#license">Licencegyezmény</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="acceptLicense.html#releaseNotes">Kiadási megjegyzések</a></span></dt> + </dl> + </dd> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupSCSI.html">Setup SCSI</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="selectInstallClass.html">Install or Upgrade</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="selectKeyboard.html">Billentyűzet</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="doPartitionDisks.html">Partícionálás</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="ask_mntpoint_s.html">Válassza ki a csatolási pontokat</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="takeOverHdConfirm.html">Confirm hard disk to be formatted</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="diskdrake.html">Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="formatPartitions.html">Formatting</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="add_supplemental_media.html">Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="media_selection.html">Media Selection (Nonfree)</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="chooseDesktop.html">Munkaasztal kiválasztása</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="choosePackageGroups.html">Csomagcsoportok kiválasztása</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="minimal-install.html">Minimal Install</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="choosePackagesTree.html">Choose Individual Packages</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="addUser.html">User and Superuser Management</a></span></dt> + <dd> + <dl> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="addUser.html#root-password">A rendszergazdai (root) jelszó beállítása</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="addUser.html#enterUser">Adjon meg egy felhasználót</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="addUser.html#addUserAdvanced">Speciális Felhasználókezelés</a></span></dt> + </dl> + </dd> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="configureX_chooser.html">Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="configureX_card_list.html">Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="configureX_monitor.html">Choosing your Monitor</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html">Rendszerindítási beállítások</a></span></dt> + <dd> + <dl> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e899">With a Bios system</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e936">With an UEFI system</a></span></dt> + </dl> + </dd> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html">Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</a></span></dt> + <dd> + <dl> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e951">With a Bios system</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e968">With an UEFI system</a></span></dt> + </dl> + </dd> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html">Summary of miscellaneous parameters</a></span></dt> + <dd> + <dl> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html#misc-params-system">System parameters</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html#misc-params-hardware">Hardware parameters</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html#misc-params-network">Network and Internet parameters</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html#misc-params-security">Biztonság</a></span></dt> + </dl> + </dd> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="configureTimezoneUTC.html">Configure your Timezone</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="selectCountry.html">Select your Country / Region</a></span></dt> + <dd> + <dl> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="selectCountry.html#inputMethod">Input method</a></span></dt> + </dl> + </dd> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="configureServices.html">Configure your Services</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="selectMouse.html">Select mouse</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="soundConfig.html">Hang beállítása</a></span></dt> + <dd> + <dl> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="soundConfig.html#soundConfig-Advanced">Speciális</a></span></dt> + </dl> + </dd> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="securityLevel.html">Biztonsági szint</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="installUpdates.html">Frissítések</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="exitInstall.html">Gratulálunk</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html">Uninstalling Mageia</a></span></dt> + <dd> + <dl> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1206">Howto</a></span></dt> + </dl> + </dd> + </dl> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/installUpdates.html b/hu/installUpdates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6a174f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/installUpdates.html @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Frissítések</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="securityLevel.html" title="Biztonsági szint"> + <link rel="next" href="exitInstall.html" title="Gratulálunk"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Frissítések"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="installUpdates"></a>Frissítések + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + + + <p><a name="installUpdates-pa1"></a>Since this version of <span class="application">Mageia</span> was released, some + packages will have been updated or improved. + </p> + + + <p><a name="installUpdates-pa2"></a>Choose <span class="guilabel">yes</span> if you wish to download and install them, + select <span class="guilabel">no</span> if you don't want to do this now, or if you + aren't connected to the Internet + </p> + + + <p><a name="installUpdates-pa3"></a>Then press <span class="guibutton">Next</span> to continue + </p> + + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/installer.html b/hu/installer.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1bce49a --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/installer.html @@ -0,0 +1,417 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>DrakX, the Mageia Installer</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html" title="Select and use ISOs"> + <link rel="next" href="selectLanguage.html" title="Válasszon nyelvet"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="DrakX, the Mageia Installer"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="installer"></a>DrakX, the Mageia Installer + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <p>Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia + Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as + possible. + </p> + + + + + + <p>The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will + start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need. + </p> + + + + + + + <p>From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:</p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen + language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only) + </p> + + + <p></p> + + + + + <p>Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter.</p> + + + <p>Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live + DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <span class="guilabel">Rescue + System</span>, <span class="guilabel">Memory test</span> and <span class="guilabel">Hardware + Detection Tool</span>. + </p> + + + <p></p> + + + + + <p></p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only).</p> + + + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Add some kernel options by pressing the <span class="bold"><strong>F6</strong></span> + key for the legacy mode or the <span class="bold"><strong>e</strong></span> key for + the UEFI mode. + </p> + + + <p>If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one + of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called + <span class="guilabel">Boot options</span> and propose four entries: + </p> + + + <p>- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options.</p> + + + <p>- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of + performances. + </p> + + + <p>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management + isn't taken into account. + </p> + + + <p>- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is + about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for. + </p> + + + <p>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options + displayed in the <span class="guilabel">Boot Options</span> line. + </p> + + + <div class="note" title="Megjegyzés" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Megjegyzés]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the + key F6 does not appear in the <span class="guilabel">Boot Options</span> line, + however, they are really taken into account. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only).</p> + + + <p>Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with + the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to + go back to the welcome screen. + </p> + + + <p></p> + + + + + <p></p> + + + <p>The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select + <span class="guilabel">Return to Boot Options</span> to go back to the options + list. These options can by added by hand in the <span class="guilabel">Boot + options</span> line. + </p> + + + + + <p></p> + + + <div class="note" title="Megjegyzés" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Megjegyzés]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key.</p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + + <p>For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: + <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" target="_top">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</a></p> + + + <p>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based + Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images): + </p> + + + <p>It does not allow to change the language, the available options are + described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired + Network-based Installation CD, see <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install" target="_top">the Mageia + Wiki</a></p> + + + <div class="warning" title="Figyelem" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Warning"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Figyelem]" src="warning.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>The keyboard layout is the American one.</p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + + + + <div class="section" title="The installation steps"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="installationSteps"></a>The installation steps + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p>The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed + on the side panel of the screen. + </p> + + + <p>Each step has one or more screens which may also have + <span class="guibutton">Advanced</span> buttons with extra, less commonly required, + options. + </p> + + + <p>Most screens have <span class="guibutton">Help</span> buttons which give further + explanations about the current step. + </p> + + + <div class="note" title="Megjegyzés" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Megjegyzés]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is + possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a + partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your + computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well + leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure + rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys + <span class="guibutton">Alt Ctrl F2</span> at the same time. After that, press + <span class="guibutton">Alt Ctrl Delete</span> simultaneously to reboot. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="installationProblems"></a>Installation Problems and Possible Solutions + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="section" title="No Graphical Interface"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="noX"></a>No Graphical Interface + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection + screen. This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using + low resolution by typing <code class="code">vgalo</code> at the prompt. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be + possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use + this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be + presented with a black screen with the word "boot:". Type "text" and hit + ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="The Install Freezes"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="installFreezes"></a>The Install Freezes + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p>If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a + problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of + hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type + <code class="code">noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with + other options as necessary. + </p> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="RAM problem"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="kernelOptions"></a>RAM problem + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p>These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the + available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the + <code class="code">mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of + RAM. e.g. <code class="code">mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM. + </p> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Dynamic partitions"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="DynamicPartitions"></a>Dynamic partitions + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on + Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on + this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: + <a class="ulink" href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" target="_top">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</a>. + </p> + + </div> + + </div> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/media_selection.html b/hu/media_selection.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5938b1e --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/media_selection.html @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Media Selection (Nonfree)</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="add_supplemental_media.html" title="Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"> + <link rel="next" href="chooseDesktop.html" title="Munkaasztal kiválasztása"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Media Selection (Nonfree)"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="media_selection"></a>Media Selection (Nonfree) + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + + <p>Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are + available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories + selection determines which packages will be available for selection during + the next steps. + </p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>The <span class="emphasis"><em>Core</em></span> repository cannot be disabled as it contains + the base of the distribution. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>The <span class="emphasis"><em>Nonfree</em></span> repository includes packages that are + free-of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain + closed-source software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this + repository includes nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, + firmware for various WiFi cards, etc. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>The <span class="emphasis"><em>Tainted</em></span> repository includes packages released under + a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is + that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, + e.g. Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages + needed to play commercial video DVD, etc. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/minimal-install.html b/hu/minimal-install.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..44ad61b --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/minimal-install.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Minimal Install</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="choosePackageGroups.html" title="Csomagcsoportok kiválasztása"> + <link rel="next" href="choosePackagesTree.html" title="Choose Individual Packages"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Minimal Install"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="minimal-install"></a>Minimal Install + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + <p>You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the + Package Group Selection screen, see <a class="xref" href="choosePackageGroups.html" title="Csomagcsoportok kiválasztása">„Csomagcsoportok kiválasztása”</a>. + </p> + + <p>If desired, you can additionally tick the "Individual package selection" + option in the same screen. + </p> + + <p>Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for + their <span class="application">Mageia</span>, such as a server or a specialised + workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "Individual + package selection" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your installation, + see <a class="xref" href="choosePackagesTree.html" title="Choose Individual Packages">„Choose Individual Packages”</a>. + </p> + + <p>If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer + you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X. + </p> + + <p>If selected, "With X" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop + environment. + </p> + + <p>The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages. It + contains the man pages from the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html" target="_top">Linux Documentation + Project</a> and the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/" target="_top">GNU + coreutils</a> info pages. + </p> + + + + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/misc-params.html b/hu/misc-params.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f1ca36 --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/misc-params.html @@ -0,0 +1,353 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Summary of miscellaneous parameters</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html" title="Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"> + <link rel="next" href="configureTimezoneUTC.html" title="Configure your Timezone"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Summary of miscellaneous parameters"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="misc-params"></a>Summary of miscellaneous parameters + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <p><a name="misc-params-pa1"></a>DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on + the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the + settings here and change them if you want after pressing + <span class="guibutton">Configure</span>. + </p> + + + <div class="section" title="System parameters"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="misc-params-system"></a>System parameters + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa2"></a><span class="guilabel">Timezone</span></p> + + + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa2a"></a>DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred + language. You can change it if needed. See also <a class="xref" href="configureTimezoneUTC.html" title="Configure your Timezone">„Configure your Timezone”</a></p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa3"></a><span class="guilabel">Country / Region</span></p> + + + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa3a"></a>If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you + correct the setting. See <a class="xref" href="selectCountry.html" title="Select your Country / Region">„Select your Country / Region”</a></p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4"></a><span class="guilabel">Bootloader</span></p> + + + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4a"></a>DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting. + </p> + + + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4b"></a>Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo + </p> + + + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4c"></a>For more information, see <a class="xref" href="setupBootloader.html" title="Rendszerindítási beállítások">„Rendszerindítási beállítások”</a></p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa5"></a><span class="guilabel">User management</span></p> + + + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa5a"></a>You can add extra users here. They will each get their own + <code class="literal">/home</code> directories. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa6"></a><span class="guilabel">Services</span>: + </p> + + + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa6a"></a>System services refer to those small programs which run the background + (daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks. + </p> + + + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa6b"></a>You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may + prevent your computer from operating correctly. + </p> + + + <p>For more information, see <a class="xref" href="configureServices.html" title="Configure your Services">„Configure your Services”</a></p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Hardware parameters"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="misc-params-hardware"></a>Hardware parameters + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa1"></a><span class="guilabel">Keyboard</span>: + </p> + + + <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa1a"></a>This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on + your location, language or type of keyboard. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa2"></a><span class="guilabel">Mouse</span>: + </p> + + + <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa2a"></a>Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs + etc. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3"></a><span class="guilabel">Sound card</span>: + </p> + + + <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3a"></a>The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option + to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one + driver for your card, but none of them is the default one. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa4"></a><span class="guilabel">Graphical interface</span>: + </p> + + + <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa4a"></a>This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays. + </p> + + + <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa4b"></a>For more information, see <a class="xref" href="configureX_chooser.html" title="Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration">„Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration”</a>. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Network and Internet parameters"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="misc-params-network"></a>Network and Internet parameters + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="misc-params-network-pa1"></a><span class="guilabel">Network</span>: + </p> + + + <p><a name="misc-params-network-pa2"></a>You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free + drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <span class="application">Mageia + Control Center</span>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media + repositories. + </p> + + + <div class="warning" title="Figyelem" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Warning"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Figyelem]" src="warning.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p><a name="misc-params-network-pa3"></a>When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch + that interface as well. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="misc-params-network-pa4"></a><span class="guilabel">Proxies</span>: + </p> + + + <p><a name="misc-params-network-pa4a"></a>A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider + internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a + proxy service. + </p> + + + <p><a name="misc-params-network-pa4b"></a>You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you + need to enter here + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Biztonság"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="misc-params-security"></a>Biztonság + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa1"></a><span class="guilabel">Security Level</span>: + </p> + + + <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa1a"></a>Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default + setting (Standard) is adequate for general use. + </p> + + + <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa1b"></a>Check the option which best suits your usage. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa2"></a><span class="guilabel">Firewall</span>: + </p> + + + <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa2a"></a>A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the + rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it. + </p> + + + <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa2b"></a>Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your + selections will depend on what you use your computer for. + </p> + + + <div class="warning" title="Figyelem" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Warning"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Figyelem]" src="warning.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa2c"></a>Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/note.png b/hu/note.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8f3a936 --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/note.png diff --git a/hu/securityLevel.html b/hu/securityLevel.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cb51407 --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/securityLevel.html @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Biztonsági szint</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="soundConfig.html" title="Hang beállítása"> + <link rel="next" href="installUpdates.html" title="Frissítések"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Biztonsági szint"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="securityLevel"></a>Biztonsági szint + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + + <p><a name="securityLevel-pa1"></a>You can adjust your security level here. + </p> + + + <p><a name="securityLevel-pa2"></a>Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose. + </p> + + + <p><a name="securityLevel-pa3"></a>After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings + in the <span class="guilabel">Security</span> part of the Mageia Control Center. + </p> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/selectCountry.html b/hu/selectCountry.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5503a21 --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/selectCountry.html @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Select your Country / Region</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="configureTimezoneUTC.html" title="Configure your Timezone"> + <link rel="next" href="configureServices.html" title="Configure your Services"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Select your Country / Region"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="selectCountry"></a>Select your Country / Region + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + + + + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa1"></a>Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, + like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country + can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network. + </p> + + + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa2"></a>If your country isn't in the list, click the <span class="guilabel">Other + Countries</span> button and choose your country / region there. + </p> + + + <div class="note" title="Megjegyzés" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Megjegyzés]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa3"></a>If your country is only in the <span class="guilabel">Other Countries</span> list, + after clicking <span class="guibutton">OK</span> it may seem a country from the + first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real + choice. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Input method"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="inputMethod"></a>Input method + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa4"></a>In the <span class="guilabel">Other Countries</span> screen you can also select an + input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input + multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the + default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India + Live-CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input + method so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input + methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be + installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection. + </p> + + + <div class="note" title="Megjegyzés" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Megjegyzés]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa5"></a>If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it + after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" -> + "System", or by running localedrake as root. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + </div> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/selectInstallClass.html b/hu/selectInstallClass.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b7bea55 --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/selectInstallClass.html @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Install or Upgrade</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="setupSCSI.html" title="Setup SCSI"> + <link rel="next" href="selectKeyboard.html" title="Billentyűzet"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Install or Upgrade"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="selectInstallClass"></a>Install or Upgrade + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Telepítés</p> + + + <p>Use this option for a fresh <span class="application">Mageia</span> installation. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Upgrade</p> + + + <p>If you have one or more <span class="application">Mageia</span> installations on + your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the + latest release. + </p> + + + <div class="warning" title="Figyelem" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Warning"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Figyelem]" src="warning.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <span class="emphasis"><em>still + supported</em></span> when this installer's version was released, has been + thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already + reached its End Of Life when this one was released, then it is better to do + a clean install while preserving your <code class="literal">/home</code> partition. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + + <div class="note" title="Megjegyzés" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Megjegyzés]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to + reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been + formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in + the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an + unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you + want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <span class="guilabel">Alt Ctrl + F2</span> at the same time. After that, press <span class="guilabel">Alt Ctrl + Delete</span> simultaneously to reboot. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + + <div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Tip"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Tipp]" src="tip.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you + can return from the "Install or Upgrade" screen to the language choice + screen by pressing <span class="guilabel">Alt Ctrl Home</span>. Do + <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> do this later in the install. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/selectKeyboard.html b/hu/selectKeyboard.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1168307 --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/selectKeyboard.html @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Billentyűzet</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="selectInstallClass.html" title="Install or Upgrade"> + <link rel="next" href="doPartitionDisks.html" title="Partícionálás"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Billentyűzet"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="selectKeyboard"></a>Billentyűzet + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + <p><a name="selectKeyboard-pa1"></a>DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable + keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout. + </p> + + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="selectKeyboard-pa2"></a>Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard + layout. If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the + specifications that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There + may even be a label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also + look here: <a class="ulink" href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout" target="_top">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</a></p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="selectKeyboard-pa3"></a>If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on + <span class="guibutton">More</span> to get a full list, and select your keyboard + there. + </p> + + + <div class="warning" title="Figyelem" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Warning"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Figyelem]" src="warning.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p><a name="selectKeyboard-pa5"></a>After choosing a keyboard from the <span class="guibutton">More</span> dialog, + you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though + a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly + and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the + full list. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><a name="selectKeyboard-pa4"></a>If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an + extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin + and non-Latin keyboard layouts + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/selectLanguage.html b/hu/selectLanguage.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..44d716b --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/selectLanguage.html @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Válasszon nyelvet</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="installer.html" title="DrakX, the Mageia Installer"> + <link rel="next" href="acceptLicense.html" title="Licensz és Kiadási megjegyzések"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Válasszon nyelvet"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="selectLanguage"></a>Válasszon nyelvet + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <p>Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your + continent. <span class="application">Mageia</span> will use this selection during + the installation and for your installed system. + </p> + + + <p>If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your + system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the + <span class="guibutton">Multiple languages</span> button to add them now. It will be + difficult to add extra language support after installation. + </p> + + + + + <div class="warning" title="Figyelem" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Warning"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Figyelem]" src="warning.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them + as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be + marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen . + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then + it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default.</p> + + + <p>This may be disabled in the "multiple languages" screen if you know that it + is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed + languages. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia + Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/selectMouse.html b/hu/selectMouse.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6c9c6f --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/selectMouse.html @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Select mouse</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="configureServices.html" title="Configure your Services"> + <link rel="next" href="soundConfig.html" title="Hang beállítása"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Select mouse"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="selectMouse"></a>Select mouse + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <p><a name="selectMouse-pa1"></a>If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a + different one here. + </p> + + + <p><a name="selectMouse-pa2"></a>Usually, <span class="guilabel">Universal</span> - <span class="guilabel">Any PS/2 and USB + mice</span> is a good choice. + </p> + + + <p><a name="selectMouse-pa3"></a>Select <span class="guilabel">Universal</span> - <span class="guilabel">Force evdev</span> to + configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons. + </p> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/setupBootloader.html b/hu/setupBootloader.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..73e4047 --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/setupBootloader.html @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Rendszerindítási beállítások</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="configureX_monitor.html" title="Choosing your Monitor"> + <link rel="next" href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html" title="Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Rendszerindítási beállítások"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="setupBootloader"></a>Rendszerindítási beállítások + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + <div class="section" title="With a Bios system"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e899"></a>With a Bios system + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa1"></a>If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by + the installer, you can change them here. + </p> + + + <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa2"></a>You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case + you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or + allow Mageia to create a new one. + </p> + + + <div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Tip"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Tipp]" src="tip.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>The Mageia graphical menus are nice :</p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Using a Mageia bootloader"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="usingMageiaBootloader"></a>Using a Mageia bootloader + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa4"></a>By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR + (Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other + operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia + boot menu. + </p> + + + <p>Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB + legacy and Lilo. + </p> + + + <div class="warning" title="Figyelem" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Warning"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Figyelem]" src="warning.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa6"></a>Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by + GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is + used. + </p> + + + <p>The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at + the Summary page during installation. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Using an existing bootloader"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="usingExistingBootloader"></a>Using an existing bootloader + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa46"></a>If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember + to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader + <span class="guibutton">Configure</span> button, which will allow you to change the + bootloader install location. + </p> + + + <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa47"></a>Do not select a device e.g."sda", or you will overwrite your existing + MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the + partitioning phase earlier, e.g. sda7. + </p> + + + <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48"></a>To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device. + </p> + + + <div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Tip"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Tipp]" src="tip.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48a"></a>Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <code class="literal">df</code> to check where + your <code class="literal">/</code> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to + the installer screen. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + + <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa49"></a>The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader + is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve + running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and + add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in + question. + </p> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Bootloader advanced option"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="advancedOptionBootloader"></a>Bootloader advanced option + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa52"></a>If you have very limited disk space for the <code class="literal">/</code> partition + that contains <code class="literal">/tmp</code>, click on + <span class="guibutton">Advanced</span> and check the box for <span class="guilabel">Clean /tmp + at each boot</span>. This helps to maintain some free space. + </p> + + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="With an UEFI system"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e936"></a>With an UEFI system + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot + choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available. + </p> + + + + + <p>If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer + created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader + (Grub2-efi). If there was already UEFI operating systems previously + installed on your computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer + detected the existing ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although + it is possible to have several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever + the number of operating systems you have. + </p> + + + <p>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless really knowing what you do.</p> + + </div> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html b/hu/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e5a5f49 --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="setupBootloader.html" title="Rendszerindítási beállítások"> + <link rel="next" href="misc-params.html" title="Summary of miscellaneous parameters"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="setupBootloaderAddEntry"></a>Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + <div class="section" title="With a Bios system"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e951"></a>With a Bios system + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p>You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the + relevant button in the <span class="emphasis"><em>Bootloader Configuration</em></span> screen + and editing the screen that pops up on top of it. + </p> + + + <div class="note" title="Megjegyzés" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Megjegyzés]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If you have chosen <code class="code">Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use + this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually + edit <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code class="code">grub-customizer</code> + instead. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + + + + <p>Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an + entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one. + </p> + + + <p>You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely.</p> + + + <p>The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a + choice while booting up. + </p> + + + <div class="warning" title="Figyelem" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Warning"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Figyelem]" src="warning.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't + just try something without knowing what you are doing. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="With an UEFI system"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e968"></a>With an UEFI system + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p>In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit + entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit + <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code class="code">grub-customizer</code> + instead. All you can do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop + down list. + </p> + + + <p>After a click on the <span class="guibutton">Next</span> button, another drop down + list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical + boot loader. + </p> + + + + </div> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/setupSCSI.html b/hu/setupSCSI.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3a6b677 --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/setupSCSI.html @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Setup SCSI</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="acceptLicense.html" title="Licensz és Kiadási megjegyzések"> + <link rel="next" href="selectInstallClass.html" title="Install or Upgrade"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Setup SCSI"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="setupSCSI"></a>Setup SCSI + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <p><a name="setupSCSI-pa1"></a>DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers + it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently + fail to recognise the drive. + </p> + + + <p><a name="setupSCSI-pa2"></a>If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) + you have. + </p> + + + <p><a name="setupSCSI-pa3"></a>DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly. + </p> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/soundConfig.html b/hu/soundConfig.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..19300e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/soundConfig.html @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Hang beállítása</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="selectMouse.html" title="Select mouse"> + <link rel="next" href="securityLevel.html" title="Biztonsági szint"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Hang beállítása"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="soundConfig"></a>Hang beállítása + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + <p>In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your + sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default + one. + + </p> + + <p>The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install + you do encounter problems, then run <span class="command"><strong>draksound</strong></span> or start + this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the + <span class="guilabel">Hardware</span> tab and clicking on <span class="guilabel">Sound + Configuration</span> at the top right of the screen. + + </p> + + <p>Then, in the draksound or "Sound Configuration" tool screen, click on + <span class="guibutton">Advanced</span> and then on + <span class="guibutton">Troubleshooting</span> to find very useful advice about how + to solve the problem. + + </p> + + + <div class="section" title="Speciális"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="soundConfig-Advanced"></a>Speciális + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p>Clicking <span class="guibutton">Advanced</span> in this screen, during install, is + useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers + available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one. + + </p> + + + <p>In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on + <span class="guibutton">Let me pick any driver</span>. + + </p> + + + </div> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/takeOverHdConfirm.html b/hu/takeOverHdConfirm.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b68fe4 --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/takeOverHdConfirm.html @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Confirm hard disk to be formatted</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="ask_mntpoint_s.html" title="Válassza ki a csatolási pontokat"> + <link rel="next" href="diskdrake.html" title="Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Confirm hard disk to be formatted"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="takeOverHdConfirm"></a>Confirm hard disk to be formatted + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <p><a name="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1"></a>Click on <span class="guibutton">Previous</span> if you are not sure about your + choice. + </p> + + + <p><a name="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2"></a>Click on <span class="guibutton">Next</span> if you are sure and want to erase every + partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk. + </p> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/tip.png b/hu/tip.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fac7493 --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/tip.png diff --git a/hu/uninstall-Mageia.html b/hu/uninstall-Mageia.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5ac40e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/uninstall-Mageia.html @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +<html> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>Uninstalling Mageia</title> + <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> + <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Installation with DrakX"> + <link rel="prev" href="exitInstall.html" title="Gratulálunk"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } + --></style></head> + <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> + <div lang="hu" class="section" title="Uninstalling Mageia"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h2 class="title"><a name="uninstall-Mageia"></a>Uninstalling Mageia + </h2> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + + + + <div class="section" title="Howto"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1206"></a>Howto + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <p>If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short + you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the + possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system. + </p> + + + <p>After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select + Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will + only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system. + </p> + + + <p>To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on + <code class="code">Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management + -> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition + management. You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled + <span class="guilabel">Unknown</span>, and also by their size and place in the + disk. Right click on each of these partitions and select + <span class="guibutton">Delete</span>. The space will be freed. + </p> + + + <p>If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it + (FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter. + </p> + + + <p>If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the + existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other + partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both + windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and + make sure all important things have been backed up. + </p> + + </div> + + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/hu/warning.png b/hu/warning.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..be0546f --- /dev/null +++ b/hu/warning.png diff --git a/nl/Select-and-use-ISOs.html b/nl/Select-and-use-ISOs.html index 252ad06..cb75e7e 100644 --- a/nl/Select-and-use-ISOs.html +++ b/nl/Select-and-use-ISOs.html @@ -23,9 +23,7 @@ </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="Introductie"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -37,15 +35,12 @@ </div> </div> - <p>Mageia is verspreid doormiddel van ISO-afbeeldingen. Deze pagina zult u helpen bij het kiezen van een afbeelding die aan uw wensen voldoet. </p> - <p>Er zijn twee mediafamilies:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -70,12 +65,10 @@ </li> </ul> </div> - <p>Details worden gegeven in de volgende secties.</p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Media"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -87,7 +80,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Definitie"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -99,20 +91,17 @@ </div> </div> - <p>Hier is een medium (mv: media) een ISO-imagebestand, dat het installeren en/of updaten van Mageia mogelijk maakt, en voorts elk fysiek medium waar het ISO-bestand op gekopieerd is. </p> - <p>U kunt ze <a class="ulink" href="http://www.mageia.org/nl/downloads/" target="_top">hier</a> vinden. </p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Klassieke installatiemedia"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -124,7 +113,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Algemene eigenschappen"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -136,7 +124,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -156,7 +143,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="dvd"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -168,13 +154,12 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Verschillende media voor 32- en 64-bits architectuur.</p> + <p>Vershillende media voor 32- en 64-bits architectuur.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -200,77 +185,30 @@ </div> </div> - - - <div class="section" title="Dual arch DVD"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>Dual arch DVD - </h5> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <div class="itemizedlist"> - <ul class="itemizedlist"> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Beide architecturen zijn beschikbaar op hetzelfde medium, de keuze wordt - automatisch gemaakt overeenkomstig de gedetecteerde CPU. - </p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Enkel XFCE-werkomgeving</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Niet alle talen zijn beschikbaar. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, - pt, ru, sv, uk) NOG CHECKEN! - </p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Het bevat niet-vrije software.</p> - - </li> - </ul> - </div> - - </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Live media"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e67"></a>Live media + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>Live media </h4> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Algemene eigenschappen"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e69"></a>Algemene eigenschappen + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e58"></a>Algemene eigenschappen </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -283,7 +221,7 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Elke ISO bevat slechts één werkomgeving (KDE of GNOME).</p> + <p>Elke ISO bevat slechts één werkomgeving (KDE, GNOME of Xfce).</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -307,54 +245,50 @@ </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="KDE Live CD"> + <div class="section" title="PLASMA Live DVD"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e83"></a>KDE Live CD + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e72"></a>PLASMA Live DVD </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Enkel KDE-werkomgeving.</p> + <p>Enkel PLASMA-werkomgeving.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Enkel de Engelse taal.</p> + <p>Alle talen zijn aanwezig.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Enkel 32 bits</p> + <p>Vershillende media voor 32- en 64-bits architectuur.</p> </li> </ul> </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="GNOME Live CD"> + <div class="section" title="GNOME Live DVD"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e92"></a>GNOME Live CD + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e81"></a>GNOME Live DVD </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -365,41 +299,6 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Enkel de Engelse taal.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Enkel 32 bits</p> - - </li> - </ul> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="KDE Live DVD"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>KDE Live DVD - </h5> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <div class="itemizedlist"> - <ul class="itemizedlist"> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Enkel KDE-werkomgeving.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - <p>Alle talen zijn aanwezig.</p> </li> @@ -412,25 +311,23 @@ </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="GNOME Live DVD"> + <div class="section" title="Xfce Live DVD"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e110"></a>GNOME Live DVD + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e90"></a>Xfce Live DVD </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Enkel GNOME werkomgeving.</p> + <p>Enkel Xfce-werkomgeving.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -449,31 +346,28 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Enkel-opstart CD-media"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e119"></a>Enkel-opstart CD-media + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e99"></a>Enkel-opstart CD-media </h4> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Algemene eigenschappen"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e121"></a>Algemene eigenschappen + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>Algemene eigenschappen </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -509,19 +403,17 @@ </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="boot.iso"> + <div class="section" title="netinstall.iso"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e132"></a>boot.iso + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e112"></a>netinstall.iso </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -536,19 +428,17 @@ </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="boot-nonfree.iso"> + <div class="section" title="netinstall-nonfree.iso"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e137"></a>boot-nonfree.iso + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e117"></a>netinstall-nonfree.iso </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -567,130 +457,112 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Een medium downloaden en checken"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e142"></a>Een medium downloaden en checken + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e122"></a>Een medium downloaden en checken </h3> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Downloaden"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e144"></a>Downloaden + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e124"></a>Downloaden </h4> </div> </div> </div> - <p>Zodra u uw ISO-bestand heeft gekozen, kunt u deze downloaden via http of BitTorrent. In beide gevallen geeft een venster u enige informatie, zoals de gebruikte spiegelserver en de mogelijkheid te wisselen als de bandbreedte te laag is. Als http werd gekozen, kun u ook iets zien zoals: </p> - - <p>md5sum en sha1sum zijn hulpmiddelen om de integriteit van de ISO te controleren. Gebruik er maar één van. Bewaar één van hen <a class="link" href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#integrity">voor verder gebruik</a>. Dan verschijnt er dit venster: </p> - - <p>Vink het selectierondje 'Bestand opslaan' aan.</p> </div> - <div class="section" title="De integriteit van het gedownloade ISO controleren"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e156"></a>De integriteit van het gedownloade ISO controleren + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e136"></a>De integriteit van het gedownloade ISO controleren </h4> </div> </div> </div> - - <p>Beide checksums zijn hexadecimale getallen die door een algoritme voor het - te downloaden bestand berekend zijn. Als u deze checksums opnieuw laat - berekenen voor het gedownloade bestand en de uitkomst is gelijk, dan is het - bestand in orde. Als de uitkomst niet overeenkomt, kunt u de download beter - overdoen. + <p>Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the + file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this + number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your + downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a + failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a + repair using BitTorrent. </p> - <p>Open een terminal (niet als root), en:</p> - <p>- Om md5sum te gebruiken, typ: [sam@localhost]$ <strong class="userinput"><code>md5sum pad/naar/het/image/bestand.iso</code></strong>. </p> - <p>- Om sha1sum te gebruiken, typ: [sam@localhost]$ <strong class="userinput"><code>sha1sum pad/naar/het/image/bestand.iso</code></strong>. </p> - <p>en vergelijk het verkregen getal op uw computer (het kan een tijdje duren voor het verschijnt) met het getal dat door Mageia gegeven werd. Voorbeeld: </p> - - <p></p> </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Brand of dump het ISO"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e169"></a>Brand of dump het ISO + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e149"></a>Brand of dump het ISO </h3> </div> </div> </div> - <p>De gecontroleerde ISO can nu op een CD of DVD gebrand worden, of worden gedumpt op een USB-stick. Dit is niet hetzelfde als gewoon kopiëren, maar zorgt wel dat een opstartbaar medium gemaakt wordt. </p> - <div class="section" title="De ISO op een CD/DVD branden"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e172"></a>De ISO op een CD/DVD branden + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e152"></a>De ISO op een CD/DVD branden </h4> </div> </div> </div> - <p>Gebruik de brander die u wilt, maar verzeker u ervan dat hij correct is ingesteld op <span class="bold"><strong>een image branden</strong></span>, gegevens of @@ -699,24 +571,21 @@ </p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Dump de ISO op een USB-stick"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e177"></a>Dump de ISO op een USB-stick + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e157"></a>Dump de ISO op een USB-stick </h4> </div> </div> </div> - <p>Alle Mageia ISO's zijn hybride, dat betekent dat u ze op een USB-stick kunt 'dumpen' en dan van die USB-stick op kunt starten en installeren. </p> - <div class="warning" title="Waarschuwing" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> @@ -736,67 +605,58 @@ </tr> </table> </div> - <p>Om de oorspronkelijke capaciteit te herstellen, moet u de USB-stick opnieuw partitioneren en formatteren. </p> - <div class="section" title="Gebruik een grafisch hulpmiddel binnen Mageia"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e183"></a>Gebruik een grafisch hulpmiddel binnen Mageia + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e163"></a>Gebruik een grafisch hulpmiddel binnen Mageia </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <p>U kunt een grafische tool gebruiken, zoals <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" target="_top">IsoDumper</a></p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Gebruik een grafisch hulpmiddel binnen Windows"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e187"></a>Gebruik een grafisch hulpmiddel binnen Windows + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e167"></a>Gebruik een grafisch hulpmiddel binnen Windows </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <p>Probeer bijv.:</p> - <p>- <a class="ulink" href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US" target="_top">Rufus</a> met de "ISO-image"-optie; </p> - <p>- <a class="ulink" href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager" target="_top">Win32 Disk Imager</a></p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Gebruik de commandoregel binnen een GNU/Linux-systeem"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e194"></a>Gebruik de commandoregel binnen een GNU/Linux-systeem + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e174"></a>Gebruik de commandoregel binnen een GNU/Linux-systeem </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="warning" title="Waarschuwing" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> @@ -815,10 +675,8 @@ </tr> </table> </div> - <p>U kunt ook de dd tool gebruiken in een terminal:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"> <ol class="orderedlist" type="1"> @@ -832,7 +690,6 @@ <p>Wordt root met het commando <strong class="userinput"><code>su -</code></strong> (vergeet de '-' aan het eind niet) </p> - </li> @@ -847,15 +704,12 @@ <p>Voer het commando <strong class="userinput"><code>fdisk -l</code></strong> in </p> - - <p>U kunt ook apparaatnamen met het commando <code class="code">dmesg</code> verkrijgen: aan het eind zult u de apparaatnaam dat begint met <span class="emphasis"><em>sd</em></span> en <span class="emphasis"><em>sdd</em></span> als volgt zien: </p> - <pre class="screen">[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd [72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000 [72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3 @@ -887,10 +741,8 @@ <p>Geef het commando: # <strong class="userinput"><code>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</code></strong></p> - <p>Waar X=apparaatnaam, bijv: /dev/sdc</p> - <p>Bijv.: # <strong class="userinput"><code>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</code></strong></p> diff --git a/nl/addUser.html b/nl/addUser.html index ce930b0..8cadb35 100644 --- a/nl/addUser.html +++ b/nl/addUser.html @@ -22,26 +22,9 @@ </div> </div> </div> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - <div class="section" title="Beheerderswachtwoord (root) instellen:"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -53,7 +36,6 @@ </div> </div> - <p>Voor elke <span class="application">Mageia</span> installatie wordt aanbevolen een superuser- of beheerderswachtwoord in te stellen, gewoonlijk heet dit het @@ -64,7 +46,6 @@ het volgende vak. Het wordt vergeleken met het eerste om typefouten uit te sluiten. </p> - <div class="note" title="Opmerking" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> @@ -86,7 +67,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Voer een gebruiker in"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -98,14 +78,12 @@ </div> </div> - <p>Voeg hier een gebruiker toe. Een gebruiker heeft minder rechten dan de superuser (root), maar genoeg om over internet te surfen, kantoortoepassingen te gebruiken, te gamen en al het andere te doen waar een normaal mens zijn computer voor gebruikt. </p> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -147,7 +125,6 @@ </li> </ul> </div> - <div class="note" title="Opmerking" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> @@ -158,31 +135,15 @@ <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - <p>Van elke gebruiker die u toevoegt tijdens het installeren van Mageia, zal de - homedirectory door iedereen gelezen kunnen worden (zonder er in te kunnen - schrijven). + <p>Elke gebruiker die u toevoegt tijdens het installeren van Mageia zal een + thuismap hebben die zowel beschermd is tegen lezen als schrijven + (umask=0027). </p> - - <p>Echter, terwijl u uw nieuwe installatie gebruikt zal elke gebruiker die u in - <span class="emphasis"><em>MCC - Systeem - Gebruikers op het systeem beheren</em></span> - toevoegt, een homedirectory hebben die tegen lezen en schrijven beschermd - is. + <p>U kunt meerdere gebruikers toevoegen tijdens de installatie stap + <span class="emphasis"><em>Configuratie - Samenvatting</em></span>. Dit kunt u doen door + <span class="emphasis"><em>Gebruikersbeheer</em></span> te kiezen. </p> - - - <p>Als u voor niemand een homedirectory wilt die door iedereen gelezen kan - worden, wordt aangeraden nu alleen een tijdelijke gebruiker toe te voegen en - de echte pas na het herstarten van uw computer. - </p> - - - <p>Als u graag wilt dat iedereen de homedirectory's kan lezen, dan kunt u alle - extra benodigde gebruikers toevoegen in de <span class="emphasis"><em>Configuratie - - Overzicht</em></span>-stap tijdens de installatie. Kies - <span class="emphasis"><em>Gebruikersbeheer</em></span>. - </p> - <p>De toegangsrechten kunnen na het installeren ook nog veranderd worden.</p> @@ -192,7 +153,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Geavanceerd gebruikersbeheer"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -204,16 +164,13 @@ </div> </div> - <p>Door op de <span class="guibutton">Geavanceerd</span> knop te klikken krijgt u een scherm waar u instellingen kunt bewerken voor de gebruiker die toegevoegd wordt. </p> - <p>Daarnaast kunt u een gastaccount activeren of deactiveren.</p> - <div class="warning" title="Waarschuwing" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> @@ -233,7 +190,6 @@ </tr> </table> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> diff --git a/nl/chooseDesktop.html b/nl/chooseDesktop.html index d063959..c7f14b8 100644 --- a/nl/chooseDesktop.html +++ b/nl/chooseDesktop.html @@ -22,30 +22,25 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - - + - + <p>Afhankelijk van uw keuze hier kan het zijn dat u verdere schermen krijgt om uw keuze te verfijnen. </p> - + <p>Na de keuzestap(pen), zult u tijdens het installeren een diapresentatie zien. In plaats daarvan kunt u gegevens zien over de pakketten die geïnstalleerd worden, door op <span class="guilabel">Details</span> te klikken. </p> + - - - - + <p>Kies of u de <span class="application">KDE</span>- of de <span class="application">Gnome</span>-werkomgeving wilt hebben. Bij beide is een volledige set toepassingen en gereedschappen inbegrepen. Kies @@ -55,7 +50,7 @@ minder van de computer, is minder oogstrelend en heeft een kleinere standaard software selectie dan de twee eerder genoemde. </p> - + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/nl/choosePackageGroups.html b/nl/choosePackageGroups.html index 2fc139a..bcbd98f 100644 --- a/nl/choosePackageGroups.html +++ b/nl/choosePackageGroups.html @@ -22,52 +22,52 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - + + - + <p>De pakketten zijn in groepen verdeeld om het kiezen wat u op uw systeem nodig heeft een stuk gemakkelijker te maken. De groepen zijn zelfverklarend, maar u krijgt meer informatie te zien als u de muis over een groep heen beweegt. </p> - + <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Werkstation.</p> + <p>Werkstation.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Server.</p> + <p>Server.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Grafische omgeving.</p> + <p>Grafische omgeving.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - + <p>Individuele pakketselectie: U kunt deze optie gebruiken om handmatig pakketten toe te voegen. </p> - + </li> </ul> </div> - - <p>Lees <a class="xref" href="minimal-install.html" title="Minimale installatie">de paragraaf “Minimale installatie”</a> voor instructies over hoe een - minimale installatie (zonder of met X & IceWM) te doen. - </p> + + <p>Lees <a class="xref" href="minimal-install.html" title="Minimale installatie">de paragraaf “Minimale installatie”</a> voor instructies over hoe u een + minimale installatie (zonder of met X & IceWM) kunt uitvoeren. + </p> + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/nl/diskdrake.html b/nl/diskdrake.html index f60c68c..1ac7ca1 100644 --- a/nl/diskdrake.html +++ b/nl/diskdrake.html @@ -29,18 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - <div class="warning" title="Waarschuwing" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> <tr> @@ -103,8 +91,8 @@ <td align="left" valign="top"> <p>Als u Mageia op een UEFI-systeem installeert, zorg dan dat een ESP - (EFI-SysteemPartitie) beschikbaar is en aangekoppeld op /boot/EFI (zie - boven) + (EFI-Systeem-Partitie) beschikbaar is en aangekoppeld op /boot/EFI (zie + hieronder) </p> @@ -115,6 +103,27 @@ </table> </div> + + <div class="note" title="Opmerking" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Opmerking]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Als u Mageia op een Legacy/GPT-systeem installeert, zorg dan dat een + BIOS-opstart-partitie beschikbaar is met het juist type + </p> + + + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/nl/doPartitionDisks.html b/nl/doPartitionDisks.html index e628070..860f084 100644 --- a/nl/doPartitionDisks.html +++ b/nl/doPartitionDisks.html @@ -221,6 +221,33 @@ </div> + <div class="note" title="Opmerking" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Opmerking]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Als u gebruik maakt van een Legacy (ook bekend als CSM of BIOS) systeem met + een GPT-schijf, dan moet u een BIOS-opstart-partitie aanmaken als u dit nog + niet heeft gedaan. Deze partitie is ongeveer 1 MiB groot en heeft geen + koppelpunt. Kies de optie ''Aangepaste schijfpartitionering" om het, zoals + elke andere partitie, aan te maken. U dient wel BIOS-opstart-partitie te + selecteren als bestandssysteem type. + </p> + + + + + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + <div class="warning" title="Waarschuwing" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> <tr> diff --git a/nl/exitInstall.html b/nl/exitInstall.html index 3884f6f..66a344d 100644 --- a/nl/exitInstall.html +++ b/nl/exitInstall.html @@ -22,16 +22,11 @@ </div> </div> </div> - - - - - - + + - <p><a name="exitInstall-pa1"></a>U bent klaar met het installeren en configuren van @@ -46,18 +41,16 @@ <p><a name="exitInstall-pa3"></a>Als u de instellingen voor de opstartlader niet aangepast heeft, wordt - Mageia automatisch geselecteerd en gestart. + Mageia automatisch geselecteerd en gestart. </p> - + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa4"></a>Veel plezier! </p> + - - <p><a name="exitInstall-pa5"></a>Bezoek www.mageia.org als u vragen heeft of als u wilt bijdragen aan Mageia + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa5"></a>Bezoek www.mageia.org als u vragen heeft of als u wilt bijdragen aan Mageia </p> - - </div> </body> diff --git a/nl/index.html b/nl/index.html index 036c3e8..ec68129 100644 --- a/nl/index.html +++ b/nl/index.html @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ <dl> <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e19">Introductie</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e29">Media</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e142">Een medium downloaden en checken</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e169">Brand of dump het ISO</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e122">Een medium downloaden en checken</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e149">Brand of dump het ISO</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="installer.html">DrakX, het Mageia-installatieprogramma</a></span></dt> @@ -75,17 +75,14 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html">Algemene opties voor de opstartlader</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e898">Met een BIOS-systeem</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e935">Met een UEFI-systeem</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e885">Opstartlader Interface</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e909">De Mageia-opstartlader gebruiken</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e923">Een bestaande opstartlader gebruiken</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e926">Met behulp van opeenvolgend laden</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e940">Opties</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html">Wijzig een opstartmenu-ingang of voeg er een toe</a></span></dt> - <dd> - <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e950">Met een BIOS-systeem</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e967">Met een UEFI-systeem</a></span></dt> - </dl> - </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html">Overzicht van diverse instellingen</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> @@ -116,7 +113,7 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html">Mageia deïnstalleren</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1205">Howto</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1246">Howto</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> </dl> diff --git a/nl/misc-params.html b/nl/misc-params.html index 64f02ff..a75e4d5 100644 --- a/nl/misc-params.html +++ b/nl/misc-params.html @@ -29,28 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - <p><a name="misc-params-pa1"></a>DrakX maakte slimme keuzes voor de configuratie van uw systeem, afhankelijk van de keuzes die u maakte en de apparatuur die DrakX aantrof. U kunt de instellingen hier controleren en in indien gewenst veranderen door eerst op @@ -58,6 +36,46 @@ </p> + <div class="note" title="Opmerking" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Opmerking]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Als algemene regel worden de standaardinstellingen aanbevolen en kunt u ze + blijven gebruiken met 3 uitzonderingen: + </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Het is bekend dat problemen kunnen optreden als u gebruikt maakt van de + standaardinstelling + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>de standaardinstelling is al geprobeerd en mislukt</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>iets anders wordt gezegd in de gedetailleerde secties hieronder</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + <div class="section" title="Systeeminstellingen"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -98,7 +116,7 @@ </p> - <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4b"></a>Verander niets, tenzij u weet hoe u GRUB en/of Lilo dient in te stellen. + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4b"></a>Verander niets, tenzij u weet hoe u Grub2 dient in te stellen </p> @@ -163,6 +181,25 @@ toetsenbord is afhankelijk van de taal en/of het land waarvoor het ontworpen werd en vaak ook van het toetsenbordtype. </p> + + + <div class="note" title="Opmerking" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Opmerking]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Als u merkt dat de toetsenbordindeling verkeerd is en u wilt dit veranderen, + hou dan in gedachten dat uw wachtwoorden ook veranderen. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -181,7 +218,7 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3"></a><span class="guilabel">Geluidskaart</span>: </p> - + <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3a"></a>Het installatieprogramma kiest het standaardstuurprogramma, als dat bestaat. De optie om een ander stuurprogramma te kiezen, wordt alleen gegeven als er meerdere stuurprogramma's voor uw kaart zijn, maar geen @@ -231,7 +268,7 @@ </p> - <p><a name="misc-params-network-pa2"></a>U kunt uw netwerk hier instellen, maar als u de Nonfree bronnen nu niet + <p><a name="misc-params-network-pa2"></a>U kunt uw netwerk hier instellen, maar als u de niet-vrije bronnen nu niet ingeschakeld heeft, kunt u dat voor netwerkkaarten met propriëtaire stuurprogramma's beter achteraf doen. Dat kan dan in het <span class="application">Mageia-configuratiecentrum</span> (MCC). @@ -321,7 +358,8 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa2b"></a>Selecteer de diensten die toegang tot uw systeem mogen hebben. Uw selectie - hangt af van waar u uw computer voor gebruikt. + hangt af van waar u uw computer voor gebruikt, voor meer informatie zie + <a class="xref" href="">???</a>. </p> diff --git a/nl/selectCountry.html b/nl/selectCountry.html index 648dbb4..8ee6575 100644 --- a/nl/selectCountry.html +++ b/nl/selectCountry.html @@ -22,29 +22,24 @@ </div> </div> </div> + + + - - - - - - - - - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa1"></a>Selecteer uw land. Dit is belangrijk voor allerlei instellingen, zoals de muntsoort en de toegestane draadloze instellingen. Het verkeerde land instellen kan veroorzaken dat u geen draadloos netwerk kunt gebruiken. </p> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa2"></a>Als uw land niet in de lijst staat, klik dan op de <span class="guilabel">Overige landen</span> knop en kies uw land daar. </p> - + <div class="note" title="Opmerking" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> <tr> @@ -53,19 +48,19 @@ </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa3"></a>Als uw land alleen in de <span class="guilabel">Overige landen</span> lijst staat kan het, nadat u op <span class="guibutton">OK</span> klikt, lijken alsof een land van de eerste lijst gekozen is. Negeer dit a.u.b., DrakX zal uw echte keuze volgen. </p> - + </td> </tr> </table> </div> - + <div class="section" title="Invoermethode"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -75,22 +70,19 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa4"></a>In het <span class="guilabel">Overige landen</span> scherm kun je ook een invoermethode selecteren (onderaan de lijst). Met invoermethodes kunnen gebruikers meertalige tekens invoeren (Chinees, Japans, Koreaans, - etc.). IBus is de standaard invoermethode in de Mageia DVD's en in de - Africa/India en Asia/no-India Live-CD's. IBus is de standaard input methode - voor Aziatische en Afrikaanse locales, het is dus niet nodig het handmatig - te configureren. Andere intput methodes (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, enz.) hebben - soortgelijke fucties als IBus en kunnen geïnstalleerd worden als u HTTP/FTP - media toevoegt voor u de pakketten selecteert. + enz.). IBus is de standaard invoermethode, het is dus niet nodig om het + handmatig te configureren. Andere invoermethodes (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, enz.) + hebben soortgelijke fucties als IBus en kunnen geïnstalleerd worden als u + HTTP/FTP media toevoegt voor u de pakketten selecteert. </p> - + <div class="note" title="Opmerking" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> <tr> @@ -99,20 +91,20 @@ </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa5"></a>Als u het instellen van de invoermethode miste tijdens het installeren, kunt - u dat als u uw geinstalleerde systeem gestart heeft alsnog doen via - "Configureer uw Computer" -> "Systeem", of door in een konsole of terminal - localedrake als root te starten. + u dat, als u uw geïnstalleerde systeem gestart heeft, alsnog doen via + "Configureer uw Computer" -> "Systeem", of door localedrake als beheerder te + starten. </p> - + </td> </tr> </table> </div> - + </div> - + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/nl/setupBootloader.html b/nl/setupBootloader.html index 9e0689a..7c5d370 100644 --- a/nl/setupBootloader.html +++ b/nl/setupBootloader.html @@ -29,13 +29,11 @@ - - - <div class="section" title="Met een BIOS-systeem"> + <div class="section" title="Opstartlader Interface"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e898"></a>Met een BIOS-systeem + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e885"></a>Opstartlader Interface </h3> </div> </div> @@ -43,15 +41,25 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa1"></a>Als u liever andere opstartladerinstellingen heeft dan DrakX koos, kunt u ze - hier veranderen. - </p> + <p>Mageia gebruikt standaard uitsluitend:</p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa2"></a>Misschien heeft u al een ander besturingssysteem op uw machine, in dat geval - moet u besluiten of u Mageia aan uw bestaande opstartlader wilt toevoegen, - of dat u Mageia toestaat een nieuwe te creëren. - </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2 (met of zonder grafische menu) voor een Legacy/MBR of + Legacy/GPT-systeem + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2-efi voor een UEFI systeem.</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> <div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> @@ -71,11 +79,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="De Mageia-opstartlader gebruiken"> + <div class="section" title="Grub2 op Legacy/MBR en Legacy/GPT systemen"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="usingMageiaBootloader"></a>De Mageia-opstartlader gebruiken + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e895"></a>Grub2 op Legacy/MBR en Legacy/GPT systemen </h4> </div> </div> @@ -83,50 +91,18 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa4"></a>Standaard schrijft Mageia een nieuwe GRUB-(legacy-)opstartlader in de MBR - (Master Boot Record) van uw eerste harde schijf. Als u al andere - besturingssystemen heeft, probeert Mageia ze aan uw nieuwe Mageia - opstartmenu toe te voegen. - </p> - - - <p>Mageia biedt nu, naast de mogelijkheid om GRUB legacy of Lilo als - opstartlader te nemen, ook GRUB2 als keuze aan. - </p> - <div class="warning" title="Waarschuwing" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Warning"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Waarschuwing]" src="warning.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa6"></a>Linux systemen die de GRUB2 opstartlader gebruiken worden nog niet door - GRUB(-legacy) ondersteund en zullen niet herkend worden als de standaard - GRUB opstartlader gebruikt wordt. - </p> - - - <p>De beste oplossing hiervoor is de GRUB2 opstartlader te gebruiken, die - tijdens het installeren in de Overzichtspagina beschikbaar is. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> + <p>Wijzig het "Opstartapparaat" niet, tenzij u weet wat u doet.</p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Een bestaande opstartlader gebruiken"> + <div class="section" title="Grub2-efi op UEFI systemen"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="usingExistingBootloader"></a>Een bestaande opstartlader gebruiken + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e901"></a>Grub2-efi op UEFI systemen </h4> </div> </div> @@ -134,81 +110,100 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa46"></a>Als u besluit een bestaande opstartlader te gebruiken, moet u er tijdens de - installatie aan denken te STOPPEN in de overzichtspagina en op de - Opstartlader <span class="guibutton">Configureren</span> knop te klikken, waarna u - de locatie kunt veranderen waar de opstartlader geplaatst wordt. + <p>Bij een UEFI-systeem is de gebruikersinterface iets anders, u kunt namelijk + niet kiezen of u wel of niet een grafische menu wilt </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa47"></a>Kies geen apparaat zoals "sda", anders overschrijft u uw bestaande MBR. U - moet de root partitie selecteren die u eerder tijdens de installatie koos, - bijvoorbeeld "sda7". - </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48"></a>Ter verduidelijking, sda is een apparaat, sda7 is een partitie. + <p>If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer + created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader + (Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your + computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing + ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have + several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of + operating systems you have. </p> - <div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Tip"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Tip]" src="tip.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48a"></a>Ga naar tty2 met Ctrl+Alt+F2 en type <code class="literal">df</code> om te controleren - waar uw <code class="literal">/</code> (root) partitie is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 brengt u terug - naar het installatiescherm. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa49"></a>De precieze procedure om Mageia aan een bestaande opstartlader toe te - voegen, valt buiten het bereik van dit document. In de meeste gevallen is - het nodig het installatieprogramma van de betreffende opstartlader te - gebruiken, dat Mageia automatisch zou moeten zien en toevoegen. Raadpleeg de - documentatie van het betreffende besturingssysteem. - </p> + <p>Wijzig het "Opstartapparaat" niet, tenzij u weet wat u doet.</p> </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="De Mageia-opstartlader gebruiken"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e909"></a>De Mageia-opstartlader gebruiken + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + - <div class="section" title="Geavanceerde optie voor de opstartlader"> - <div class="titlepage"> + <p>Afhankelijk van uw systeem schrijft Mageia standaard een nieuw:</p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>GRUB2 opstartlader ofwel in de MBR (Master Boot Record) van uw eerste harde + schijf of in de BIOS-opstart-partitie. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2-efi opstartlader in de ESP</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + + <p>Als u al andere besturingssystemen heeft geïnstalleerd, zal Mageia proberen + om ze toe te voegen aan uw nieuwe Mageia opstartmenu. Als u dit niet wilt, + klikt u op <span class="guibutton">Volgende</span> en verwijderd u hierna het vinkje + bij het vakje <span class="guilabel">Peil Onbekend OS</span></p> + + + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Een bestaande opstartlader gebruiken"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> <div> - <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="advancedOptionBootloader"></a>Geavanceerde optie voor de opstartlader - </h4> - </div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e923"></a>Een bestaande opstartlader gebruiken + </h3> </div> </div> - - - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa52"></a>Als u zeer weinig schijfruimte heeft voor de <code class="literal">/</code> partitie - met <code class="literal">/tmp</code>, klik dan op <span class="guibutton">Geavanceerd</span> - en zet een vinkje voor <span class="guilabel">Elke keer bij opstarten /tmp - legen</span>. Dit helpt om wat vrije ruimte te behouden. - </p> - </div> + + + + <p>De precieze procedure om Mageia aan een bestaande opstartlader toe te + voegen, valt buiten het bereik van dit document. In de meeste gevallen is + het nodig het installatieprogramma van de betreffende opstartlader te + gebruiken, dat Mageia automatisch zou moeten zien en toevoegen. Raadpleeg de + documentatie van het betreffende besturingssysteem. + </p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Met een UEFI-systeem"> + <div class="section" title="Met behulp van opeenvolgend laden"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e935"></a>Met een UEFI-systeem + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e926"></a>Met behulp van opeenvolgend laden </h3> </div> </div> @@ -216,25 +211,197 @@ - <p>Bij een UEFI-systeem is de gebruikersinterface iets anders: u kunt u geen - opstartlader kiezen, omdat enkel Grub2-efi beschikbaar is. + <p>Als u niet wilt dat een uw computer direct Mageia opstart, maar via een + keten laad van een ander OS, klik dan <span class="guibutton">Volgende</span> en + hierna op <span class="guibutton">Gevorderd</span>, vink vervolgens het vakje + <span class="guilabel">ESP of MBR niet aanraken</span> aan. </p> - <p>Als uw computer nog geen besturingssysteem had, dan maakte het - Mageia-installatieprogramma een ESP (EFI-SysteemPartitie) voor de - opstartlader (Grub2-efi). Stond er echter al eerder een - UEFI-besturingssysteem op (bijv. Windows 8), dan detecteert Mageia de - bestaande ESP die door Windows werd gecreëerd en wordt de - grub2-efi-opstartlader daar ingevoegd. Alhoewel het mogelijk is verscheidene - ESP's te hebben, wordt aanbevolen het bij één te laten. Één is genoeg, - ongeacht het aantal besturingssystemen dat u heeft. + <p>U zal een waarschuwing krijgen dat de opstartlader ontbreekt, negeer het + door te klikken op <span class="guibutton">Oke</span>. </p> - <p>Wijzig het "Opstartapparaat" niet, tenzij u weet wat u doet.</p> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Opties"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e940"></a>Opties + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="section" title="Eerste pagina"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e942"></a>Eerste pagina + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Vertraging voordat de beeldkopie (image) standaard wordt + opgestart</span>: In dit tekstvak kunt u de vertraging in seconden + instellen voordat het standaard besturingssysteem wordt opgestart. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Veiligheid</span>: Hiermee kunt u een wachtwoord voor de + opstartlader instellen. Dit betekent dat andere mensen niet de enkele + gebruiker modus kunnen gebruiken. Daarnaast kunnen zij ook geen instellingen + wijzigen tijdens het opstarten. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Wachtwoord</span>: Dit is het tekstvak waar u uw wachtwoord + invoert + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Wachtwoord (nogmaals)</span>: Herhaal het wachtwoord en DrakX + zal controleren of het overeenkomt met het wachtwoord dat hierboven is + ingevoerd. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Gevorderd</span></p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable ACPI:</span> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power + Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by + stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it + could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if + you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance + random reboots or system lockups). + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">SMP Inschakelen</span>: Deze optie maakt het mogelijk om + symmetrische multiprocessing voor multi-core processors in te schakelen of + juist uit te schakelen. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">APIC Inschakelen</span>: Het In- of uitschakelen van dit geeft + het besturingssysteem toegang tot de Advanced Programmable Interrupt + Controller (APIC). APIC apparaten laten complexere prioriteit modellen, en + Geavanceerde IRQ (Verzoek voor Onderbreking) beheer toe. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Lokale APIC Inschakelen</span>: Hiermee kunt u de lokale APIC + instellen, dit beheert alle externe onderbrekingen voor een aantal + specifieke processoren in een SMP-systeem. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Volgende pagina"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e974"></a>Volgende pagina + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Standaard:</span> Besturingssysteem standaard opgestart + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Toevoegen:</span> Met deze optie kunt u de kernel informatie + overslaan of de kernel vertellen om u meer informatie omtrent het opstarten + te geven. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Peil vreemd OS</span>: zie hierboven <a class="link" href="setupBootloader.html#setupMageiaBootloader">Met behulp van de Mageia opstartlader</a></p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Gevorderd</span></p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Video modus:</span> Dit stelt de grootte van het scherm en de + kleurdiepte in die het opstartmenu zal gebruiken. Als u klikt op de + hieronder aangeboden driehoek kunt u aan de hand van de opties andere + grootte en kleurdiepte kiezen. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="bold"><strong>Raak zowel ESP als MBR niet aan</strong></span>: zie + hierboven <a class="link" href="setupBootloader.html#setupChainLoading">met behulp van de keten + lader</a></p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> </div> diff --git a/nl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html b/nl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html index 42bcd76..5e292b3 100644 --- a/nl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html +++ b/nl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html @@ -27,114 +27,26 @@ + <p>Om dat te doen moet u handmatig /boot/grub2/custom.cfg bewerken of in + plaats van dat de software grub-customizer gebruiken (Verkrijgbaar in de + bronnen van Mageia). + </p> - <div class="section" title="Met een BIOS-systeem"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e950"></a>Met een BIOS-systeem - </h3> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <p>U kunt een ingang (in het scherm "waarde" genoemd) toevoegen of er een - selecteren om aan te passen. Klik op de betreffende knop in het - <span class="emphasis"><em>Configuratie van Opstartlader</em></span> scherm en bewerk de - gegevens in het scherm dat zich op de voorgrond opent. - </p> - - - <div class="note" title="Opmerking" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Note"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Opmerking]" src="note.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p>Als u <code class="code">Grub 2</code> als opstartlader heeft gekozen kunt u deze tool - niet gebruiken om ingangen aan te passen. Klik op 'Volgende'. U kunt wel - handmatig <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> bewerken, of de tool - <code class="code">grub-customizer</code> gebruiken. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - - - - <p>Een paar dingen die zonder enig risico gedaan kunnen worden, zijn de naam - van een menu-ingang veranderen en het hokje aanvinken waarmee een waarde de - standaard ingang wordt. - </p> - - - <p>U kunt het juiste versienummer van een ingang toevoegen of deze helemaal - hernoemen. - </p> - - - <p>De Standaard waarde of ingang, is die die gestart wordt als u geen keuze - maakt tijdens het opstarten van uw computer. - </p> - - - <div class="warning" title="Waarschuwing" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Warning"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Waarschuwing]" src="warning.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p>Door andere dingen te veranderen kan het gebeuren dat u uw systeem niet meer - kunt opstarten. Probeer alstublieft niets zonder precies te weten wat u - doet. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="Met een UEFI-systeem"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e967"></a>Met een UEFI-systeem - </h3> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <p>In dit geval gebruikt u Grub2-efi en kunt u deze tool niet gebruiken om - ingangen aan te passen. Dat kan wel door <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> - te bewerken of de tool <code class="code">grub-customizer</code> gebruiken. Het enige dat - u hier kunt doen is de standaard ingang kiezen in de uitvouwlijst. - </p> - - - <p>Nadat u op <span class="guibutton">Volgende</span> heeft geklikt, volgt er nog een - lijst waarmee u de beeldresolutie voor Grub2, een grafische opstartlader, - kunt kiezen. - </p> - - - + <div class="note" title="Opmerking" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Opmerking]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Voor meer informatie, zie onze wiki: <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia" target="_top">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</a></p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> </div> </div> diff --git a/nl/soundConfig.html b/nl/soundConfig.html index 6f1bcf6..2cdc376 100644 --- a/nl/soundConfig.html +++ b/nl/soundConfig.html @@ -22,7 +22,6 @@ </div> </div> </div> - @@ -32,22 +31,21 @@ <p>In dit scherm ziet u de naam van het stuurprogramma dat DrakX koos voor uw geluidskaart. Het is het standaardstuurprogramma als we dat hebben. - </p> + <p>Het standaardstuurprogramma zou zonder problemen moeten werken. Komt u na de installatie toch problemen tegen, start dan <span class="command"><strong>draksound</strong></span> of start MCC (Mageia Configuratiecentrum), klik op de <span class="guilabel">Apparatuur</span> tab en dan op <span class="guilabel">Audioconfiguratie</span> rechts boven in het scherm. - </p> + <p>Klik vervolgens in het draksound- of "Audioconfiguratie"-scherm op <span class="guibutton">Gevanceerd</span> en dan op <span class="guibutton">Probleemaanpak</span> voor zeer bruikbaar advies om het probleem op te lossen. - </p> @@ -66,15 +64,12 @@ <p>Tijdens installatie, in dit scherm, op <span class="guibutton">Geavanceerd</span> klikken is zinvol als er geen standaardstuurprogramma is en er meerdere stuurprogramma's beschikbaar zijn, maar u denkt dat de verkeerde gekozen is. - </p> <p>In dat geval kunt u een ander stuurprogramma selecteren door te klikken op <span class="guibutton">Een stuurprogramma uitzoeken</span>. - </p> - </div> diff --git a/nl/uninstall-Mageia.html b/nl/uninstall-Mageia.html index 5c8f595..e3c241b 100644 --- a/nl/uninstall-Mageia.html +++ b/nl/uninstall-Mageia.html @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1205"></a>Howto + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1246"></a>Howto </h3> </div> </div> diff --git a/pl/Select-and-use-ISOs.html b/pl/Select-and-use-ISOs.html index dda4d4e..969380a 100644 --- a/pl/Select-and-use-ISOs.html +++ b/pl/Select-and-use-ISOs.html @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> - <title>Select and use ISOs</title> + <title>Wybierz i użyj obrazu ISO</title> <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> @@ -13,11 +13,11 @@ table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } --></style></head> <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> - <div lang="pl" class="section" title="Select and use ISOs"> + <div lang="pl" class="section" title="Wybierz i użyj obrazu ISO"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h2 class="title"><a name="Select-and-use-ISOs"></a>Select and use ISOs + <h2 class="title"><a name="Select-and-use-ISOs"></a>Wybierz i użyj obrazu ISO </h2> </div> </div> @@ -27,11 +27,11 @@ - <div class="section" title="Introduction"> + <div class="section" title="Wprowadzenie"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e19"></a>Introduction + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e19"></a>Wprowadzenie </h3> </div> </div> @@ -87,11 +87,11 @@ - <div class="section" title="Definition"> + <div class="section" title="Definicja"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e31"></a>Definition + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e31"></a>Definicja </h4> </div> </div> @@ -111,11 +111,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Classical installation media"> + <div class="section" title="Klasyczne medium instalacji"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e36"></a>Classical installation media + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e36"></a>Klasyczne medium instalacji </h4> </div> </div> @@ -123,11 +123,11 @@ - <div class="section" title="Common features"> + <div class="section" title="Powszechne możliwości"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e38"></a>Common features + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e38"></a>Powszechne możliwości </h5> </div> </div> @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</p> + <p>Różne media dla architektur 32 i 64 bitowych.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -186,51 +186,7 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</p> - - </li> - </ul> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="DVD dual arch"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>DVD dual arch - </h5> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <div class="itemizedlist"> - <ul class="itemizedlist"> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made - automatically according to the detected CPU. - </p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Uses Xfce desktop only.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, - pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED! - </p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>It contains non free software.</p> + <p>Dostaniesz wybór podczas instalacji aby dodać niewolne oprogramowanie.</p> </li> </ul> @@ -241,11 +197,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Live media"> + <div class="section" title="Nośniki live"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e67"></a>Live media + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>Nośniki live </h4> </div> </div> @@ -253,11 +209,11 @@ - <div class="section" title="Common features"> + <div class="section" title="Powszechne możliwości"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e69"></a>Common features + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e58"></a>Powszechne możliwości </h5> </div> </div> @@ -276,12 +232,12 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</p> + <p>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE, GNOME or Xfce).</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</p> + <p>Różne media dla 32 i 64 bitowych architektur.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -293,42 +249,7 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>They contain non free software.</p> - - </li> - </ul> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="Live CD KDE"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e83"></a>Live CD KDE - </h5> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <div class="itemizedlist"> - <ul class="itemizedlist"> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>KDE desktop environment only.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>English language only.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>32 bit only.</p> + <p>Zawierają one niewolne oprogramowanie.</p> </li> </ul> @@ -337,11 +258,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Live CD GNOME"> + <div class="section" title="Live DVD Plasma"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e92"></a>Live CD GNOME + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e72"></a>Live DVD Plasma </h5> </div> </div> @@ -353,17 +274,17 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>GNOME desktop environment only.</p> + <p>Plasma desktop environment only.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>English language only.</p> + <p>Wszystkie języki są obecne.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>32 bit only.</p> + <p>Różne media dla 32 i 64 bitowych architektur.</p> </li> </ul> @@ -372,11 +293,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Live DVD KDE"> + <div class="section" title="Live DVD GNOME"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>Live DVD KDE + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e81"></a>Live DVD GNOME </h5> </div> </div> @@ -388,17 +309,17 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>KDE desktop environment only.</p> + <p>Tylko środowisko graficzne GNOME.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>All languages are present.</p> + <p>Wszystkie języki są obecne.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</p> + <p>Różne media dla 32 i 64 bitowych architektur.</p> </li> </ul> @@ -407,11 +328,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Live DVD GNOME"> + <div class="section" title="Live DVD Xfce"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e110"></a>Live DVD GNOME + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e90"></a>Live DVD Xfce </h5> </div> </div> @@ -423,17 +344,17 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>GNOME desktop environment only.</p> + <p>Xfce desktop environment only.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>All languages are present.</p> + <p>Wszystkie języki są obecne.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</p> + <p>Różne media dla 32 i 64 bitowych architektur.</p> </li> </ul> @@ -444,11 +365,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Boot-only CD media"> + <div class="section" title="Boot-only urządzenia CD"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e119"></a>Boot-only CD media + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e99"></a>Boot-only urządzenia CD </h4> </div> </div> @@ -456,11 +377,11 @@ - <div class="section" title="Common features"> + <div class="section" title="Powszechne możliwości"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e121"></a>Common features + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>Powszechne możliwości </h5> </div> </div> @@ -490,12 +411,12 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</p> + <p>Różne media dla 32 i 64 bitowych architektur.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>English language only.</p> + <p>Tylko język angielski.</p> </li> </ul> @@ -504,11 +425,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="boot.iso"> + <div class="section" title="netinstall.iso"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e132"></a>boot.iso + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e112"></a>netinstall.iso </h5> </div> </div> @@ -520,8 +441,8 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free - software. + <p>Zawiera tylko wolne oprogramowanie, dla ludzi odmawiającyh z wykorzystania + niewolnego oprogramowania. </p> </li> @@ -531,11 +452,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="boot-nonfree.iso"> + <div class="section" title="netinstall-nonfree.iso"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e137"></a>boot-nonfree.iso + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e117"></a>netinstall-nonfree.iso </h5> </div> </div> @@ -562,11 +483,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Downloading and Checking Media"> + <div class="section" title="Pobieranie i Sprawdzanie Mediów"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e142"></a>Downloading and Checking Media + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e122"></a>Pobieranie i Sprawdzanie Mediów </h3> </div> </div> @@ -574,11 +495,11 @@ - <div class="section" title="Downloading"> + <div class="section" title="Pobieranie"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e144"></a>Downloading + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e124"></a>Pobieranie </h4> </div> </div> @@ -603,16 +524,16 @@ - <p>Check the radio button Save File.</p> + <p>Sprawdź przycisk Save File.</p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Checking the downloaded media integrity"> + <div class="section" title="Sprawdzanie integralności pobranych mediów"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e156"></a>Checking the downloaded media integrity + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e136"></a>Sprawdzanie integralności pobranych mediów </h4> </div> </div> @@ -628,7 +549,7 @@ </p> - <p>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</p> + <p>Otwórz konsolę, root nie wymagany i:</p> <p>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <strong class="userinput"><code>md5sum @@ -655,11 +576,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Burn or dump the ISO"> + <div class="section" title="Wypal lub zrzuć obraz ISO"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e169"></a>Burn or dump the ISO + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e149"></a>Wypal lub zrzuć obraz ISO </h3> </div> </div> @@ -673,11 +594,11 @@ </p> - <div class="section" title="Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"> + <div class="section" title="Wypalenie obrazu ISO na CD/DVD"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e172"></a>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e152"></a>Wypalenie obrazu ISO na CD/DVD </h4> </div> </div> @@ -694,11 +615,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Dump the ISO to a USB stick"> + <div class="section" title="Zrzuć obraz ISO na pamięci USB"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e177"></a>Dump the ISO to a USB stick + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e157"></a>Zrzuć obraz ISO na pamięci USB </h4> </div> </div> @@ -736,11 +657,11 @@ </p> - <div class="section" title="Using a graphical tool within Mageia"> + <div class="section" title="Używanie graficznych narzędzi w Magei"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e183"></a>Using a graphical tool within Mageia + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e163"></a>Używanie graficznych narzędzi w Magei </h5> </div> </div> @@ -753,11 +674,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Using a graphical tool within Windows"> + <div class="section" title="Używanie graficznych narzędzi w Windows"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e187"></a>Using a graphical tool within Windows + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e167"></a>Używanie graficznych narzędzi w Windows </h5> </div> </div> @@ -765,7 +686,7 @@ - <p>You could try:</p> + <p>Powinieneś spróbować:</p> <p>- <a class="ulink" href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US" target="_top">Rufus</a> using the @@ -779,11 +700,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"> + <div class="section" title="Użycie linii poleceń w systemie GNU/Linux"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e194"></a>Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e174"></a>Użycie linii poleceń w systemie GNU/Linux </h5> </div> </div> @@ -810,14 +731,14 @@ </div> - <p>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</p> + <p>Możesz także użyć narzędzia dd w konsoli:</p> <div class="orderedlist"> <ol class="orderedlist" type="1"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Open a console</p> + <p>Otwórz konsolę</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -838,7 +759,7 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Enter the command <strong class="userinput"><code>fdisk -l</code></strong></p> + <p>Wpisz polecenie <strong class="userinput"><code>fdisk -l</code></strong></p> @@ -876,25 +797,25 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Enter the command: # <strong class="userinput"><code>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX + <p>Wpisz polecenie: # <strong class="userinput"><code>dd if=ścieżka/do/obrazu/ISO.iso of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</code></strong></p> - <p>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</p> + <p>Gdzie X=twoje urządzenie nazwane np. /dev/sdc</p> - <p>Example: # <strong class="userinput"><code>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso + <p>Przykład: # <strong class="userinput"><code>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</code></strong></p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Enter the command: # <strong class="userinput"><code>sync</code></strong></p> + <p>Wpisz polecenie: # <strong class="userinput"><code>sync</code></strong></p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Unplug your USB stick, it is done</p> + <p>Odepnij swoją pamięć USB, skończone</p> </li> </ol> diff --git a/pl/acceptLicense.html b/pl/acceptLicense.html index 751290a..2c2f48a 100644 --- a/pl/acceptLicense.html +++ b/pl/acceptLicense.html @@ -45,11 +45,11 @@ - <div class="section" title="Umowa licencyjna"> + <div class="section" title="Umowa Licencyjna"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="license"></a>Umowa licencyjna + <h3 class="title"><a name="license"></a>Umowa Licencyjna </h3> </div> </div> @@ -84,11 +84,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Informacje o wydaniu"> + <div class="section" title="Informacje o Wydaniu"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="releaseNotes"></a>Informacje o wydaniu + <h3 class="title"><a name="releaseNotes"></a>Informacje o Wydaniu </h3> </div> </div> diff --git a/pl/addUser.html b/pl/addUser.html index ad398ea..41e152b 100644 --- a/pl/addUser.html +++ b/pl/addUser.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> <link rel="prev" href="choosePackagesTree.html" title="Samodzielny wybór pakietów"> - <link rel="next" href="configureX_chooser.html" title="Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <link rel="next" href="configureX_chooser.html" title="Konfiguracja Karty Graficznej i Monitora"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } @@ -29,20 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - <div class="section" title="Ustawienie hasła administratora (root):"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -155,27 +141,14 @@ <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - <p>Wszyscy użytkownicy, których dodasz podczas instalacji Magei, będą mieli - katalogi domowe (dostępne do odczytu dla każdego, ale do zapisu tylko dla - danego użytkownika) - </p> - - - <p>Użytkownicy, których dodasz po zainstalowaniu systemu poprzez <span class="emphasis"><em>MCC - - System - Zarządzanie użytkownikami</em></span> będą posiadali katalogi - domowe zabezpieczone przed odczytem oraz zapisem przez innych użytkowników. - </p> - - - <p>Jeśli nie chcesz tworzyć użytkowników z katalogami domowymi możliwymi do - odczytu przez innych, zaleca się utworzenie tylko tymczasowego użytkownika - podczas instalacji i dodanie prawdziwych użytkowników po restarcie systemu. + <p>Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write + protected home directory (umask=0027). </p> - <p>If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all - extra needed users in the <span class="emphasis"><em>Configuration - Summary</em></span> step - during the install. Choose <span class="emphasis"><em>User management</em></span>. + <p>You can add all extra needed users in the <span class="emphasis"><em>Configuration - + Summary</em></span> step during the install. Choose <span class="emphasis"><em>User + management</em></span>. </p> @@ -206,7 +179,7 @@ </p> - <p>Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account.</p> + <p>Dodatkowo, możesz włączyć lub wyłączyć konto gościa</p> <div class="warning" title="Ostrzeżenie" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> @@ -247,17 +220,17 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p><span class="guilabel">User ID</span>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you - are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless - you know what you are doing. + <p><span class="guilabel">User ID</span>: Tutaj możesz ustawić ID dla użytkownika + którego dodałeś w poprzednim ekranie. Jest to numer. Zostaw puste, chyba że + wiesz, co robisz. </p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p><span class="guilabel">Group ID</span>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a - number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know - what you are doing. + <p><span class="guilabel">Group ID</span>: Pozwala to ustawić ID grupy. Także numer, + zwykle taki sam jak dla użytkownika. Zostaw puste, chyba że wiesz, co + robisz. </p> </li> diff --git a/pl/add_supplemental_media.html b/pl/add_supplemental_media.html index 552d208..7071397 100644 --- a/pl/add_supplemental_media.html +++ b/pl/add_supplemental_media.html @@ -72,12 +72,12 @@ <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - <p>If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit - packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by - ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains - 64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit - packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the - needed 32 bit packages there. + <p>Jeśli aktualizujesz 64-bitową instalację która może zawierać 32-bitowe + paczki, zaleca się w tym kroku dodać serwer lustrzany online poprzez + zaznaczenie jednego z internetowych protokołów. 64-bitowa płyta DVD zawiera + jedynie 64-bitowe paczki i te bez przypisanej architektury, nie będzie mogła + zaktualizować 32-bitowych paczek. Jakkolwiek, po dodaniu serwera online, + instalator powinien znaleźć w nim 32-bitowe paczki. </p> </td> diff --git a/pl/chooseDesktop.html b/pl/chooseDesktop.html index 2a9f04b..c88e5ba 100644 --- a/pl/chooseDesktop.html +++ b/pl/chooseDesktop.html @@ -22,29 +22,24 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - - + - + <p>W zależności od wyboru którego tutaj dokonasz, możesz zobaczyć dalsze ekrany, aby dokonać dalszych ustawień instalacji. </p> - + <p>Po wyborze pulpitu, podczas instalacji pakietów zobaczysz pokaz slajdów. Może on być wyłączony poprzez kliknięcie przycisku <span class="guilabel">Szczegóły</span></p> + - - - - + <p>Wybierz środowisko graficzne <span class="application">KDE</span> lub <span class="application">Gnome</span>. Oba z nich zawierają pełny zestaw użytecznych programów i narzędzi. Wybierz <span class="guilabel">Własne</span> jeśli @@ -53,7 +48,7 @@ lecz oferuje także mniejszą funkcjonalność oraz mniej domyślnie zainstalowanych programów. </p> - + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/pl/choosePackageGroups.html b/pl/choosePackageGroups.html index c26a736..e948605 100644 --- a/pl/choosePackageGroups.html +++ b/pl/choosePackageGroups.html @@ -22,51 +22,51 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - + + - + <p>Aby ułatwić ci wybór, pakiety zostały podzielone na grupy. Nazwy grup nie wymagają objaśnień, jednak więcej informacji o każdej z nich możesz uzyskać najeżdżając na nie myszą. </p> - + <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Stacja robocza</p> + <p>Stacja robocza</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Serwer</p> + <p>Serwer</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Środowisko graficzne</p> + <p>Środowisko graficzne</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - + <p>Samodzielny wybór pakietów: możesz zaznaczyć tą opcję jeśli chcesz samodzielnie dodawać lub usuwać pakiety. </p> - + </li> </ul> </div> - + + <p>Read <a class="xref" href="minimal-install.html" title="Minimalna instalacja">„Minimalna instalacja”</a> for instructions on how to do a minimal install (without or with X & IceWM). - </p> - + </p> + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/pl/configureServices.html b/pl/configureServices.html index 6c6fa60..8804a90 100644 --- a/pl/configureServices.html +++ b/pl/configureServices.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> - <link rel="prev" href="selectCountry.html" title="Select your Country / Region"> + <link rel="prev" href="selectCountry.html" title="Wybierz twój Kraj / Region"> <link rel="next" href="selectMouse.html" title="Wybierz mysz"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } @@ -34,26 +34,26 @@ - <p><a name="configureServices-pa1"></a>Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your - system. + <p><a name="configureServices-pa1"></a>Tutaj możesz ustawić które usługi powinny (nie) włączać się kiedy + uruchamiasz system. </p> - <p><a name="configureServices-pa2"></a>There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and - see all services in it. + <p><a name="configureServices-pa2"></a>Są tutaj cztery grupy, kliknij na trójkąt przed grupą aby rozszerzyć ją i + zobaczyć wszystkie usługi wchodzące w jej skład. </p> - <p><a name="configureServices-pa3"></a>The setting DrakX chose are usually good. + <p><a name="configureServices-pa3"></a>Ustawienia, które wybierze DrakX zwykle są dobre. </p> - <p><a name="configureServices-pa4"></a>If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info - box below. + <p><a name="configureServices-pa4"></a>Jeżeli zaznaczysz usługę, niektóre informacje o niej pokażą w okienku + poniżej. </p> - <p><a name="configureServices-pa5"></a>Only change things when you know very well what you are doing. + <p><a name="configureServices-pa5"></a>Zmień to tylko i wyłącznie wtedy, kiedy wiesz co robisz. </p> </div> diff --git a/pl/configureTimezoneUTC.html b/pl/configureTimezoneUTC.html index 91330a0..5d95364 100644 --- a/pl/configureTimezoneUTC.html +++ b/pl/configureTimezoneUTC.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> <link rel="prev" href="misc-params.html" title="Summary of miscellaneous parameters"> - <link rel="next" href="selectCountry.html" title="Select your Country / Region"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <link rel="next" href="selectCountry.html" title="Wybierz twój Kraj / Region"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ </p> - <p><a name="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2"></a>In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to - GMT, also known as UTC. + <p><a name="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2"></a>W następnym kroku możesz wybrać ustawienie zegara sprzętowego, na czas + lokalny lub UTC. </p> @@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - <p><a name="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3"></a>If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they - are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT. + <p><a name="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3"></a>Jeżeli posiadasz więcej niż jeden system operacyjny na swoim komputerze + upewnij się, że wszystkie mają ustawiony czas lokalny, albo UTC/GMT. </p> </td> diff --git a/pl/configureX_card_list.html b/pl/configureX_card_list.html index 01d4a42..a7deece 100644 --- a/pl/configureX_card_list.html +++ b/pl/configureX_card_list.html @@ -2,22 +2,22 @@ <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> - <title>Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)</title> + <title>Wybierz System Graficzny (Skonfiguruj swoją Kartę Graficzną)</title> <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> - <link rel="prev" href="configureX_chooser.html" title="Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"> + <link rel="prev" href="configureX_chooser.html" title="Konfiguracja Karty Graficznej i Monitora"> <link rel="next" href="configureX_monitor.html" title="Wybór monitora"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } --></style></head> <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> - <div lang="pl" class="section" title="Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"> + <div lang="pl" class="section" title="Wybierz System Graficzny (Skonfiguruj swoją Kartę Graficzną)"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h2 class="title"><a name="configureX_card_list"></a>Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card) + <h2 class="title"><a name="configureX_card_list"></a>Wybierz System Graficzny (Skonfiguruj swoją Kartę Graficzną) </h2> </div> </div> @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ - <p>DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually - correctly identify your video device. + <p>DrakX posiada bardzo szeroką bazę danych kart wideo, oraz zwykle + zidentyfikuje twoje urządzenie wideo poprawnie. </p> - <p>If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know - which one you have, you can select it from the tree by: + <p>Jeżeli instalator nie wykrył twojej karty graficznej poprawnie i wiesz, jaką + kartę posiadasz, możesz wybrać jedną za pomocą: </p> <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -64,20 +64,21 @@ </div> - <p>If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in - the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the - Xorg category + <p>Jeżeli nie potrafisz znaleźć swojej karty graficznej na liście (ponieważ + jeszcze nie ma jej w bazie danych lub jest starszą kartą) możesz znaleźć + działający sterownik w katalogu Xorg. </p> - <p>The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card - drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the - option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities. + <p>Listing Xorg dostarcza więcej jak 40 zamkniętych oraz otwartych sterowników + do kart graficznych. Jeżeli wciąż nie potrafisz znaleźć nazwanego sterownika + dla twojej karty istnieje jeszcze opcja użycia sterownika vesa, który + dostarcza podstawowe funkcje. </p> - <p>Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access - to the Commandline Interface. + <p>Bądź ostrożny, ponieważ jeśli wybierzesz niekompatybilny sterownik możesz + posiadać dostęp tylko do interfejsu tekstowego. </p> diff --git a/pl/configureX_chooser.html b/pl/configureX_chooser.html index 69fdfe3..8566ac5 100644 --- a/pl/configureX_chooser.html +++ b/pl/configureX_chooser.html @@ -2,22 +2,22 @@ <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> - <title>Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration</title> + <title>Konfiguracja Karty Graficznej i Monitora</title> <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> <link rel="prev" href="addUser.html" title="Zarządzanie użytkownikami"> - <link rel="next" href="configureX_card_list.html" title="Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <link rel="next" href="configureX_card_list.html" title="Wybierz System Graficzny (Skonfiguruj swoją Kartę Graficzną)"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } --></style></head> <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> - <div lang="pl" class="section" title="Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"> + <div lang="pl" class="section" title="Konfiguracja Karty Graficznej i Monitora"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h2 class="title"><a name="configureX_chooser"></a>Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration + <h2 class="title"><a name="configureX_chooser"></a>Konfiguracja Karty Graficznej i Monitora </h2> </div> </div> diff --git a/pl/configureX_monitor.html b/pl/configureX_monitor.html index a4e01a8..d29a2f1 100644 --- a/pl/configureX_monitor.html +++ b/pl/configureX_monitor.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> - <link rel="prev" href="configureX_card_list.html" title="Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"> + <link rel="prev" href="configureX_card_list.html" title="Wybierz System Graficzny (Skonfiguruj swoją Kartę Graficzną)"> <link rel="next" href="setupBootloader.html" title="Podstawowe opcje programu rozruchowego"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } @@ -101,12 +101,12 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>the monitor manufacturers name</p> + <p>nazwa producenta monitora</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>the monitor description</p> + <p>Opis monitora</p> </li> </ul> diff --git a/pl/diskdrake.html b/pl/diskdrake.html index 4d12045..74c7883 100644 --- a/pl/diskdrake.html +++ b/pl/diskdrake.html @@ -29,18 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - <div class="warning" title="Ostrzeżenie" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> <tr> @@ -104,7 +92,7 @@ <td align="left" valign="top"> <p>If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI - System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above) + System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below) </p> @@ -115,6 +103,27 @@ </table> </div> + + <div class="note" title="Notatka" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Notatka]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot + partition is present with a correct type + </p> + + + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/pl/doPartitionDisks.html b/pl/doPartitionDisks.html index 920c5b6..6c89754 100644 --- a/pl/doPartitionDisks.html +++ b/pl/doPartitionDisks.html @@ -42,6 +42,8 @@ + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa3"></a></p> <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -100,6 +102,8 @@ </p> + + </li> </ul> @@ -147,24 +151,22 @@ <p><span class="bold"><strong>Partitions sizing:</strong></span></p> - <p>The installer will share the available place out according to the following - rules: - </p> + <p>Instalator podzieli obecną przestrzeń odnosząc się do następujących zasad:</p> <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is - created for /, there is no separate partition for /home. + <p>Jeżeli całkowita dostępna przestrzeń jest mniejsza niż 50GB, to tylko jedna + partycja zostanie utworzona dla /, nie ma oddzielnej partycji dla /home. </p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are - created + <p>Jeżeli całkowita dostępna przestrzeń wynosi więcej niż 50GB, to zostaną + utworzone trzy partycje </p> @@ -172,17 +174,21 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB</p> + <p>6/19 całkowitej dostępnej przestrzeni zostaje przydzielona do /, jednak + maksimum wynosi 50 GB + </p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB</p> + <p>1/19 przestrzeni zostanie przydzielona jako swap, jednak maksimum wynosi 4 + GB + </p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home</p> + <p>Cała reszta (conajmniej 12/19) zostanie przydzielone dla /home</p> </li> </ul> @@ -193,8 +199,8 @@ </div> - <p>That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will - create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home. + <p>Oznacza to, że z 160 GB lub więcej dostępnej przestrzeni instalator utworzy + trzy partycje: 50GB dla /, 4GB dla swap i całą resztę dla /home. </p> @@ -219,6 +225,34 @@ </div> + <div class="note" title="Notatka" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Notatka]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, + you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an + about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose the "Custom disk + partitioning" option to be able to create it with the Installer like any + other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type. + </p> + + + + + + + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + <div class="warning" title="Ostrzeżenie" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> <tr> diff --git a/pl/exitInstall.html b/pl/exitInstall.html index 1d4324b..96878d1 100644 --- a/pl/exitInstall.html +++ b/pl/exitInstall.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> <link rel="prev" href="installUpdates.html" title="Aktualizacje"> - <link rel="next" href="uninstall-Mageia.html" title="Uninstalling Mageia"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <link rel="next" href="uninstall-Mageia.html" title="Usuwanie Magei"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } @@ -22,16 +22,11 @@ </div> </div> </div> - - - - - - + + - <p><a name="exitInstall-pa1"></a>Instalacja i konfiguracja <span class="application">Magei</span>została @@ -46,19 +41,17 @@ <p><a name="exitInstall-pa3"></a>If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install - will be automatically selected and started. + will be automatically selected and started. </p> - + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa4"></a>Enjoy! </p> - + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa5"></a>Jeśli masz jakieś pytania, bądź chciał(a)byś dołączyć do pojektu Mageia - - odwiedź www.mageia.org + odwiedź www.mageia.org </p> - - </div> </body> diff --git a/pl/index.html b/pl/index.html index 80f46b0..4791ee2 100644 --- a/pl/index.html +++ b/pl/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ <title>Instalacja za pomocą DrakX</title> <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> - <link rel="next" href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html" title="Select and use ISOs"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <link rel="next" href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html" title="Wybierz i użyj obrazu ISO"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } @@ -23,13 +23,13 @@ </div> <div class="toc"> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html">Select and use ISOs</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html">Wybierz i użyj obrazu ISO</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e19">Introduction</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e19">Wprowadzenie</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e29">Nośnik</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e142">Downloading and Checking Media</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e169">Burn or dump the ISO</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e122">Pobieranie i Sprawdzanie Mediów</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e149">Wypal lub zrzuć obraz ISO</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="installer.html">DrakX instalator Mageia</a></span></dt> @@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="acceptLicense.html">Licencja oraz informacje o wydaniu</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="acceptLicense.html#license">Umowa licencyjna</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="acceptLicense.html#releaseNotes">Informacje o wydaniu</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="acceptLicense.html#license">Umowa Licencyjna</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="acceptLicense.html#releaseNotes">Informacje o Wydaniu</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupSCSI.html">Wykrywanie SCSI</a></span></dt> @@ -69,37 +69,34 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="addUser.html#addUserAdvanced">Zaawansowane Zarządzanie Użytkownikami</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="configureX_chooser.html">Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="configureX_card_list.html">Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="configureX_chooser.html">Konfiguracja Karty Graficznej i Monitora</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="configureX_card_list.html">Wybierz System Graficzny (Skonfiguruj swoją Kartę Graficzną)</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="configureX_monitor.html">Wybór monitora</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html">Podstawowe opcje programu rozruchowego</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e895">With a Bios system</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e932">With an UEFI system</a></span></dt> - </dl> - </dd> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html">Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</a></span></dt> - <dd> - <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e947">With a Bios system</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e964">With an UEFI system</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e896">Bootloader interface</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e926">Używanie bootloader'a Magei</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e943">Użyj istniejącego bootloader'a.</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e946">Using the chain loading</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e963">Opcje</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html">Dodaj lub zmodyfikuj wpis Boot Menu</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html">Summary of miscellaneous parameters</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html#misc-params-system">System parameters</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html#misc-params-hardware">Hardware parameters</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html#misc-params-system">Parametry systemu</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html#misc-params-hardware">Parametry sprzętu</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html#misc-params-network">Network and Internet parameters</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html#misc-params-security">Bezpieczeństwo</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="configureTimezoneUTC.html">Konfiguruj strefę czasową</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="selectCountry.html">Select your Country / Region</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="selectCountry.html">Wybierz twój Kraj / Region</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="selectCountry.html#inputMethod">Input method</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="selectCountry.html#inputMethod">Metoda wejścia</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="configureServices.html">Konfiguracja usług</a></span></dt> @@ -113,10 +110,10 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="securityLevel.html">Poziom bezpieczeństwa</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="installUpdates.html">Aktualizacje</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="exitInstall.html">Gratulacje</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html">Uninstalling Mageia</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html">Usuwanie Magei</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1202">Howto</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1269">Co i jak</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> </dl> diff --git a/pl/installer.html b/pl/installer.html index 7d436c5..7105e80 100644 --- a/pl/installer.html +++ b/pl/installer.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> - <link rel="prev" href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html" title="Select and use ISOs"> + <link rel="prev" href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html" title="Wybierz i użyj obrazu ISO"> <link rel="next" href="selectLanguage.html" title="Wybór języka"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } @@ -370,11 +370,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="RAM problem"> + <div class="section" title="Problem z pamięcią RAM"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="kernelOptions"></a>RAM problem + <h4 class="title"><a name="kernelOptions"></a>Problem z pamięcią RAM </h4> </div> </div> @@ -391,11 +391,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Dynamic partitions"> + <div class="section" title="Dynamiczne partycje"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="DynamicPartitions"></a>Dynamic partitions + <h4 class="title"><a name="DynamicPartitions"></a>Dynamiczne partycje </h4> </div> </div> diff --git a/pl/misc-params.html b/pl/misc-params.html index a532b93..d935680 100644 --- a/pl/misc-params.html +++ b/pl/misc-params.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> - <link rel="prev" href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html" title="Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"> + <link rel="prev" href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html" title="Dodaj lub zmodyfikuj wpis Boot Menu"> <link rel="next" href="configureTimezoneUTC.html" title="Konfiguruj strefę czasową"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } @@ -29,28 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - <p><a name="misc-params-pa1"></a>DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the settings here and change them if you want after pressing @@ -58,11 +36,49 @@ </p> - <div class="section" title="System parameters"> + <div class="note" title="Notatka" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Notatka]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them + with 3 exceptions: + </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>there are known issues with a default setting</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>the default setting has already been tried and it fails</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>something else is said in the detailed sections below</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Parametry systemu"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="misc-params-system"></a>System parameters + <h3 class="title"><a name="misc-params-system"></a>Parametry systemu </h3> </div> </div> @@ -83,23 +99,23 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa3"></a><span class="guilabel">Country / Region</span></p> + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa3"></a><span class="guilabel">Kraj / Region</span></p> <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa3a"></a>If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you - correct the setting. See <a class="xref" href="selectCountry.html" title="Select your Country / Region">„Select your Country / Region”</a></p> + correct the setting. See <a class="xref" href="selectCountry.html" title="Wybierz twój Kraj / Region">„Wybierz twój Kraj / Region”</a></p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4"></a><span class="guilabel">Bootloader</span></p> + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4"></a><span class="guilabel">System rozruchowy</span></p> <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4a"></a>DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting. </p> - <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4b"></a>Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4b"></a>Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2 </p> @@ -141,11 +157,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Hardware parameters"> + <div class="section" title="Parametry sprzętu"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="misc-params-hardware"></a>Hardware parameters + <h3 class="title"><a name="misc-params-hardware"></a>Parametry sprzętu </h3> </div> </div> @@ -164,6 +180,25 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa1a"></a>This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on your location, language or type of keyboard. </p> + + + <div class="note" title="Notatka" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Notatka]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind + that your passwords are going to change too. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -182,7 +217,7 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3"></a><span class="guilabel">Karta dźwiękowa</span>: </p> - + <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3a"></a>The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver for your card, but none of them is the default one. @@ -199,7 +234,7 @@ </p> - <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa4b"></a>For more information, see <a class="xref" href="configureX_chooser.html" title="Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration">„Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration”</a>. + <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa4b"></a>For more information, see <a class="xref" href="configureX_chooser.html" title="Konfiguracja Karty Graficznej i Monitora">„Konfiguracja Karty Graficznej i Monitora”</a>. </p> </li> @@ -296,7 +331,7 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa1"></a><span class="guilabel">Security Level</span>: + <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa1"></a><span class="guilabel">Poziom Bezpieczeństwa</span>: </p> @@ -321,7 +356,8 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa2b"></a>Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your - selections will depend on what you use your computer for. + selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more + information, see <a class="xref" href="">???</a>. </p> diff --git a/pl/selectCountry.html b/pl/selectCountry.html index b379f3d..ccc86d4 100644 --- a/pl/selectCountry.html +++ b/pl/selectCountry.html @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> - <title>Select your Country / Region</title> + <title>Wybierz twój Kraj / Region</title> <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> @@ -13,38 +13,33 @@ table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } --></style></head> <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> - <div lang="pl" class="section" title="Select your Country / Region"> + <div lang="pl" class="section" title="Wybierz twój Kraj / Region"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h2 class="title"><a name="selectCountry"></a>Select your Country / Region + <h2 class="title"><a name="selectCountry"></a>Wybierz twój Kraj / Region </h2> </div> </div> </div> + + + - - - - - - - - - - <p><a name="selectCountry-pa1"></a>Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, + + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa1"></a>Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network. </p> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa2"></a>If your country isn't in the list, click the <span class="guilabel">Other Countries</span> button and choose your country / region there. </p> - + <div class="note" title="Notatka" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> <tr> @@ -53,43 +48,41 @@ </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa3"></a>If your country is only in the <span class="guilabel">Other Countries</span> list, after clicking <span class="guibutton">OK</span> it may seem a country from the first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real choice. </p> - + </td> </tr> </table> </div> - - <div class="section" title="Input method"> + + <div class="section" title="Metoda wejścia"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="inputMethod"></a>Input method + <h3 class="title"><a name="inputMethod"></a>Metoda wejścia </h3> </div> </div> </div> + - - - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa4"></a>In the <span class="guilabel">Other Countries</span> screen you can also select an input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the - default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India - Live-CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input - method so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input - methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be - installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection. + default input method, so users should not need to configure it + manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar + functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package + selection. </p> - + <div class="note" title="Notatka" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> <tr> @@ -98,19 +91,19 @@ </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa5"></a>If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" -> "System", or by running localedrake as root. </p> - + </td> </tr> </table> </div> - + </div> - + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/pl/selectLanguage.html b/pl/selectLanguage.html index dad78cd..c9d723e 100644 --- a/pl/selectLanguage.html +++ b/pl/selectLanguage.html @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default.</p> + <p>Mageia używa wsparcia UTF-8 (Unicode) domyślnie.</p> <p>Jeśli wiesz, że to kodowanie nie jest odpowiednie dla twojego języka, możesz diff --git a/pl/selectMouse.html b/pl/selectMouse.html index e1961bf..f26b9fe 100644 --- a/pl/selectMouse.html +++ b/pl/selectMouse.html @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ - <p><a name="selectMouse-pa1"></a>If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a - different one here. + <p><a name="selectMouse-pa1"></a>Jeżeli nie jesteś zadowolony z tego, jak mysz reaguje, możesz wybrać inną + tutaj. </p> diff --git a/pl/setupBootloader.html b/pl/setupBootloader.html index 634cce9..b56955e 100644 --- a/pl/setupBootloader.html +++ b/pl/setupBootloader.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> <link rel="prev" href="configureX_monitor.html" title="Wybór monitora"> - <link rel="next" href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html" title="Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <link rel="next" href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html" title="Dodaj lub zmodyfikuj wpis Boot Menu"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } @@ -29,13 +29,11 @@ - - - <div class="section" title="With a Bios system"> + <div class="section" title="Bootloader interface"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e895"></a>With a Bios system + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e896"></a>Bootloader interface </h3> </div> </div> @@ -43,15 +41,23 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa1"></a>If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by - the installer, you can change them here. - </p> + <p>By default, Mageia uses exclusively:</p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa2"></a>You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case - you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or - allow Mageia to create a new one. - </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2-efi for a UEFI system.</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> <div class="tip" title="Podpowiedź" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> @@ -63,7 +69,7 @@ <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - <p>The Mageia graphical menus are nice :</p> + <p>Graficzne menu Magei są niezłe:</p> </td> </tr> @@ -71,11 +77,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Using a Mageia bootloader"> + <div class="section" title="Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="usingMageiaBootloader"></a>Using a Mageia bootloader + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e906"></a>Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems </h4> </div> </div> @@ -83,50 +89,20 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa4"></a>By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR - (Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other - operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia - boot menu. - </p> - <p>Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB - legacy and Lilo. - </p> - <div class="warning" title="Ostrzeżenie" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Warning"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Ostrzeżenie]" src="warning.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa6"></a>Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by - GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is - used. - </p> - - - <p>The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at - the Summary page during installation. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> + <p>Nie modyfikuj "Boot Device", chyba że masz pojęcie, co robisz.</p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Using an existing bootloader"> + <div class="section" title="Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="usingExistingBootloader"></a>Using an existing bootloader + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e915"></a>Grub2-efi on UEFI systems </h4> </div> </div> @@ -134,81 +110,104 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa46"></a>If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember - to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader - <span class="guibutton">Configure</span> button, which will allow you to change the - bootloader install location. + <p>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot + choose between with or without graphical menu </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa47"></a>Do not select a device e.g."sda", or you will overwrite your existing - MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the - partitioning phase earlier, e.g. sda7. - </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48"></a>To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device. - </p> - <div class="tip" title="Podpowiedź" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Tip"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Podpowiedź]" src="tip.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48a"></a>Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <code class="literal">df</code> to check where - your <code class="literal">/</code> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to - the installer screen. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> + <p>If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer + created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader + (Grub2-efi). If there was already UEFI operating systems previously + installed on your computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer + detected the existing ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it + is possible to have several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever + the number of operating systems you have. + </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa49"></a>The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader - is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve - running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and - add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in - question. - </p> + <p>Nie modyfikuj "Boot Device", chyba że masz pojęcie, co robisz.</p> </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Używanie bootloader'a Magei"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e926"></a>Używanie bootloader'a Magei + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + - <div class="section" title="Bootloader advanced option"> - <div class="titlepage"> + <p>By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:</p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard + drive or in the BIOS boot partition. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + + <p>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to + add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, + click on <span class="guibutton">Next</span> and then uncheck the box + <span class="guilabel">Probe Foreign OS</span></p> + + + + + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Użyj istniejącego bootloader'a."> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> <div> - <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="advancedOptionBootloader"></a>Bootloader advanced option - </h4> - </div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e943"></a>Użyj istniejącego bootloader'a. + </h3> </div> </div> - - - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa52"></a>If you have very limited disk space for the <code class="literal">/</code> partition - that contains <code class="literal">/tmp</code>, click on - <span class="guibutton">Advanced</span> and check the box for <span class="guilabel">Clean /tmp - at each boot</span>. This helps to maintain some free space. - </p> - </div> + + + + <p>The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader + is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve + running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and + add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in + question. + </p> </div> - <div class="section" title="With an UEFI system"> + <div class="section" title="Using the chain loading"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e932"></a>With an UEFI system + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e946"></a>Using the chain loading </h3> </div> </div> @@ -216,24 +215,191 @@ - <p>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot - choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available. + <p>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but chain load it from another OS, + click on <span class="guibutton">Next</span>, then on + <span class="guibutton">Advanced</span> and Check the box <span class="guilabel">Do not touch ESP + or MBR</span>. </p> - <p>If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer - created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader - (Grub2-efi). If there was already UEFI operating systems previously - installed on your computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer - detected the existing ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although - it is possible to have several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever - the number of operating systems you have. + + + <p>You will get a warning that the bootloader will lack, ignore it by a click + on <span class="guibutton">OK</span>. </p> - <p>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless really knowing what you do.</p> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Opcje"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e963"></a>Opcje + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="section" title="First page"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e965"></a>First page + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Delay before booting the default image</span>: This text box + lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is + started up. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Security</span>: This allows you to set a password for the + bootloader. This means other people can not enter single user mode or change + settings at the boot time. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Password</span>: This text box is where you actually put the + password + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Password (again)</span>: Retype the password and Drakx will + check that it matches with the one set above. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Advanced</span></p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable ACPI:</span> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power + Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by + stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Uncheck it be + useful, for example, if your computer does not support ACPI or if you think + the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance random + reboots or system lockups). + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable SMP</span>: This option enables / disables symmetric + multiprocessing for multi core processors. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable APIC</span>: Enabling or disabling this gives the + operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt + Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced + IRQ (Interrupt Request) management. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable Local APIC</span>: Here you can set local APIC, which + manage all external interrupts for some specific processor in an SMP system. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Next page"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e997"></a>Next page + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Default:</span> Operating system started up by default + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Append:</span> This option lets you pass the kernel + information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Probe foreign OS</span>: see above <a class="link" href="setupBootloader.html#setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</a></p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Advanced</span></p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Video mode:</span> This sets the screen size and colour depth + the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered + other size and colour depth options. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="bold"><strong>Do not touch ESP or MBR</strong></span>: see above <a class="link" href="setupBootloader.html#setupChainLoading">Using the chain loading</a></p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> </div> diff --git a/pl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html b/pl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html index da4784a..7d9ff6b 100644 --- a/pl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html +++ b/pl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> - <title>Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</title> + <title>Dodaj lub zmodyfikuj wpis Boot Menu</title> <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> @@ -13,11 +13,11 @@ table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } --></style></head> <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> - <div lang="pl" class="section" title="Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"> + <div lang="pl" class="section" title="Dodaj lub zmodyfikuj wpis Boot Menu"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h2 class="title"><a name="setupBootloaderAddEntry"></a>Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry + <h2 class="title"><a name="setupBootloaderAddEntry"></a>Dodaj lub zmodyfikuj wpis Boot Menu </h2> </div> </div> @@ -27,110 +27,25 @@ + <p>To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the + software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories). + </p> - <div class="section" title="With a Bios system"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e947"></a>With a Bios system - </h3> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <p>You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the - relevant button in the <span class="emphasis"><em>Bootloader Configuration</em></span> screen - and editing the screen that pops up on top of it. - </p> - - - <div class="note" title="Notatka" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Note"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Notatka]" src="note.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p>If you have chosen <code class="code">Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use - this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually - edit <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code class="code">grub-customizer</code> - instead. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - - - - <p>Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an - entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one. - </p> - - - <p>You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely.</p> - - - <p>The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a - choice while booting up. - </p> - - - <div class="warning" title="Ostrzeżenie" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Warning"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Ostrzeżenie]" src="warning.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't - just try something without knowing what you are doing. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="With an UEFI system"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e964"></a>With an UEFI system - </h3> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <p>In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit - entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit - <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code class="code">grub-customizer</code> - instead. All you can do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop - down list. - </p> - - - <p>After a click on the <span class="guibutton">Next</span> button, another drop down - list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical - boot loader. - </p> - - - + <div class="note" title="Notatka" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Notatka]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>For more information, see our wiki: <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia" target="_top">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</a></p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> </div> </div> diff --git a/pl/soundConfig.html b/pl/soundConfig.html index 15a99e2..dbd41f1 100644 --- a/pl/soundConfig.html +++ b/pl/soundConfig.html @@ -22,7 +22,6 @@ </div> </div> </div> - @@ -33,22 +32,21 @@ <p>In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one. - </p> + <p>The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install you do encounter problems, then run <span class="command"><strong>draksound</strong></span> or start this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the <span class="guilabel">Hardware</span> tab and clicking on <span class="guilabel">Sound Configuration</span> at the top right of the screen. - </p> + <p>Then, in the draksound or "Sound Configuration" tool screen, click on <span class="guibutton">Advanced</span> and then on <span class="guibutton">Troubleshooting</span> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem. - </p> @@ -67,15 +65,12 @@ <p>Clicking <span class="guibutton">Advanced</span> in this screen, during install, is useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one. - </p> <p>In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on <span class="guibutton">Let me pick any driver</span>. - </p> - </div> diff --git a/pl/uninstall-Mageia.html b/pl/uninstall-Mageia.html index 7fbefae..751145a 100644 --- a/pl/uninstall-Mageia.html +++ b/pl/uninstall-Mageia.html @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> - <title>Uninstalling Mageia</title> + <title>Usuwanie Magei</title> <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instalacja za pomocą DrakX"> @@ -12,11 +12,11 @@ table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } --></style></head> <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> - <div lang="pl" class="section" title="Uninstalling Mageia"> + <div lang="pl" class="section" title="Usuwanie Magei"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h2 class="title"><a name="uninstall-Mageia"></a>Uninstalling Mageia + <h2 class="title"><a name="uninstall-Mageia"></a>Usuwanie Magei </h2> </div> </div> @@ -27,11 +27,11 @@ - <div class="section" title="Howto"> + <div class="section" title="Co i jak"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1202"></a>Howto + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1269"></a>Co i jak </h3> </div> </div> diff --git a/ro/Select-and-use-ISOs.html b/ro/Select-and-use-ISOs.html index a59b1a8..c37237e 100644 --- a/ro/Select-and-use-ISOs.html +++ b/ro/Select-and-use-ISOs.html @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ - <p>Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose - which image match your needs. + <p>Mageia este distribuită prin imagini ISO. Această pagină vă va ajuta să + alegeți imaginea care se potrivește nevoilor voastre. </p> @@ -51,18 +51,21 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process - allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target - system. This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, - in particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install. + <p>Instalatorul clasic: După ce ați demarat de pe mediul de instalare, va urma + un proces care vă va permite să alegeți ce să instalați și cum să vă + configurați sistemul de destinație. Acest procedeu vă conferă maximul de + flexibilitate pentru personalizarea instalării, oferindu-vă în mod + particular posibilitatea de a alege mediul de birou pe care doriți să-l + instalați. </p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without - installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The - installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices. + <p>Mediul LIVE: Puteți demara de pe mediul de instalare un sistem real Mageia + fără să-l instalați pentru a putea vedea ce veți obține după + instalare. Procesul de instalare este mai simplu, însă aveți mai puține + opțiuni. </p> </li> @@ -600,9 +603,9 @@ - <p>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of - them. Keep one of them <a class="link" href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#integrity">for further - usage</a>. Then this window appears: + <p>md5sum și sha1sum sînt unelte pentru verificarea integrității imaginilor + ISO. Utilizați doar una din ele. Păstrați una din ele <a class="link" href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#integrity">pentru a o utiliza și mai tîrziu</a>. Apoi vă va + apărea această fereastră: </p> @@ -625,11 +628,11 @@ - <p>Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the - file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this - number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your - downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a - failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download. + <p>Ambele sume de control sînt numere hexazecimale calculate de un algoritm cu + fișierul ce va fi descărcat. Cînd îi cereți algoritmului să recalculeze + acest număr din fișierul pe care l-ați descărcat, ori obțineți același număr + și descărcarea s-a efectuat corect, ori numărul este diferit și ați întîlnit + un eșec. În caz de eșec trebuie să încercați să-l mai descărcați o dată. </p> @@ -737,8 +740,8 @@ </div> - <p>To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format - the USB stick. + <p>Pentru a recupera capacitatea inițială va trebui să repartiționați și să + reformatați cheia USB. </p> @@ -806,8 +809,8 @@ <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - <p>It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a - disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong. + <p>Este potențial „periculos” să faceți acest lucru manual. Riscați să + suprascrieți o partiție pe disc dacă aveți un ID de dispozitiv greșit. </p> </td> @@ -849,9 +852,9 @@ - <p>Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command - <code class="code">dmesg</code>: at end, you see the device name starting with - <span class="emphasis"><em>sd</em></span>, and <span class="emphasis"><em>sdd</em></span> in this case: + <p>Alternativ, puteți obține numele dispozitivului cu comanda + <code class="code">dmesg</code>, la sfîrșit veți vedea numele dispozitivului începînd cu + <span class="emphasis"><em>sd</em></span>, sau <span class="emphasis"><em>sdd</em></span> în acest caz: </p> <pre class="screen">[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd @@ -875,8 +878,8 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example - <code class="code">/dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick. + <p>Găsiți numele cheii USB (după mărime), de exemplu, în imaginea de mai sus + <code class="code">/dev/sdb</code> este o cheie USB de 8 Go. </p> </li> diff --git a/ro/setupBootloader.html b/ro/setupBootloader.html index be36c78..10ac7fb 100644 --- a/ro/setupBootloader.html +++ b/ro/setupBootloader.html @@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa4"></a>By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR - (Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other - operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia - boot menu. + <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa4"></a>Implicit Mageia scrie un nou încărcător de sistem GRUB (învechit) pe MBR + („Master Boot Record”, sectorul principal de demaraj) de pe primul disc + dur. Dacă aveți deja instalate și alte sisteme de operare, Mageia va încerca + să le adauge în noul meniu de demaraj. </p> @@ -220,20 +220,21 @@ - <p>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot - choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available. + <p>Pe un sistem UEFI interfața utilizator este un pic diferită deoarece nu + puteți alege încărcătorul de sistem din moment ce numai Grub2-efi este + disponibil. </p> - <p>If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer - created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader - (Grub2-efi). If there was already UEFI operating systems previously - installed on your computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer - detected the existing ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although - it is possible to have several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever - the number of operating systems you have. + <p>Dacă Mageia este primul sistem instalat pe calculator, instalatorul a creat + o ESP (Partiție de Sistem EFI) pentru a găzdui încărcătorul de sistem + (Grub2-efi). Dacă se afla dinainte și un alt sistem de operare UEFI instalat + pe calculator (Windows 8 de exemplu), instalatorul Mageia a detectat + partiția ESP creată de Windows și a adăugat Grub2-efi. Este totuși posibil + să aveți mai multe partiții ESP, însă una este suficientă indiferent de cît + de multe sisteme de operare aveți instalate pe calculator. </p> diff --git a/ro/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html b/ro/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html index f660b2f..4fdafb3 100644 --- a/ro/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html +++ b/ro/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html @@ -119,17 +119,17 @@ - <p>In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit - entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit - <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code class="code">grub-customizer</code> - instead. All you can do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop - down list. + <p>În acest caz utilizați Grub2-efi și nu puteți utiliza această unealtă pentru + a edita intrările în această etapă. Pentru a face acest lucru va trebui să + editați manual <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> sau mai bine utilizați + <code class="code">grub-customizer</code>. Tot ce puteți face aici este să alegeți + intrarea implicită din lista derulantă. </p> - <p>After a click on the <span class="guibutton">Next</span> button, another drop down - list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical - boot loader. + <p>După ce apăsați pe butonul <span class="guibutton">Înainte</span> o altă listă + derulantă vă permite să alegeți rezoluția video pentru Grub2 care este un + încărcător grafic de sistem. </p> diff --git a/sl/Select-and-use-ISOs.html b/sl/Select-and-use-ISOs.html index 1c1a4d8..ce19d2e 100644 --- a/sl/Select-and-use-ISOs.html +++ b/sl/Select-and-use-ISOs.html @@ -2,22 +2,22 @@ <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> - <title>Select and use ISOs</title> + <title>Izbor in uporaba odtisa diska: ISO</title> <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> <link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> - <link rel="next" href="installer.html" title="DrakX, the Mageia Installer"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <link rel="next" href="installer.html" title="DrakX, namestitveni program Mageje"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } --></style></head> <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> - <div lang="sl" class="section" title="Select and use ISOs"> + <div lang="sl" class="section" title="Izbor in uporaba odtisa diska: ISO"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h2 class="title"><a name="Select-and-use-ISOs"></a>Select and use ISOs + <h2 class="title"><a name="Select-and-use-ISOs"></a>Izbor in uporaba odtisa diska: ISO </h2> </div> </div> @@ -87,11 +87,11 @@ - <div class="section" title="Definition"> + <div class="section" title="Definicija"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e31"></a>Definition + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e31"></a>Definicija </h4> </div> </div> @@ -111,11 +111,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Classical installation media"> + <div class="section" title="Mediji za klasično namestitev"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e36"></a>Classical installation media + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e36"></a>Mediji za klasično namestitev </h4> </div> </div> @@ -123,11 +123,11 @@ - <div class="section" title="Common features"> + <div class="section" title="Skupne značilnosti"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e38"></a>Common features + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e38"></a>Skupne značilnosti </h5> </div> </div> @@ -193,50 +193,6 @@ </div> </div> - - - <div class="section" title="DVD dual arch"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>DVD dual arch - </h5> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <div class="itemizedlist"> - <ul class="itemizedlist"> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made - automatically according to the detected CPU. - </p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Uses Xfce desktop only.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, - pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED! - </p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>It contains non free software.</p> - - </li> - </ul> - </div> - - </div> </div> @@ -245,7 +201,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e67"></a>Live media + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>Live media </h4> </div> </div> @@ -253,11 +209,11 @@ - <div class="section" title="Common features"> + <div class="section" title="Skupne značilnosti"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e69"></a>Common features + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e58"></a>Skupne značilnosti </h5> </div> </div> @@ -276,7 +232,7 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</p> + <p>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE, GNOME or Xfce).</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -293,7 +249,7 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>They contain non free software.</p> + <p>Vsebuje lastniško programsko opremo.</p> </li> </ul> @@ -302,11 +258,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Live CD KDE"> + <div class="section" title="Live DVD Plasma"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e83"></a>Live CD KDE + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e72"></a>Live DVD Plasma </h5> </div> </div> @@ -318,17 +274,17 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>KDE desktop environment only.</p> + <p>Plasma desktop environment only.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>English language only.</p> + <p>Prisotni so vsi jeziki.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>32 bit only.</p> + <p>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</p> </li> </ul> @@ -337,11 +293,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Live CD GNOME"> + <div class="section" title="Live DVD GNOME"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e92"></a>Live CD GNOME + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e81"></a>Live DVD GNOME </h5> </div> </div> @@ -358,42 +314,7 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>English language only.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>32 bit only.</p> - - </li> - </ul> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="Live DVD KDE"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>Live DVD KDE - </h5> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <div class="itemizedlist"> - <ul class="itemizedlist"> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>KDE desktop environment only.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>All languages are present.</p> + <p>Prisotni so vsi jeziki.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -407,11 +328,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Live DVD GNOME"> + <div class="section" title="Live DVD Xfce"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e110"></a>Live DVD GNOME + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e90"></a>Live DVD Xfce </h5> </div> </div> @@ -423,12 +344,12 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>GNOME desktop environment only.</p> + <p>Xfce desktop environment only.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>All languages are present.</p> + <p>Prisotni so vsi jeziki.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -448,7 +369,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e119"></a>Boot-only CD media + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e99"></a>Boot-only CD media </h4> </div> </div> @@ -456,11 +377,11 @@ - <div class="section" title="Common features"> + <div class="section" title="Skupne značilnosti"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e121"></a>Common features + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>Skupne značilnosti </h5> </div> </div> @@ -495,7 +416,7 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>English language only.</p> + <p>samo angleščina.</p> </li> </ul> @@ -504,11 +425,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="boot.iso"> + <div class="section" title="netinstall.iso"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e132"></a>boot.iso + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e112"></a>netinstall.iso </h5> </div> </div> @@ -531,11 +452,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="boot-nonfree.iso"> + <div class="section" title="netinstall-nonfree.iso"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e137"></a>boot-nonfree.iso + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e117"></a>netinstall-nonfree.iso </h5> </div> </div> @@ -566,7 +487,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e142"></a>Downloading and Checking Media + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e122"></a>Downloading and Checking Media </h3> </div> </div> @@ -574,11 +495,11 @@ - <div class="section" title="Downloading"> + <div class="section" title="Prejemanje"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e144"></a>Downloading + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e124"></a>Prejemanje </h4> </div> </div> @@ -612,7 +533,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e156"></a>Checking the downloaded media integrity + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e136"></a>Checking the downloaded media integrity </h4> </div> </div> @@ -659,7 +580,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e169"></a>Burn or dump the ISO + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e149"></a>Burn or dump the ISO </h3> </div> </div> @@ -677,7 +598,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e172"></a>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e152"></a>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD </h4> </div> </div> @@ -694,11 +615,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Dump the ISO to a USB stick"> + <div class="section" title="Odlaganje odtisa nosilca za namestitev na ključek USB"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e177"></a>Dump the ISO to a USB stick + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e157"></a>Odlaganje odtisa nosilca za namestitev na ključek USB </h4> </div> </div> @@ -740,7 +661,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e183"></a>Using a graphical tool within Mageia + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e163"></a>Using a graphical tool within Mageia </h5> </div> </div> @@ -757,7 +678,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e187"></a>Using a graphical tool within Windows + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e167"></a>Using a graphical tool within Windows </h5> </div> </div> @@ -765,7 +686,7 @@ - <p>You could try:</p> + <p>Lahko poskusite:</p> <p>- <a class="ulink" href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=sl" target="_top">Rufus</a> z uporabo @@ -783,7 +704,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e194"></a>Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e174"></a>Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system </h5> </div> </div> @@ -817,7 +738,7 @@ <ol class="orderedlist" type="1"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Open a console</p> + <p>Odprite konzolo</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> diff --git a/sl/acceptLicense.html b/sl/acceptLicense.html index 12375a5..1adaadf 100644 --- a/sl/acceptLicense.html +++ b/sl/acceptLicense.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> <link rel="prev" href="selectLanguage.html" title="Izberite jezik namestitve"> - <link rel="next" href="setupSCSI.html" title="Setup SCSI"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <link rel="next" href="setupSCSI.html" title="Nastavitev naprav SCSI"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } diff --git a/sl/addUser.html b/sl/addUser.html index bee69d9..3f07c73 100644 --- a/sl/addUser.html +++ b/sl/addUser.html @@ -29,20 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - <div class="section" title="Nastavite geslo skrbnika (uporabnika root):"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -157,25 +143,14 @@ <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - <p>Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but - write protected) home directory. - </p> - - - <p>However, while using your new install, any user you add in <span class="emphasis"><em>MCC - - System - Manage users on system</em></span> will have a home directory that - is both read and write protected. - </p> - - - <p>If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised - to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot. + <p>Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write + protected home directory (umask=0027). </p> - <p>If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all - extra needed users in the <span class="emphasis"><em>Configuration - Summary</em></span> step - during the install. Choose <span class="emphasis"><em>User management</em></span>. + <p>You can add all extra needed users in the <span class="emphasis"><em>Configuration - + Summary</em></span> step during the install. Choose <span class="emphasis"><em>User + management</em></span>. </p> diff --git a/sl/add_supplemental_media.html b/sl/add_supplemental_media.html index 5366752..5cc9102 100644 --- a/sl/add_supplemental_media.html +++ b/sl/add_supplemental_media.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> <link rel="prev" href="formatPartitions.html" title="Formatiranje"> - <link rel="next" href="media_selection.html" title="Media Selection (Nonfree)"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <link rel="next" href="media_selection.html" title="Izbira virov z lastniško programsko opremo (Nonfree)"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } diff --git a/sl/chooseDesktop.html b/sl/chooseDesktop.html index 4efe52e..965b5e4 100644 --- a/sl/chooseDesktop.html +++ b/sl/chooseDesktop.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> - <link rel="prev" href="media_selection.html" title="Media Selection (Nonfree)"> + <link rel="prev" href="media_selection.html" title="Izbira virov z lastniško programsko opremo (Nonfree)"> <link rel="next" href="choosePackageGroups.html" title="Izbira skupin paketov"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } @@ -22,30 +22,25 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - - + - + <p>Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine tune your choice. </p> - + <p>After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the <span class="guilabel">Details</span> button </p> + - - - - + <p>Choose whether you prefer to use the <span class="application">KDE</span> or <span class="application">Gnome</span> desktop environment. Both come with a full set of useful applications and tools. Tick <span class="guilabel">Custom</span> if @@ -54,7 +49,7 @@ <span class="application">LXDE</span> desktop is lighter than the previous two, sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default. </p> - + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/sl/choosePackageGroups.html b/sl/choosePackageGroups.html index 7ccdaca..c18cdd8 100644 --- a/sl/choosePackageGroups.html +++ b/sl/choosePackageGroups.html @@ -22,52 +22,52 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - + + - + <p>Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which become visible as the mouse is hovered over them. </p> - + <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Delovna postaja.</p> + <p>Delovna postaja.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Strežnik.</p> + <p>Strežnik.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Grafično okolje.</p> + <p>Grafično okolje.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - + <p>Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or remove packages. </p> - + </li> </ul> </div> - + + <p>Read <a class="xref" href="minimal-install.html" title="Minimalna namestitev">“Minimalna namestitev”</a> for instructions on how to do a minimal install (without or with X & IceWM). - </p> - + </p> + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/sl/configureServices.html b/sl/configureServices.html index ae2463f..ce24b58 100644 --- a/sl/configureServices.html +++ b/sl/configureServices.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> - <link rel="prev" href="selectCountry.html" title="Select your Country / Region"> + <link rel="prev" href="selectCountry.html" title="Izbor države/regije"> <link rel="next" href="selectMouse.html" title="Select mouse"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } diff --git a/sl/configureTimezoneUTC.html b/sl/configureTimezoneUTC.html index 9ad7f41..7cab86a 100644 --- a/sl/configureTimezoneUTC.html +++ b/sl/configureTimezoneUTC.html @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> - <link rel="prev" href="misc-params.html" title="Summary of miscellaneous parameters"> - <link rel="next" href="selectCountry.html" title="Select your Country / Region"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <link rel="prev" href="misc-params.html" title="Povzetek raznih nastavitev"> + <link rel="next" href="selectCountry.html" title="Izbor države/regije"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } diff --git a/sl/configureX_monitor.html b/sl/configureX_monitor.html index b3ab174..e04d032 100644 --- a/sl/configureX_monitor.html +++ b/sl/configureX_monitor.html @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ - <p><a name="configureX_monitor-pa2"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>Custom</em></span></p> + <p><a name="configureX_monitor-pa2"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>Po meri</em></span></p> <p><a name="configureX_monitor-pa3"></a>This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh diff --git a/sl/diskdrake.html b/sl/diskdrake.html index e310785..b784480 100644 --- a/sl/diskdrake.html +++ b/sl/diskdrake.html @@ -29,18 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - <div class="warning" title="Pozor" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> <tr> @@ -101,7 +89,7 @@ <td align="left" valign="top"> <p>If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI - System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above) + System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below) </p> @@ -112,6 +100,27 @@ </table> </div> + + <div class="note" title="Opomba" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Opomba]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot + partition is present with a correct type + </p> + + + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/sl/doPartitionDisks.html b/sl/doPartitionDisks.html index b1eba24..bb2fb28 100644 --- a/sl/doPartitionDisks.html +++ b/sl/doPartitionDisks.html @@ -42,6 +42,8 @@ + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa3"></a></p> <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -100,6 +102,8 @@ </p> + + </li> </ul> @@ -137,8 +141,7 @@ </p> - <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa17"></a>This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your - hard drive(s). + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa17"></a>S tem imate popoln nadzor nad namestitvijo na (enem ali več) vaših diskov. </p> </li> @@ -149,24 +152,23 @@ <p><span class="bold"><strong>Velikost razdelkov:</strong></span></p> - <p>The installer will share the available place out according to the following - rules: - </p> + <p>Namestitev bo razdelila razpoložljiv prostor po naslednjih pravilih:</p> <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is - created for /, there is no separate partition for /home. + <p>Če je vsega razpoložljivega prostora na voljo manj kot 50 GB, bo ustvarjen + samo en razdelek in sicer korenski: /. Brez ločenega domačega razdelka: + /home. </p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are - created + <p>Če je vsega razpoložljivega prostora na voljo več kot 50 GB, bodo ustvarjeni + trije razdelki </p> @@ -174,17 +176,17 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB</p> + <p>6/19 prostora na voljo bo namenjeno korenskemu: /, a ne več kot 50 GB</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB</p> + <p>1/19 bo rezervirana izmenjalnemu razdelku: swap, a največ 4 GB</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home</p> + <p>ostalih (vsaj 12/19) bo uporabljenih za domači razdelek: /home</p> </li> </ul> @@ -195,8 +197,9 @@ </div> - <p>That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will - create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home. + <p>To pomeni, da bo namestitev pri 160 GB ali več razpoložljivega prostora + ustvarila tri razdelke: 50 GB za korenskega: /, 4 GB za izmenjalnega in + preostalo za domačo mapo: /home. </p> @@ -221,6 +224,34 @@ </div> + <div class="note" title="Opomba" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Opomba]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, + you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an + about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose the "Custom disk + partitioning" option to be able to create it with the Installer like any + other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type. + </p> + + + + + + + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + <div class="warning" title="Pozor" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> <tr> diff --git a/sl/exitInstall.html b/sl/exitInstall.html index 30dcf25..73b0684 100644 --- a/sl/exitInstall.html +++ b/sl/exitInstall.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> <link rel="prev" href="installUpdates.html" title="Posodobitve"> - <link rel="next" href="uninstall-Mageia.html" title="Uninstalling Mageia"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <link rel="next" href="uninstall-Mageia.html" title="Odstrani Magejo"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } @@ -22,16 +22,11 @@ </div> </div> </div> - - - - - - + + - <p><a name="exitInstall-pa1"></a>You have finished installing and configuring @@ -46,19 +41,17 @@ <p><a name="exitInstall-pa3"></a>If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install - will be automatically selected and started. + will be automatically selected and started. </p> - + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa4"></a>Uživajte </p> - + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa5"></a>Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to - Mageia + Mageia </p> - - </div> </body> diff --git a/sl/index.html b/sl/index.html index 19c2001..a71e513 100644 --- a/sl/index.html +++ b/sl/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ <title>Namestitev s programom DrakX</title> <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> - <link rel="next" href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html" title="Select and use ISOs"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <link rel="next" href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html" title="Izbor in uporaba odtisa diska: ISO"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } @@ -23,20 +23,20 @@ </div> <div class="toc"> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html">Select and use ISOs</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html">Izbor in uporaba odtisa diska: ISO</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e19">Predstavitev</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e29">Vir</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e142">Downloading and Checking Media</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e169">Burn or dump the ISO</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e122">Downloading and Checking Media</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e149">Burn or dump the ISO</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="installer.html">DrakX, the Mageia Installer</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="installer.html">DrakX, namestitveni program Mageje</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> <dt><span class="section"><a href="installer.html#installationSteps">Namestitveni koraki</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="installer.html#installationProblems">Installation Problems and Possible Solutions</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="installer.html#installationProblems">Težave z namestitvijo in možne rešitve</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="selectLanguage.html">Izberite jezik namestitve</a></span></dt> @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="acceptLicense.html#releaseNotes">Opombe ob izdaji</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupSCSI.html">Setup SCSI</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupSCSI.html">Nastavitev naprav SCSI</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="selectInstallClass.html">Namestitev ali nadgradnja</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="selectKeyboard.html">Tipkovnica</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="doPartitionDisks.html">Razdelitev diska</a></span></dt> @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="diskdrake.html">Razdeljevanje diska po meri s programom DiskDrake</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="formatPartitions.html">Formatiranje</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="add_supplemental_media.html">Izbira virov (nastavitev dodatnih virov namestitve)</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="media_selection.html">Media Selection (Nonfree)</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="media_selection.html">Izbira virov z lastniško programsko opremo (Nonfree)</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="chooseDesktop.html">Izbira namizja</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="choosePackageGroups.html">Izbira skupin paketov</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="minimal-install.html">Minimalna namestitev</a></span></dt> @@ -75,28 +75,25 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html">Glavne možnosti zagonskega nalagalnika</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e899">With a Bios system</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e936">With an UEFI system</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e900">Bootloader interface</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e930">Using a Mageia bootloader</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e947">Using an existing bootloader</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e950">Using the chain loading</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e967">Možnosti</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html">Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html">Povzetek raznih nastavitev</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e951">With a Bios system</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e968">With an UEFI system</a></span></dt> - </dl> - </dd> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html">Summary of miscellaneous parameters</a></span></dt> - <dd> - <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html#misc-params-system">System parameters</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html#misc-params-hardware">Hardware parameters</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html#misc-params-network">Network and Internet parameters</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html#misc-params-system">Sistemske nastavitve</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html#misc-params-hardware">Strojne nastavitve</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html#misc-params-network">Nastavitve omrežja in interneta</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html#misc-params-security">Varnost</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="configureTimezoneUTC.html">Nastavite vaš časovni pas</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="selectCountry.html">Select your Country / Region</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="selectCountry.html">Izbor države/regije</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> <dt><span class="section"><a href="selectCountry.html#inputMethod">Način vnosa</a></span></dt> @@ -113,10 +110,10 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="securityLevel.html">Stopnja varnosti</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="installUpdates.html">Posodobitve</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="exitInstall.html">Čestitke</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html">Uninstalling Mageia</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html">Odstrani Magejo</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1206">Howto</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1273">Howto</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> </dl> diff --git a/sl/installUpdates.html b/sl/installUpdates.html index 040051a..2fd7dd0 100644 --- a/sl/installUpdates.html +++ b/sl/installUpdates.html @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ </p> - <p><a name="installUpdates-pa3"></a>Then press <span class="guibutton">Next</span> to continue + <p><a name="installUpdates-pa3"></a>Kliknite <span class="guibutton">Naprej</span> za nadaljevanje </p> diff --git a/sl/installer.html b/sl/installer.html index 4bd57d7..ce545d7 100644 --- a/sl/installer.html +++ b/sl/installer.html @@ -2,22 +2,22 @@ <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> - <title>DrakX, the Mageia Installer</title> + <title>DrakX, namestitveni program Mageje</title> <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> - <link rel="prev" href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html" title="Select and use ISOs"> + <link rel="prev" href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html" title="Izbor in uporaba odtisa diska: ISO"> <link rel="next" href="selectLanguage.html" title="Izberite jezik namestitve"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } --></style></head> <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> - <div lang="sl" class="section" title="DrakX, the Mageia Installer"> + <div lang="sl" class="section" title="DrakX, namestitveni program Mageje"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h2 class="title"><a name="installer"></a>DrakX, the Mageia Installer + <h2 class="title"><a name="installer"></a>DrakX, namestitveni program Mageje </h2> </div> </div> @@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ </p> - <p>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management - isn't taken into account. + <p>- Brez ACPI (vmesnik za napredne nastavitve in upravljanje z energijo) + upravljanje z energijo ni upoštevano </p> @@ -297,11 +297,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"> + <div class="section" title="Težave z namestitvijo in možne rešitve"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="installationProblems"></a>Installation Problems and Possible Solutions + <h3 class="title"><a name="installationProblems"></a>Težave z namestitvijo in možne rešitve </h3> </div> </div> @@ -309,11 +309,11 @@ - <div class="section" title="No Graphical Interface"> + <div class="section" title="Brez grafičnega vmesnika"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="noX"></a>No Graphical Interface + <h4 class="title"><a name="noX"></a>Brez grafičnega vmesnika </h4> </div> </div> @@ -347,11 +347,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="The Install Freezes"> + <div class="section" title="Namestitev zamrzne"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="installFreezes"></a>The Install Freezes + <h4 class="title"><a name="installFreezes"></a>Namestitev zamrzne </h4> </div> </div> @@ -369,11 +369,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="RAM problem"> + <div class="section" title="Težave s spominom RAM"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="kernelOptions"></a>RAM problem + <h4 class="title"><a name="kernelOptions"></a>Težave s spominom RAM </h4> </div> </div> @@ -390,11 +390,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Dynamic partitions"> + <div class="section" title="Dinamični razdelki"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="DynamicPartitions"></a>Dynamic partitions + <h4 class="title"><a name="DynamicPartitions"></a>Dinamični razdelki </h4> </div> </div> diff --git a/sl/media_selection.html b/sl/media_selection.html index 4b985fd..cdfe0b7 100644 --- a/sl/media_selection.html +++ b/sl/media_selection.html @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> - <title>Media Selection (Nonfree)</title> + <title>Izbira virov z lastniško programsko opremo (Nonfree)</title> <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> @@ -13,11 +13,11 @@ table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } --></style></head> <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> - <div lang="sl" class="section" title="Media Selection (Nonfree)"> + <div lang="sl" class="section" title="Izbira virov z lastniško programsko opremo (Nonfree)"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h2 class="title"><a name="media_selection"></a>Media Selection (Nonfree) + <h2 class="title"><a name="media_selection"></a>Izbira virov z lastniško programsko opremo (Nonfree) </h2> </div> </div> diff --git a/sl/misc-params.html b/sl/misc-params.html index 3a9b921..520c03f 100644 --- a/sl/misc-params.html +++ b/sl/misc-params.html @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> - <title>Summary of miscellaneous parameters</title> + <title>Povzetek raznih nastavitev</title> <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> @@ -13,11 +13,11 @@ table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } --></style></head> <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> - <div lang="sl" class="section" title="Summary of miscellaneous parameters"> + <div lang="sl" class="section" title="Povzetek raznih nastavitev"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h2 class="title"><a name="misc-params"></a>Summary of miscellaneous parameters + <h2 class="title"><a name="misc-params"></a>Povzetek raznih nastavitev </h2> </div> </div> @@ -29,28 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - <p><a name="misc-params-pa1"></a>DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the settings here and change them if you want after pressing @@ -58,11 +36,49 @@ </p> - <div class="section" title="System parameters"> + <div class="note" title="Opomba" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Opomba]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them + with 3 exceptions: + </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>there are known issues with a default setting</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>the default setting has already been tried and it fails</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>something else is said in the detailed sections below</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Sistemske nastavitve"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="misc-params-system"></a>System parameters + <h3 class="title"><a name="misc-params-system"></a>Sistemske nastavitve </h3> </div> </div> @@ -87,7 +103,7 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa3a"></a>If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you - correct the setting. See <a class="xref" href="selectCountry.html" title="Select your Country / Region">“Select your Country / Region”</a></p> + correct the setting. See <a class="xref" href="selectCountry.html" title="Izbor države/regije">“Izbor države/regije”</a></p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -99,7 +115,7 @@ </p> - <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4b"></a>Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4b"></a>Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2 </p> @@ -108,7 +124,7 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa5"></a><span class="guilabel">User management</span></p> + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa5"></a><span class="guilabel">Upravljanje z uporabniki</span></p> <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa5a"></a>You can add extra users here. They will each get their own @@ -141,11 +157,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Hardware parameters"> + <div class="section" title="Strojne nastavitve"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="misc-params-hardware"></a>Hardware parameters + <h3 class="title"><a name="misc-params-hardware"></a>Strojne nastavitve </h3> </div> </div> @@ -164,6 +180,25 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa1a"></a>This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on your location, language or type of keyboard. </p> + + + <div class="note" title="Opomba" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Opomba]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind + that your passwords are going to change too. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -182,7 +217,7 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3"></a><span class="guilabel">Zvočna kartica</span>: </p> - + <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3a"></a>The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver for your card, but none of them is the default one. @@ -195,7 +230,7 @@ </p> - <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa4a"></a>This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays. + <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa4a"></a>V tem delu lahko nastavljate (eno ali več) grafičnih kartic in zaslonov. </p> @@ -211,11 +246,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Network and Internet parameters"> + <div class="section" title="Nastavitve omrežja in interneta"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="misc-params-network"></a>Network and Internet parameters + <h3 class="title"><a name="misc-params-network"></a>Nastavitve omrežja in interneta </h3> </div> </div> @@ -259,7 +294,7 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p><a name="misc-params-network-pa4"></a><span class="guilabel">Proxies</span>: + <p><a name="misc-params-network-pa4"></a><span class="guilabel">Posredniški strežniki</span>: </p> @@ -321,7 +356,8 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa2b"></a>Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your - selections will depend on what you use your computer for. + selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more + information, see <a class="xref" href="">???</a>. </p> diff --git a/sl/securityLevel.html b/sl/securityLevel.html index 2da4508..6d10fe2 100644 --- a/sl/securityLevel.html +++ b/sl/securityLevel.html @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ - <p><a name="securityLevel-pa1"></a>You can adjust your security level here. + <p><a name="securityLevel-pa1"></a>Tukaj lahko prilagodite vašo varnostno stopnjo. </p> diff --git a/sl/selectCountry.html b/sl/selectCountry.html index e91329b..cbfe7a4 100644 --- a/sl/selectCountry.html +++ b/sl/selectCountry.html @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> - <title>Select your Country / Region</title> + <title>Izbor države/regije</title> <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> @@ -13,38 +13,33 @@ table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } --></style></head> <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> - <div lang="sl" class="section" title="Select your Country / Region"> + <div lang="sl" class="section" title="Izbor države/regije"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h2 class="title"><a name="selectCountry"></a>Select your Country / Region + <h2 class="title"><a name="selectCountry"></a>Izbor države/regije </h2> </div> </div> </div> + + + - - - - - - - - - - <p><a name="selectCountry-pa1"></a>Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, + + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa1"></a>Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network. </p> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa2"></a>If your country isn't in the list, click the <span class="guilabel">Other Countries</span> button and choose your country / region there. </p> - + <div class="note" title="Opomba" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> <tr> @@ -53,19 +48,19 @@ </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa3"></a>If your country is only in the <span class="guilabel">Other Countries</span> list, after clicking <span class="guibutton">OK</span> it may seem a country from the first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real choice. </p> - + </td> </tr> </table> </div> - + <div class="section" title="Način vnosa"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -75,21 +70,19 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa4"></a>In the <span class="guilabel">Other Countries</span> screen you can also select an input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the - default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India - Live-CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input - method so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input - methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be - installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection. + default input method, so users should not need to configure it + manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar + functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package + selection. </p> - + <div class="note" title="Opomba" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> <tr> @@ -98,19 +91,19 @@ </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa5"></a>If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" -> "System", or by running localedrake as root. </p> - + </td> </tr> </table> </div> - + </div> - + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/sl/selectInstallClass.html b/sl/selectInstallClass.html index 9186a42..0b00fa4 100644 --- a/sl/selectInstallClass.html +++ b/sl/selectInstallClass.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> - <link rel="prev" href="setupSCSI.html" title="Setup SCSI"> + <link rel="prev" href="setupSCSI.html" title="Nastavitev naprav SCSI"> <link rel="next" href="selectKeyboard.html" title="Tipkovnica"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } diff --git a/sl/selectLanguage.html b/sl/selectLanguage.html index e5c19d8..5f6408e 100644 --- a/sl/selectLanguage.html +++ b/sl/selectLanguage.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> - <link rel="prev" href="installer.html" title="DrakX, the Mageia Installer"> + <link rel="prev" href="installer.html" title="DrakX, namestitveni program Mageje"> <link rel="next" href="acceptLicense.html" title="Licenčna pogodba in opombe ob izdaji"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } diff --git a/sl/setupBootloader.html b/sl/setupBootloader.html index c6bfb83..e37442d 100644 --- a/sl/setupBootloader.html +++ b/sl/setupBootloader.html @@ -29,13 +29,11 @@ - - - <div class="section" title="With a Bios system"> + <div class="section" title="Bootloader interface"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e899"></a>With a Bios system + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e900"></a>Bootloader interface </h3> </div> </div> @@ -43,15 +41,23 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa1"></a>If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by - the installer, you can change them here. - </p> + <p>By default, Mageia uses exclusively:</p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa2"></a>You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case - you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or - allow Mageia to create a new one. - </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2-efi for a UEFI system.</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> <div class="tip" title="Namig" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> @@ -71,11 +77,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Using a Mageia bootloader"> + <div class="section" title="Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="usingMageiaBootloader"></a>Using a Mageia bootloader + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e910"></a>Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems </h4> </div> </div> @@ -83,50 +89,20 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa4"></a>By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR - (Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other - operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia - boot menu. - </p> - <p>Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB - legacy and Lilo. - </p> - <div class="warning" title="Pozor" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Warning"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Pozor]" src="warning.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa6"></a>Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by - GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is - used. - </p> - - - <p>The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at - the Summary page during installation. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> + <p>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless really knowing what you do.</p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Using an existing bootloader"> + <div class="section" title="Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="usingExistingBootloader"></a>Using an existing bootloader + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e919"></a>Grub2-efi on UEFI systems </h4> </div> </div> @@ -134,81 +110,104 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa46"></a>If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember - to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader - <span class="guibutton">Configure</span> button, which will allow you to change the - bootloader install location. + <p>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot + choose between with or without graphical menu </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa47"></a>Do not select a device e.g."sda", or you will overwrite your existing - MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the - partitioning phase earlier, e.g. sda7. - </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48"></a>To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device. - </p> - <div class="tip" title="Namig" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Tip"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Namig]" src="tip.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48a"></a>Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <code class="literal">df</code> to check where - your <code class="literal">/</code> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to - the installer screen. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> + <p>If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer + created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader + (Grub2-efi). If there was already UEFI operating systems previously + installed on your computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer + detected the existing ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it + is possible to have several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever + the number of operating systems you have. + </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa49"></a>The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader - is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve - running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and - add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in - question. - </p> + <p>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless really knowing what you do.</p> </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Using a Mageia bootloader"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e930"></a>Using a Mageia bootloader + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + - <div class="section" title="Napredne možnosti zagonskega nalagalnika"> - <div class="titlepage"> + <p>By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:</p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard + drive or in the BIOS boot partition. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + + <p>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to + add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, + click on <span class="guibutton">Next</span> and then uncheck the box + <span class="guilabel">Probe Foreign OS</span></p> + + + + + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Using an existing bootloader"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> <div> - <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="advancedOptionBootloader"></a>Napredne možnosti zagonskega nalagalnika - </h4> - </div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e947"></a>Using an existing bootloader + </h3> </div> </div> - - - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa52"></a>If you have very limited disk space for the <code class="literal">/</code> partition - that contains <code class="literal">/tmp</code>, click on - <span class="guibutton">Advanced</span> and check the box for <span class="guilabel">Clean /tmp - at each boot</span>. This helps to maintain some free space. - </p> - </div> + + + + <p>The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader + is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve + running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and + add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in + question. + </p> </div> - <div class="section" title="With an UEFI system"> + <div class="section" title="Using the chain loading"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e936"></a>With an UEFI system + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e950"></a>Using the chain loading </h3> </div> </div> @@ -216,24 +215,191 @@ - <p>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot - choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available. + <p>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but chain load it from another OS, + click on <span class="guibutton">Next</span>, then on + <span class="guibutton">Advanced</span> and Check the box <span class="guilabel">Do not touch ESP + or MBR</span>. </p> - <p>If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer - created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader - (Grub2-efi). If there was already UEFI operating systems previously - installed on your computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer - detected the existing ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although - it is possible to have several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever - the number of operating systems you have. + + + <p>You will get a warning that the bootloader will lack, ignore it by a click + on <span class="guibutton">OK</span>. </p> - <p>Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless really knowing what you do.</p> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Možnosti"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e967"></a>Možnosti + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="section" title="First page"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e969"></a>First page + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Delay before booting the default image</span>: This text box + lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is + started up. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Security</span>: This allows you to set a password for the + bootloader. This means other people can not enter single user mode or change + settings at the boot time. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Password</span>: This text box is where you actually put the + password + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Password (again)</span>: Retype the password and Drakx will + check that it matches with the one set above. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Advanced</span></p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable ACPI:</span> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power + Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by + stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Uncheck it be + useful, for example, if your computer does not support ACPI or if you think + the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance random + reboots or system lockups). + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable SMP</span>: This option enables / disables symmetric + multiprocessing for multi core processors. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable APIC</span>: Enabling or disabling this gives the + operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt + Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced + IRQ (Interrupt Request) management. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable Local APIC</span>: Here you can set local APIC, which + manage all external interrupts for some specific processor in an SMP system. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Next page"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e1001"></a>Next page + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Default:</span> Operating system started up by default + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Append:</span> This option lets you pass the kernel + information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Probe foreign OS</span>: see above <a class="link" href="setupBootloader.html#setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</a></p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Advanced</span></p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Video mode:</span> This sets the screen size and colour depth + the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered + other size and colour depth options. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="bold"><strong>Do not touch ESP or MBR</strong></span>: see above <a class="link" href="setupBootloader.html#setupChainLoading">Using the chain loading</a></p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> </div> diff --git a/sl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html b/sl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html index 0516de4..0a19a79 100644 --- a/sl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html +++ b/sl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> <link rel="prev" href="setupBootloader.html" title="Glavne možnosti zagonskega nalagalnika"> - <link rel="next" href="misc-params.html" title="Summary of miscellaneous parameters"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <link rel="next" href="misc-params.html" title="Povzetek raznih nastavitev"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } @@ -27,110 +27,25 @@ + <p>To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the + software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories). + </p> - <div class="section" title="With a Bios system"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e951"></a>With a Bios system - </h3> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <p>You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the - relevant button in the <span class="emphasis"><em>Bootloader Configuration</em></span> screen - and editing the screen that pops up on top of it. - </p> - - - <div class="note" title="Opomba" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Note"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Opomba]" src="note.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p>If you have chosen <code class="code">Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use - this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually - edit <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code class="code">grub-customizer</code> - instead. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - - - - <p>Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an - entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one. - </p> - - - <p>You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely.</p> - - - <p>The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a - choice while booting up. - </p> - - - <div class="warning" title="Pozor" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Warning"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Pozor]" src="warning.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't - just try something without knowing what you are doing. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="With an UEFI system"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e968"></a>With an UEFI system - </h3> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <p>In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit - entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit - <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code class="code">grub-customizer</code> - instead. All you can do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop - down list. - </p> - - - <p>After a click on the <span class="guibutton">Next</span> button, another drop down - list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical - boot loader. - </p> - - - + <div class="note" title="Opomba" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Opomba]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>For more information, see our wiki: <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia" target="_top">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</a></p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> </div> </div> diff --git a/sl/setupSCSI.html b/sl/setupSCSI.html index 179edcb..b18d078 100644 --- a/sl/setupSCSI.html +++ b/sl/setupSCSI.html @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> - <title>Setup SCSI</title> + <title>Nastavitev naprav SCSI</title> <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> @@ -13,24 +13,24 @@ table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } --></style></head> <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> - <div lang="sl" class="section" title="Setup SCSI"> + <div lang="sl" class="section" title="Nastavitev naprav SCSI"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h2 class="title"><a name="setupSCSI"></a>Setup SCSI + <h2 class="title"><a name="setupSCSI"></a>Nastavitev naprav SCSI </h2> </div> </div> </div> + - - - - - - - + + + + + + diff --git a/sl/soundConfig.html b/sl/soundConfig.html index 0abff26..c674eb0 100644 --- a/sl/soundConfig.html +++ b/sl/soundConfig.html @@ -22,7 +22,6 @@ </div> </div> </div> - @@ -33,22 +32,21 @@ <p>In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one. - </p> + <p>The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install you do encounter problems, then run <span class="command"><strong>draksound</strong></span> or start this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the <span class="guilabel">Hardware</span> tab and clicking on <span class="guilabel">Sound Configuration</span> at the top right of the screen. - </p> + <p>Then, in the draksound or "Sound Configuration" tool screen, click on <span class="guibutton">Advanced</span> and then on <span class="guibutton">Troubleshooting</span> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem. - </p> @@ -67,15 +65,12 @@ <p>Clicking <span class="guibutton">Advanced</span> in this screen, during install, is useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one. - </p> <p>In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on <span class="guibutton">Let me pick any driver</span>. - </p> - </div> diff --git a/sl/uninstall-Mageia.html b/sl/uninstall-Mageia.html index 6ea3c90..ad26c14 100644 --- a/sl/uninstall-Mageia.html +++ b/sl/uninstall-Mageia.html @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> - <title>Uninstalling Mageia</title> + <title>Odstrani Magejo</title> <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Namestitev s programom DrakX"> @@ -12,11 +12,11 @@ table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } --></style></head> <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> - <div lang="sl" class="section" title="Uninstalling Mageia"> + <div lang="sl" class="section" title="Odstrani Magejo"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h2 class="title"><a name="uninstall-Mageia"></a>Uninstalling Mageia + <h2 class="title"><a name="uninstall-Mageia"></a>Odstrani Magejo </h2> </div> </div> @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1206"></a>Howto + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1273"></a>Howto </h3> </div> </div> diff --git a/sq/Select-and-use-ISOs.html b/sq/Select-and-use-ISOs.html index 819bcef..84ff89f 100644 --- a/sq/Select-and-use-ISOs.html +++ b/sq/Select-and-use-ISOs.html @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Ata janë në gjendje të bëjnë një instalim të pastër ose një azhurnim nga + <p>Ata janë në gjendje të bëjnë një instalim të pastër ose një përditësimi nga lëshimet e mëparshme. </p> diff --git a/sq/add_supplemental_media.html b/sq/add_supplemental_media.html index 8520b5c..4a4be14 100644 --- a/sq/add_supplemental_media.html +++ b/sq/add_supplemental_media.html @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ <p>Zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë apo një URL të specifikuar (hyrje e parë). Me zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë, ju keni qasje në zgjedhjen e të gjitha depove të - menaxhuara nga Mageia, si jofalas, depot e njollosura dhe azhornimet. Me + menaxhuara nga Mageia, si jofalas, depot e njollosura dhe përditësime. Me URL, ju mund të caktojë një depo të veçantë ose vet instalimin tuaj NFS. </p> @@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ <p>Nëse ju përditësoni një instalim 64 bit i cili mund të përmbajë disa paketa 32 bit, është këshilluar përdorimi i këtij ekrani për të shtuar një pasqyrë - online duke klikuar një nga protokollet e rrjetit këtu. DVD 64 bit iso + në internet duke klikuar një nga protokollet e rrjetit këtu. DVD 64 bit iso përmban vetëm paketa 64 bit dhe noarch. Nuk do të jetë në gjendje për të - rinovuar paketat 32 bit. Megjithatë, pasi të shtoni një pasqyrë online, + rinovuar paketat 32 bit. Megjithatë, pasi të shtoni një pasqyrë në internet, instaluesi do të zbulojë paketa 32 bit të nevojshme aty. </p> diff --git a/sq/doPartitionDisks.html b/sq/doPartitionDisks.html index 3a0b1ec..baaafd0 100644 --- a/sq/doPartitionDisks.html +++ b/sq/doPartitionDisks.html @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ </p> - <p>"Align to" "MiB"</p> + <p>"Radhit në" "MiB"</p> <p>"Liro hapësirën mësipër (MiB)" "2"</p> diff --git a/sq/exitInstall.html b/sq/exitInstall.html index 67e10a4..46e0389 100644 --- a/sq/exitInstall.html +++ b/sq/exitInstall.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instalim me DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instalim me DrakX"> - <link rel="prev" href="installUpdates.html" title="Azhurnime"> + <link rel="prev" href="installUpdates.html" title="Përditësime"> <link rel="next" href="uninstall-Mageia.html" title="Ç'instalim Mageia"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } diff --git a/sq/index.html b/sq/index.html index 49810dd..3487249 100644 --- a/sq/index.html +++ b/sq/index.html @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="securityLevel.html">Niveli Sigurisë</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="installUpdates.html">Azhurnime</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="installUpdates.html">Përditësime</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="exitInstall.html">Urime</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html">Ç'instalim Mageia </a></span></dt> <dd> diff --git a/sq/installUpdates.html b/sq/installUpdates.html index 8e45df7..9e99cf7 100644 --- a/sq/installUpdates.html +++ b/sq/installUpdates.html @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"> - <title>Azhurnime</title> + <title>Përditësime</title> <meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"> <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instalim me DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instalim me DrakX"> @@ -13,11 +13,11 @@ table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } --></style></head> <body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"> - <div lang="sq" class="section" title="Azhurnime"> + <div lang="sq" class="section" title="Përditësime"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h2 class="title"><a name="installUpdates"></a>Azhurnime + <h2 class="title"><a name="installUpdates"></a>Përditësime </h2> </div> </div> @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ <p><a name="installUpdates-pa1"></a>Që nga ky version i <span class="application">Mageia</span> u lirua, disa paketa - duhet të ishin azhurnuar apo përmirësuar. + duhet të ishin përditësime apo përmirësuar. </p> diff --git a/sq/installer.html b/sq/installer.html index f3ee36c..37d39ce 100644 --- a/sq/installer.html +++ b/sq/installer.html @@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen - language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only) + <p>Gjuha (për instalimin e vetëm, mund të jet e ndryshme nga gjuha e zgjedhur + për sistemin), duke shtypur butonin F2 (Vetëm mënyra trashegimi) </p> @@ -78,10 +78,10 @@ <p>Përdorni butonat shigjetë për të zgjedhur gjuhën dhe shtypni butonin Enter.</p> - <p>Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live - DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <span class="guilabel">Rescue - System</span>, <span class="guilabel">Memory test</span> and <span class="guilabel">Hardware - Detection Tool</span>. + <p>Këtu është për shembull, ekrani mirëpritës Frengjisht kur duke përdorur një + DVD/CD. Vini re se menyja DVD/CD nuk propozon: <span class="guilabel">Sistemi i + Shpëtimit</span>, <span class="guilabel">Test memorie</span> dhe <span class="guilabel">Vegël + Zbulimi Pjesësh</span>. </p> @@ -104,23 +104,22 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Add some kernel options by pressing the <span class="bold"><strong>F6</strong></span> - key for the legacy mode or the <span class="bold"><strong>e</strong></span> key for - the UEFI mode. + <p>Shto disa opsione bërthame duke shtypur butonin<span class="bold"><strong>F6</strong></span> për mënyren trashegimi ose butonin <span class="bold"><strong>e</strong></span> për mënyren UEFI. </p> - <p>If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one - of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called - <span class="guilabel">Boot options</span> and propose four entries: + <p>Nëse instalimi dështon atëherë mund të jetë e nevojshme të provoni përsëri + duke përdorur një nga opsionet shtesë. Menyja e thirrur me F6 shfaq një + linjë e thirrut <span class="guilabel">Opsione ndezëse</span> the propozon katër + hyrje: </p> - <p>- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options.</p> + <p>- Parazgjedhur, kjo nuk ndryshon asgjë në opsionet e parazgjedhur.</p> - <p>- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of - performances. + <p>- Parametra Sigurta, prioritet i është dhënë opsioneve më të sigurta në dëm + të përformancës. </p> @@ -288,8 +287,8 @@ <p>Nëse diku gjatë instalimit ju vendosni për të ndalur instalimin, është e mundur për të rifilluar, por ju lutem mendoni dy herë para se të bëni - këtë. Pasi një ndarje është formatuar ose më të reja kanë filluar të - instaluari, kompjuteri juaj nuk është në të njëjtën gjendje dhe rifillimi i + këtë. Pasi një ndarje është formatuar ose përditësime e reja kanë filluar të + instalohen, kompjuteri juaj nuk është në të njëjtën gjendje dhe rifillimi i asaj shumë mirë mund të prishet nga ju dhe të jetë një sistem i papërdorshëm . Nëse, me gjithë këtë ju jeni shumë të sigurt për rifillimin dhe kjo është ajo që ju doni, shkoni në një terminal tekst duke shtypur tre çelësat diff --git a/sq/securityLevel.html b/sq/securityLevel.html index 976384f..9d953fd 100644 --- a/sq/securityLevel.html +++ b/sq/securityLevel.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ <link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Instalim me DrakX"> <link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Instalim me DrakX"> <link rel="prev" href="soundConfig.html" title="Konfigurimi zërit"> - <link rel="next" href="installUpdates.html" title="Azhurnime"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> + <link rel="next" href="installUpdates.html" title="Përditësime"><style xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" type="text/css"> <!-- body { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } table { font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 13px } diff --git a/sv/Select-and-use-ISOs.html b/sv/Select-and-use-ISOs.html index 07a1b8e..d0d3299 100644 --- a/sv/Select-and-use-ISOs.html +++ b/sv/Select-and-use-ISOs.html @@ -196,50 +196,6 @@ </div> </div> - - - <div class="section" title="DVD för multiarkitektur"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>DVD för multiarkitektur - </h5> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <div class="itemizedlist"> - <ul class="itemizedlist"> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Båda arkitekturerna finns på samma medium, valet görs automatiskt efter - identifierad processor. - </p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Använder endast XFCE-skrivbordsmiljö.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Alla språk är inte tillgängliga. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, - pt, ru, sv, uk) SKA KONTROLLERAS! - </p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Den innehåller icke-fri programvara.</p> - - </li> - </ul> - </div> - - </div> </div> @@ -248,7 +204,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e67"></a>Live media + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>Live media </h4> </div> </div> @@ -260,7 +216,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e69"></a>Vanliga funktioner + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e58"></a>Vanliga funktioner </h5> </div> </div> @@ -279,7 +235,7 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Varje ISO innehåller enbart en skrivbordsmiljö (KDE eller GNOME).</p> + <p>Varje ISO innehåller endast en skrivbordsmiljö (KDE, GOME eller Xfce).</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -305,11 +261,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Live CD KDE"> + <div class="section" title="Live DVD Plasma"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e83"></a>Live CD KDE + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e72"></a>Live DVD Plasma </h5> </div> </div> @@ -321,17 +277,17 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Endast skrivbordsmiljön KDE.</p> + <p>Endast skrivbordsmiljön Plasma.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Endast på engelska.</p> + <p>Alla språk finns med.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Endast 32-bitars.</p> + <p>Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitekturer.</p> </li> </ul> @@ -340,11 +296,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Live CD GNOME"> + <div class="section" title="Live DVD GNOME"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e92"></a>Live CD GNOME + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e81"></a>Live DVD GNOME </h5> </div> </div> @@ -361,41 +317,6 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Endast på engelska.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Endast 32-bitars.</p> - - </li> - </ul> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="Live DVD KDE"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>Live DVD KDE - </h5> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <div class="itemizedlist"> - <ul class="itemizedlist"> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Endast skrivbordsmiljön KDE.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - <p>Alla språk finns med.</p> </li> @@ -410,11 +331,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Live DVD GNOME"> + <div class="section" title="Live DVD Xfce"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e110"></a>Live DVD GNOME + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e90"></a>Live DVD Xfce </h5> </div> </div> @@ -426,7 +347,7 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Endast skrivbordsmiljön GNOME.</p> + <p>Endast skrivbordsmiljön Xfce.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -451,7 +372,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e119"></a>Endast bootbar CD-media + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e99"></a>Endast bootbar CD-media </h4> </div> </div> @@ -463,7 +384,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e121"></a>Vanliga funktioner + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>Vanliga funktioner </h5> </div> </div> @@ -506,11 +427,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="boot.iso"> + <div class="section" title="netinstall.iso"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e132"></a>boot.iso + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e112"></a>netinstall.iso </h5> </div> </div> @@ -531,11 +452,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="boot-nonfree.iso"> + <div class="section" title="netinstall-nonfree.iso"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e137"></a>boot-nonfree.iso + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e117"></a>netinstall-nonfree.iso </h5> </div> </div> @@ -566,7 +487,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e142"></a>Laddar ner och kontrollerar media + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e122"></a>Laddar ner och kontrollerar media </h3> </div> </div> @@ -578,7 +499,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e144"></a>Hämtar + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e124"></a>Hämtar </h4> </div> </div> @@ -612,7 +533,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e156"></a>Kontrollerar integritet av hämtat media + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e136"></a>Kontrollerar integritet av hämtat media </h4> </div> </div> @@ -659,7 +580,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e169"></a>Bränn eller dumpa ISO-filen. + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e149"></a>Bränn eller dumpa ISO-filen. </h3> </div> </div> @@ -677,7 +598,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e172"></a>Att bränna ISO-filen till en CD/DVD + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e152"></a>Att bränna ISO-filen till en CD/DVD </h4> </div> </div> @@ -698,7 +619,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e177"></a>Dumpa ISOn till ett USB-minne + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e157"></a>Dumpa ISOn till ett USB-minne </h4> </div> </div> @@ -740,7 +661,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e183"></a>Använda ett grafiskt verktyg i Mageia + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e163"></a>Använda ett grafiskt verktyg i Mageia </h5> </div> </div> @@ -757,7 +678,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e187"></a>Använda ett grafiskt verktyg i Windows + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e167"></a>Använda ett grafiskt verktyg i Windows </h5> </div> </div> @@ -783,7 +704,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e194"></a>Använda kommandoraden i ett GNU/Linux-system + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e174"></a>Använda kommandoraden i ett GNU/Linux-system </h5> </div> </div> diff --git a/sv/addUser.html b/sv/addUser.html index 1e2159d..86f0b28 100644 --- a/sv/addUser.html +++ b/sv/addUser.html @@ -29,20 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - <div class="section" title="Ställ in ett administratörs (root) -lösenord:"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -159,25 +145,14 @@ <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - <p>De användare som du lägger till under installationen av Mageia kommer att ha - en hemkatalog som är läsbar (men skrivskyddad ) av alla. - </p> - - - <p>Däremot kommer de användare som du lägger till i efterhand i <span class="emphasis"><em>MCC - - System - Hantera användare i systemet</em></span> att ha en hemkatalog som - är både läs -och skrivskyddad. - </p> - - - <p>Om du inte vill ha en hemkatalog som är läsbar för alla bör du enbart lägga - till en temporär användare nu, och lägga till de verkliga efter omstarten. + <p>De användare som du lägger till när du installerar Mageia kommer att ha en + hemkatalog med läs och skrivrättigheter (umask=0027). </p> - <p>Om du föredrar hemkataloger som är läsbara för alla så kan du lägga till - alla extra användare i <span class="emphasis"><em>konfigurationsöversikten</em></span> i - slutet av installationen. Välj <span class="emphasis"><em>Användarhantering</em></span>. + <p>Du kan lägga till fler användare i + <span class="emphasis"><em>konfigureringsöversikten</em></span> under installationen. Välj + <span class="emphasis"><em>Användarhantering</em></span>. </p> diff --git a/sv/chooseDesktop.html b/sv/chooseDesktop.html index 1745c3d..c822796 100644 --- a/sv/chooseDesktop.html +++ b/sv/chooseDesktop.html @@ -22,30 +22,25 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - - + - + <p>Beroende på vad du väljer här så kan det finnas fler steg för att finjustera ditt val. </p> - + <p>När alla val är gjorda visas ett bildspel under paketinstallationen. Bildspelet kan stängas av genom att klicka på knappen <span class="guilabel">Detaljer</span>. </p> + - - - - + <p>Välj antingen <span class="application">KDE</span> eller <span class="application">Gnome</span> som skrivbordsmiljö beroende på vilken du tycker om. Bägge kommer med användbara verktyg och applikationer. Kryssa i @@ -54,7 +49,7 @@ medföljer. <span class="application">LXDE</span> är lättare än de två tidigare, med mindre ögongodis och färre programpaket installerade som standard. </p> - + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/sv/choosePackageGroups.html b/sv/choosePackageGroups.html index 7a888cd..4463a00 100644 --- a/sv/choosePackageGroups.html +++ b/sv/choosePackageGroups.html @@ -22,51 +22,51 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - + + - + <p>Paketen har sorterats i grupper så att du lättare kan välja vad du behöver för ditt system. Grupperna är ganska självförklarande, men mer information för varje paket visas som ett verktygstips när du drar markören över dem. </p> - + <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Arbetsstation.</p> + <p>Arbetsstation.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Server.</p> + <p>Server.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Grafisk miljö.</p> + <p>Grafisk miljö.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - + <p>Individuellt paketval: Du kan använda det här alternativet för att manuellt lägga till eller ta bort paket. </p> - + </li> </ul> </div> - - <p>Läs <a class="xref" href="minimal-install.html" title="Minimal installation">”Minimal installation”</a> för instruktioner om hur du - utför en minimal installation utan X & IceVM. - </p> + + <p>Läs igenom <a class="xref" href="minimal-install.html" title="Minimal installation">”Minimal installation”</a> för anvisningar om hur du utför + en minimal installation, med eller utan X & IceWM. + </p> + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/sv/diskdrake.html b/sv/diskdrake.html index 4beb556..beaba40 100644 --- a/sv/diskdrake.html +++ b/sv/diskdrake.html @@ -29,18 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - <div class="warning" title="Varning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> <tr> @@ -102,8 +90,8 @@ <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - <p>Om du installerar Mageia på ett UEFI-system, se till att en ESP (EFI - sytempartition) är tillgänglig och korrekt monterad på /boot/EFI (se ovan). + <p>Om du installerar Mageia på ett UEFI-system, kontrollera att en ESP (EFI + -systempartition) är närvarande och korrekt monterad på /boot/EFI (se nedan) </p> @@ -114,6 +102,27 @@ </table> </div> + + <div class="note" title="Notera" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Notera]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Om du installerar Mageia på ett Legacy/GPT-system, kontrollera så att det + finns en BIOS boot-partition av korrekt typ. + </p> + + + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/sv/doPartitionDisks.html b/sv/doPartitionDisks.html index 4f971b5..5d4a0bd 100644 --- a/sv/doPartitionDisks.html +++ b/sv/doPartitionDisks.html @@ -42,6 +42,8 @@ + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa3"></a></p> <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -101,6 +103,8 @@ </p> + + </li> </ul> @@ -222,6 +226,34 @@ </div> + <div class="note" title="Notera" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Notera]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Om du använder ett äldre Legacy-system (även kallat CSM eller BIOS) med en + GPT sisk så måste du skapa en boot-partition om det inte redan finns en. Den + är ca. 1MB stor utan någon monteringspunkt. Välj alternativet "anpassad + diskpartitionering" för att skapa den med installationsprogrammet precis som + med vilken annan partition. Välj BIOS boot- partition som filsystem. + </p> + + + + + + + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + <div class="warning" title="Varning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> <tr> diff --git a/sv/exitInstall.html b/sv/exitInstall.html index 1334b84..0b19d67 100644 --- a/sv/exitInstall.html +++ b/sv/exitInstall.html @@ -22,16 +22,11 @@ </div> </div> </div> - - - - - - + + - <p><a name="exitInstall-pa1"></a>Du är nu klar med installationen och konfigureringen av @@ -46,19 +41,17 @@ <p><a name="exitInstall-pa3"></a>Om du inte ändrade inställningarna för starthanteraren så kommer Mageia att - väljas och starta automatiskt. + väljas och starta automatiskt. </p> - + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa4"></a>Njut! </p> - + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa5"></a>Besök www.mageia.org om du har några frågor eller om du vill bidra till - Mageia + Mageia </p> - - </div> </body> diff --git a/sv/index.html b/sv/index.html index fead8d0..387a373 100644 --- a/sv/index.html +++ b/sv/index.html @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ <dl> <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e19">Presentation</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e29">Media</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e142">Laddar ner och kontrollerar media</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e169">Bränn eller dumpa ISO-filen.</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e122">Laddar ner och kontrollerar media</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e149">Bränn eller dumpa ISO-filen.</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="installer.html">DrakX, Mageias installerare</a></span></dt> @@ -75,17 +75,14 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html">Huvudalternativ för startshanteraren</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e899">Med ett BIOS-system</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e936">Med ett UEFI-system</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e900">Gränssnitt för starthanteraren</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e930">Använder en startshanterare från Mageia</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e947">Använder en befintlig startshanterare</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e950">Using the chain loading</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e967">Alternativ</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html">Lägg till eller ändra en post i bootmenyn</a></span></dt> - <dd> - <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e951">Med ett BIOS-system</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e968">Med ett UEFI-system</a></span></dt> - </dl> - </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html">Sammanfattning av diverse parametrar</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> @@ -116,7 +113,7 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html">Avinstallera Mageia</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1204">Guide</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1272">Guide</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> </dl> diff --git a/sv/misc-params.html b/sv/misc-params.html index 6af9d1d..d072e62 100644 --- a/sv/misc-params.html +++ b/sv/misc-params.html @@ -29,28 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - <p><a name="misc-params-pa1"></a>DrakX har gjort smarta val för att konfigurera ditt system beroende på de val som du har gjort och på hårdvaran som DrakX har hittat. Du kan kontrollera inställningarna här och ändra dem om du vill efteråt genom att @@ -58,6 +36,44 @@ </p> + <div class="note" title="Notera" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Notera]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them + with 3 exceptions: + </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>there are known issues with a default setting</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>the default setting has already been tried and it fails</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>something else is said in the detailed sections below</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + <div class="section" title="Systemparametrar"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -99,7 +115,7 @@ </p> - <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4b"></a>Ändra inget om du inte vet hur man konfigurerar Grub och/eller Lilo + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4b"></a>Ändra ingenting om du inte vet hur man konfigurerar Grub2 </p> @@ -164,6 +180,25 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa1a"></a>Det är här som du ställer in eller ändrar din tangentbordslayout som baseras på var du befinner dig, språk eller typ av tangentbord. </p> + + + <div class="note" title="Notera" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Notera]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Tänk på att om du har en felaktig tangentbordslayout och vill ändra den så + kommer lösenorden också att ändras. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -182,7 +217,7 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3"></a><span class="guilabel">Ljudkort</span>: </p> - + <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3a"></a>Installationsprogrammet använder en standard drivrutin om en sådan finns. Möjligheten att välja en annan ges bara när det finns mer än en drivrutin för ditt ljudkort men där ingen av dem är standard. @@ -319,8 +354,8 @@ </p> - <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa2b"></a>Välj de tjänster som du vill ska få tillgång till ditt system. Det du väljer - beror på vad du använder din dator till. + <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa2b"></a>Välj vilka tjänster som du vill ha på ditt system. Det du väljer beror på + vad du kommer att använda din dator till. Du hittar mer information på <a class="xref" href="">???</a>. </p> diff --git a/sv/selectCountry.html b/sv/selectCountry.html index ffa13ba..70f6449 100644 --- a/sv/selectCountry.html +++ b/sv/selectCountry.html @@ -22,29 +22,24 @@ </div> </div> </div> + + + - - - - - - - - - - <p><a name="selectCountry-pa1"></a>Välj ditt land eller region. Det är viktigt för alla typer av - inställningar, så som valutan och trådlös regulär domän. Att ställa in fel - land kan leda till att en trådlös nätverksanslutning inte fungerar. + + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa1"></a>Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, + like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country + can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network. </p> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa2"></a>Om ditt land inte finns i listan så klicka på knappen <span class="guilabel">Andra länder</span> och välj ditt land / region där. </p> - + <div class="note" title="Notera" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> <tr> @@ -53,19 +48,19 @@ </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa3"></a>Om ditt land enbart finns i listan över <span class="guilabel">Andra länder</span> efter att du har klickat på <span class="guibutton">OK</span> så kan det verka som att ett land från första listan har valts. DrakX kommer att följa ditt riktiga val så ignorera detta. </p> - + </td> </tr> </table> </div> - + <div class="section" title="Inmatningsmetod"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -75,23 +70,19 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - <p><a name="selectCountry-pa4"></a>I fönstret <span class="guilabel">Andra länder</span> kan du också välja en - inmatningsmetod (längst ner i listan). Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare - att mata in flerspråkiga karaktärer (Kinesiska, Japanska, Koreanska, - osv). IBus är den huvudsakliga inmatningsmetoden i Mageia's DVD:er, - Afrika/Indien och Asien/icke-Indien Live CD-skivor. För Asiatiska och - Afrikanska språkversioner, kommer IBus att anges som huvudsaklig - inmatningsmetod så användare bör inte behöva konfigurera detta - manuellt. Andra inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, osv) erbjuder också - liknander funktioner och kan installeras om du lade till HTTP/FTP-medier - innan paketvalen. + + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa4"></a>In the <span class="guilabel">Other Countries</span> screen you can also select an + input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input + multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the + default input method, so users should not need to configure it + manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar + functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package + selection. </p> - + <div class="note" title="Notera" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> <tr> @@ -100,19 +91,19 @@ </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="selectCountry-pa5"></a>Om du missade att ställa in inmatningsmetod under installationen så kan du - göra det efter att du startat ditt system via "Konfigurera din dator" -> - "System", eller genom att köra localedrake som root. - </p> + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa5"></a>If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it + after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" -> + "System", or by running localedrake as root. + </p> + </td> </tr> </table> </div> - + </div> - + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/sv/setupBootloader.html b/sv/setupBootloader.html index 642ca40..56e899c 100644 --- a/sv/setupBootloader.html +++ b/sv/setupBootloader.html @@ -29,13 +29,11 @@ - - - <div class="section" title="Med ett BIOS-system"> + <div class="section" title="Gränssnitt för starthanteraren"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e899"></a>Med ett BIOS-system + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e900"></a>Gränssnitt för starthanteraren </h3> </div> </div> @@ -43,15 +41,25 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa1"></a>Om du föredrar olika inställningar för starthanteraren för de som är - automatiskt valda av installationen så kan du ändra dessa här. - </p> + <p>Som standard använder Mageia endast:</p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa2"></a>Du har kanske redan ett operativsystem på din dator, i så fall måste du - välja om du vill lägga till Mageia in den existerande starthanteraren, eller - tillåta Mageia att skapa en ny. - </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2 (med eller utan grafisk meny) för ett Legacy/MBR eller + Legacy/GPT-system. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2-efi för ett UEFI-system.</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> <div class="tip" title="Tips" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> @@ -71,11 +79,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Använder en startshanterare från Mageia"> + <div class="section" title="Grub2 för ett Legacy/MBR eller Legacy/GPT-system."> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="usingMageiaBootloader"></a>Använder en startshanterare från Mageia + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e910"></a>Grub2 för ett Legacy/MBR eller Legacy/GPT-system. </h4> </div> </div> @@ -83,50 +91,20 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa4"></a>Som standard kommer Mageia att skriva en ny GRUB (legacy)-starthanterare på - MBR (Master Boot Record) på din första hårddisk. Om du redan har andra - operativsystem installerade kommer Mageia att försöka lägga till dem i din - nya startmeny. - </p> - <p>Mageia erbjuder nu även GRUB2 som en valfri starthanterare tillsammans med - GRUB legacy och Lilo. - </p> - <div class="warning" title="Varning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Warning"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Varning]" src="warning.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa6"></a>Linuxsystem som använder GRUB2-starthanterare stöds för närvarande inte av - GRUB (legacy) och kommer inte att kännas igen om standard starthanterare som - används är GRUB. - </p> - - - <p>Den bästa lösningen här är att använda GRUB2 som starthanterare, som är - tillgänglig på översiktssidan under installation. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> + <p>Ändra inte din "startenhet" om du inte verkligen vet vad du gör.</p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Använder en befintlig startshanterare"> + <div class="section" title="Grub2-efi för ett UEFI-system."> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="usingExistingBootloader"></a>Använder en befintlig startshanterare + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e919"></a>Grub2-efi för ett UEFI-system. </h4> </div> </div> @@ -134,81 +112,103 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa46"></a>Om du bestämmer dig för att använda en befintlig starthanterare måste du - komma ihåg att STANNA på översiktssidan under installationen. Klicka på - knappen <span class="guibutton">Konfigurera</span> för starthanterare där du kan - ändra var du vill installera starthanteraren. + <p>På ett UEFI-system är användargränssnittet lite annorlunda eftersom du inte + kan välja mellan text eller grafisk meny. </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa47"></a>Välj inte en enhet, t. ex. "sda" för då kommer du att skriva över din - nuvarande MBR. Du måste välja root-partitionen som du valde under - installationen tidigare, t. ex. sda7. - </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48"></a>För att klargöra, sda är en enhet, sda7 är en partition på den enheten. - </p> - <div class="tip" title="Tips" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Tip"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Tips]" src="tip.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48a"></a>Gå till tty2 med Ctrl+Alt+F2 och skriv <code class="literal">df</code> för att - kontrollera vilken din <code class="literal">/</code> (root) partition är. Ctrl+Alt+F7 - tar dig tillbaka till installationen. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> + <p>If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer + created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader + (Grub2-efi). If there was already UEFI operating systems previously + installed on your computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer + detected the existing ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it + is possible to have several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever + the number of operating systems you have. + </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa49"></a>Den exakta proceduren för att lägga till ditt Mageia-system i en befintlig - starthanterare är utanför ramen av denna hjälp. I de felsta fall innebär det - att köra installationsprogrammet för starthanteraren som bör hitta och lägga - till det automatiskt. Se dokumentationen för operativsystemet i fråga. - </p> + <p>Ändra inte din "startenhet" om du inte verkligen vet vad du gör.</p> </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Använder en startshanterare från Mageia"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e930"></a>Använder en startshanterare från Mageia + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + - <div class="section" title="Avancerat alternativ för starthanteraren"> - <div class="titlepage"> + <p>Som standard baserat på ditt system så kommer Mageia att skriva en ny:</p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>En GRUB2 starthanterare på antingen MBR (Master Boot Record) på din första + hårddisk, eller på BIOS boot-partitionen. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>En Grub2-efi starthanterare på ESP</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + + <p>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to + add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, + click on <span class="guibutton">Next</span> and then uncheck the box + <span class="guilabel">Probe Foreign OS</span></p> + + + + + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Använder en befintlig startshanterare"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> <div> - <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="advancedOptionBootloader"></a>Avancerat alternativ för starthanteraren - </h4> - </div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e947"></a>Använder en befintlig startshanterare + </h3> </div> </div> - - - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa52"></a>Om du har begränsat lagringsutrymme för <code class="literal">/</code>-partitionen som - innehåller <code class="literal">/tmp</code>, klicka på - <span class="guibutton">Avancerat</span> och kryssa i rutan <span class="guilabel">Rensa /tmp vid - varje start</span>. Det hjälper till att upprätthålla en viss mängd - ledigt utrymme. - </p> - </div> + + + + <p>Den exakta proceduren för att lägga till ditt Mageia-system i en befintlig + starthanterare är utanför ramen av denna hjälp. I de felsta fall innebär det + att köra installationsprogrammet för starthanteraren som bör hitta och lägga + till det automatiskt. Se dokumentationen för operativsystemet i fråga. + </p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Med ett UEFI-system"> + <div class="section" title="Using the chain loading"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e936"></a>Med ett UEFI-system + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e950"></a>Using the chain loading </h3> </div> </div> @@ -216,25 +216,191 @@ - <p>På ett UEFI-system är användargränssnittet lite annorlunda eftersom du inte - kan välja starthanterare, det är bara Grub2-efi som är tillgänglig. + <p>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but chain load it from another OS, + click on <span class="guibutton">Next</span>, then on + <span class="guibutton">Advanced</span> and Check the box <span class="guilabel">Do not touch ESP + or MBR</span>. </p> - <p>Om Mageia är det första installerade operativsystemet på din dator så har - installationsprogrammet redan skapat en ESP (EFI Systempartition) för att ta - emot starthanteraren (Grub2-efi). Om det redan fanns ett UEFI-operativsystem - installerat på din dator (t. ex. Windows 8) så har Mageias - installationsprogram redan hittat den existerande ESP-partitionen som - Windows har skapat, och lagt till grub2-efi. Man kan ha mer än en - ESP-partition men enbart en rekommenderas och är tillräcklig oavsett hur - många operativsystem du har. + + + <p>You will get a warning that the bootloader will lack, ignore it by a click + on <span class="guibutton">OK</span>. </p> - <p>Ändra inte din "startenhet" om du inte verkligen vet vad du gör.</p> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Alternativ"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e967"></a>Alternativ + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="section" title="Första sidan"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e969"></a>Första sidan + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Delay before booting the default image</span>: This text box + lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is + started up. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Security</span>: This allows you to set a password for the + bootloader. This means other people can not enter single user mode or change + settings at the boot time. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Password</span>: This text box is where you actually put the + password + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Password (again)</span>: Retype the password and Drakx will + check that it matches with the one set above. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Avancerat</span></p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable ACPI:</span> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power + Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by + stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Uncheck it be + useful, for example, if your computer does not support ACPI or if you think + the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance random + reboots or system lockups). + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable SMP</span>: This option enables / disables symmetric + multiprocessing for multi core processors. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable APIC</span>: Enabling or disabling this gives the + operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt + Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced + IRQ (Interrupt Request) management. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable Local APIC</span>: Here you can set local APIC, which + manage all external interrupts for some specific processor in an SMP system. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Nästa sida"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e1001"></a>Nästa sida + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Default:</span> Operating system started up by default + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Append:</span> This option lets you pass the kernel + information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Probe foreign OS</span>: see above <a class="link" href="setupBootloader.html#setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</a></p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Avancerat</span></p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Video mode:</span> This sets the screen size and colour depth + the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered + other size and colour depth options. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="bold"><strong>Do not touch ESP or MBR</strong></span>: see above <a class="link" href="setupBootloader.html#setupChainLoading">Using the chain loading</a></p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> </div> diff --git a/sv/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html b/sv/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html index fb806b8..a588c03 100644 --- a/sv/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html +++ b/sv/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html @@ -27,113 +27,25 @@ + <p>To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the + software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories). + </p> - <div class="section" title="Med ett BIOS-system"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e951"></a>Med ett BIOS-system - </h3> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <p>Du kan lägga till en post eller redigera förstavalet genom att klicka på - tillhörande knapp på skrärmen för <span class="emphasis"><em>Konfigurering av - starthanterare</em></span> och ändra i fönstret som dyker upp. - </p> - - - <div class="note" title="Notera" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Note"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Notera]" src="note.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p>Om du har du valt <code class="code">Grub 2</code> som starthanterare så kan du inte - använda det här verktyget för att ändra poster i det här steget. Klicka på - 'Nästa'. Du måste ändra i <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> manuellt eller - använda <code class="code">grub-customizer</code>. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - - - - <p>Några saker som kan ändras utan risk är att ändra etiketten av en post och - markera kryssrutan för att ange den som ska vara standard. - </p> - - - <p>Du kan lägga till ett korrekt versionsnummer för en post eller döpa om det - helt. - </p> - - - <p>Standardposten är det som systemet startar om du inte gör ett val när du - startar datorn. - </p> - - - <div class="warning" title="Varning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Warning"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Varning]" src="warning.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p>Om du redigerar andra inställningar utan att veta vad du gör kan resultera i - ett system som inte går att starta. Var snäll och ändra inget om du inte vet - vad du gör. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="Med ett UEFI-system"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e968"></a>Med ett UEFI-system - </h3> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <p>I det här fallet använder du Grub2-efi och du kan inte använda detta verktyg - för att ändra i det här steget. För att göra ändringar måste du manuellt - redigera i <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> eller använda - grub-customizer. Det enda du kan göra här är att välja standardposten i - rullgardinsmenyn. - </p> - - - <p>När du klickat på knappen <span class="guibutton">Nästa</span> kommer du att se en - annan rullgardinsmeny där du kan välja upplösning i Grub2 som är en grafisk - starthanterare. - </p> - - - + <div class="note" title="Notera" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Notera]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Mer information hittar du i vår wiki: <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia" target="_top">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</a></p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> </div> </div> diff --git a/sv/soundConfig.html b/sv/soundConfig.html index 8ac6d0c..67f67aa 100644 --- a/sv/soundConfig.html +++ b/sv/soundConfig.html @@ -22,7 +22,6 @@ </div> </div> </div> - @@ -32,21 +31,20 @@ <p>På den här sidan visas namnet på drivrutinen som installationsprogrammet valt för ditt ljudkort som blir standard drivrutin, om vi har en sådan. - </p> + <p>Standard drivrutin bör fungera utan problem. Men om du efter installationen stöter på problem, kör <span class="command"><strong>draksound</strong></span> eller starta verktyget via MKC (Mageias Kontrollcentral) genom att välja fliken <span class="guilabel">Hårdvara</span> längst upp till höger på sidan. - </p> + <p>När du är i draksound eller "Ljudkonfiguration" under verktyg, klicka på <span class="guibutton">Avancerat</span> och sedan på <span class="guibutton">Felsökning</span> för att se användbara tips och råd om hur problemet kan lösas. - </p> @@ -66,15 +64,12 @@ installation kan vara bra om det inte finns någon standard drivrutin, och där är flera andra tillgängliga men du tror att installationsprogrammet har valt en felaktig drivrutin. - </p> <p>I det fallet kan du välja en annan drivrutin efter att ha klickat på <span class="guibutton">Låt mig välja drivrutin</span>. - </p> - </div> diff --git a/sv/uninstall-Mageia.html b/sv/uninstall-Mageia.html index f3ef274..857b819 100644 --- a/sv/uninstall-Mageia.html +++ b/sv/uninstall-Mageia.html @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1204"></a>Guide + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1272"></a>Guide </h3> </div> </div> diff --git a/tr/Select-and-use-ISOs.html b/tr/Select-and-use-ISOs.html index b783a91..2a8092b 100644 --- a/tr/Select-and-use-ISOs.html +++ b/tr/Select-and-use-ISOs.html @@ -23,9 +23,7 @@ </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="Giriş"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -37,15 +35,12 @@ </div> </div> - <p>Mageia, ISO kalıp dosyaları yoluyla dağıtılmaktadır. Bu sayfa ihtiyaçlarınız doğrultusunda hangi kalıp dosyasını seçeceğinize yardımcı olacaktır. </p> - <p>İki tür kurulum ortamı mevcuttur:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -69,12 +64,10 @@ </li> </ul> </div> - <p>Ayrıntılar ilerleyen bölümlerde verilmiştir.</p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Ortam"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -86,7 +79,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Açıklama"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -98,20 +90,17 @@ </div> </div> - <p>Burada sözü edilen ortam, Mageia'yı kurmaya ve/veya yükseltmeye olanak sağlayan bir ISO imaj dosyasıdır ve herhangi bir fiziksel desteğe bağlı olarak kopyalanan ISO dosyasıdır. </p> - <p>Ortamları <a class="ulink" href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" target="_top">burada</a> bulabilirsiniz. </p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Klasik kurulum ortamı"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -123,7 +112,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Ortak özellikler"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -135,7 +123,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -153,7 +140,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="DVD"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -165,13 +151,12 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>32 veya 64 bit mimari için faklı ortamlar. </p> + <p>32 veya 64 bit mimari için farklı ortamlar.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -197,77 +182,30 @@ </div> </div> - - - <div class="section" title="DVD dual arch"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>DVD dual arch - </h5> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <div class="itemizedlist"> - <ul class="itemizedlist"> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Her iki mimari de aynı ortam üzerindedir, seçim CPU testine göre otomatik - olarak yapılır. - </p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Yalnız Xfce masaüstü kullanılır.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Tüm diller mevcut değildir. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, - sv, uk) DİLLERİ BULUNMAKTADIR! - </p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Özgür olmayan yazılım içerir.</p> - - </li> - </ul> - </div> - - </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Canlı Ortam"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e67"></a>Canlı Ortam + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>Canlı Ortam </h4> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Ortak özellikler"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e69"></a>Ortak özellikler + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e58"></a>Ortak özellikler </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -280,7 +218,7 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Her bir ISO yalnız bir masaüstü ortamı içerir (KDE veya Gnome).</p> + <p>Her bir ISO yalnız bir masaüstü ortamı içerir (KDE, Gnome veya Xfce).</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -304,54 +242,50 @@ </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="Canlı CD KDE"> + <div class="section" title="Canlı DVD Plasma"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e83"></a>Canlı CD KDE + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e72"></a>Canlı DVD Plasma </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Yalnız KDE masaüstü ortamı.</p> + <p>Yalnız Plasma masaüstü ortamı.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Yalnız İngilizce.</p> + <p>Tüm diller mevcuttur.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Sadece 32 bit.</p> + <p>32 veya 64 bit mimari için farklı ortamlar.</p> </li> </ul> </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="Canlı CD GNOME"> + <div class="section" title="Canlı DVD GNOME"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e92"></a>Canlı CD GNOME + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e81"></a>Canlı DVD GNOME </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -362,41 +296,6 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Yalnız İngilizce.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Sadece 32 bit.</p> - - </li> - </ul> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="Canlı DVD KDE"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>Canlı DVD KDE - </h5> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <div class="itemizedlist"> - <ul class="itemizedlist"> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Yalnız KDE masaüstü ortamı.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - <p>Tüm diller mevcuttur.</p> </li> @@ -409,25 +308,23 @@ </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="Canlı DVD GNOME"> + <div class="section" title="Canlı DVD Xfce"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e110"></a>Canlı DVD GNOME + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e90"></a>Canlı DVD Xfce </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Yalnız GNOME masaüstü ortamı.</p> + <p>Yalnız Xfce masaüstü ortamı.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -446,31 +343,28 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Boot-only CD ortamı"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e119"></a>Boot-only CD ortamı + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e99"></a>Boot-only CD ortamı </h4> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Ortak özellikler"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e121"></a>Ortak özellikler + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>Ortak özellikler </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -504,19 +398,17 @@ </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="boot.iso"> + <div class="section" title="netinstall.iso"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e132"></a>boot.iso + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e112"></a>netinstall.iso </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -531,19 +423,17 @@ </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="boot-nonfree.iso"> + <div class="section" title="netinstall-nonfree.iso"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e137"></a>boot-nonfree.iso + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e117"></a>netinstall-nonfree.iso </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -562,31 +452,28 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Ortamları indirme ve kontrol etme"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e142"></a>Ortamları indirme ve kontrol etme + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e122"></a>Ortamları indirme ve kontrol etme </h3> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="İndirme"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e144"></a>İndirme + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e124"></a>İndirme </h4> </div> </div> </div> - <p>ISO dosyanızı seçer seçmez dosyayı http veya BitTorrent kullanarak indirebilirsiniz. Her iki durumda da bazı bilgiler içeren bi pencere @@ -594,101 +481,86 @@ değiştirme imkanı sağlamak gibi. Eğer http seçildiyse şöyle bir şey görebilirsiniz </p> - - <p>md5sum ve sha1sum araçları ISO kalıbının bütünlüğünü denetlemeye yarayan araçlardır. Sadece bunlardan birinİ kullanın. Yine birini <a class="link" href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#integrity">başka zaman kullanmak üzere</a> kayıtlı tutun. Sonrasında şu pencere görüntülenir: </p> - - <p>Sabit diske kaydet seçeneğini işaretleyin.</p> </div> - <div class="section" title="İndirilen ortamın bütünlüğünü kontrol etme"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e156"></a>İndirilen ortamın bütünlüğünü kontrol etme + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e136"></a>İndirilen ortamın bütünlüğünü kontrol etme </h4> </div> </div> </div> - - <p>Onaltılık sayılar indirilecek dosyadan bir algoritma tarafından - hesaplanır. İndirdiğiniz dosyadan bu numarayı hesaplamak için algoritmayı - sorguladığınızda, sayfadaki numara dosyanızla aynı ise indirdiğiniz dosya - doğrudur, sayfadaki numara dosyanızdan farklı ise indirdiğiniz dosya - yanlıştır. Sonuç yanlışsa dosyayı tekrar indirmeniz gerekmektedir. + <p>Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the + file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this + number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your + downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a + failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a + repair using BitTorrent. </p> - <p>Konsolu açın -root olmanıza gerek yok- ve aşağıdaki komutlardan birini kullanın: </p> - <p>md5sum kullanmak için: [sam@localhost]$ <strong class="userinput"><code>md5sum imaj/dosyasının/bulunduğu/yol/dosyaadı.iso</code></strong>. </p> - <p>sha1sum kullanmak için: [sam@localhost]$ <strong class="userinput"><code>sha1sum imaj/dosyasının/bulunduğu/yol/dosyaadı.iso</code></strong>. </p> - <p>ve Mageia'nın verdiği numara ile bilgisayarınızda elde ettiğiniz bu numarayı (Bir süre beklemek durumunda olabilirsiniz) karşılaştırın. Örneğin: </p> - - <p></p> </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="ISO yakma veya atma"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e169"></a>ISO yakma veya atma + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e149"></a>ISO yakma veya atma </h3> </div> </div> </div> - <p>Kontrol edilen ISO artık bir CD, DVD üzerine yakılabilir veya USB bellek üzerine aktarılabilir. Bu işlemler basit bir kopya değildir amaç çalıştırılabilir bir ortam yapmaktır. </p> - <div class="section" title="Bir CD/DVD üzerine ISO yakma"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e172"></a>Bir CD/DVD üzerine ISO yakma + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e152"></a>Bir CD/DVD üzerine ISO yakma </h4> </div> </div> </div> - <p>Dilediğiniz herhangi bir yakma aracını kullanın fakat yakma aygıtının bir <span class="bold"><strong>imaj yakmak</strong></span> için doğru ayarlandığından emin @@ -698,24 +570,21 @@ </p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Bir USB bellek üzerine ISO atmak"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e177"></a>Bir USB bellek üzerine ISO atmak + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e157"></a>Bir USB bellek üzerine ISO atmak </h4> </div> </div> </div> - <p>Tüm Mageia ISO'ları hibrittir, bunun anlamı şudur ki onları USB belleğe atıp sistemi önyükleme ve kurulum için kullanabilirsiniz. </p> - <div class="warning" title="Uyarı" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> @@ -735,69 +604,60 @@ </tr> </table> </div> - <p>Özgün kapasiteyi geri kazanmak için USB belleği yeniden bölümlendirmeli ve yeniden biçimlendirmelisiniz. </p> - <div class="section" title="Mageia üzerinde bir grafiksel araç kullanarak"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e183"></a>Mageia üzerinde bir grafiksel araç kullanarak + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e163"></a>Mageia üzerinde bir grafiksel araç kullanarak </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <p><a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" target="_top">IsoDumper</a> gibi grafiksel bir araç kullanabilirsiniz. </p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Windows üzerinde bir grafiksel araç kullanarak"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e187"></a>Windows üzerinde bir grafiksel araç kullanarak + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e167"></a>Windows üzerinde bir grafiksel araç kullanarak </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <p>Deneyebilecekleriniz:</p> - <p>- <a class="ulink" href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US" target="_top">Rufus</a> "ISO imajı" seçeneğini kullanarak; </p> - <p>- <a class="ulink" href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager" target="_top">Win32 Disk Imager</a></p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Bir GNU/Linux sistem üzerinde komut satırını kullanarak"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e194"></a>Bir GNU/Linux sistem üzerinde komut satırını kullanarak + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e174"></a>Bir GNU/Linux sistem üzerinde komut satırını kullanarak </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="warning" title="Uyarı" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> @@ -816,10 +676,8 @@ </tr> </table> </div> - <p>Ayrıca konsolda dd aracını da kullanabilirsiniz:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"> <ol class="orderedlist" type="1"> @@ -833,7 +691,6 @@ <p><strong class="userinput"><code>su -</code></strong> komutu ile root olun (sonundaki "-" işareti unutmayın) </p> - </li> @@ -849,15 +706,12 @@ <p><strong class="userinput"><code>fdisk -l</code></strong> komutunu girin </p> - - <p>Ek olarak, aygıt adını <code class="code">dmesg</code> kotumu ile elde edebilirsiniz: en sonda, <span class="emphasis"><em>sd</em></span> ve şu durumda <span class="emphasis"><em>sdd</em></span> ile başlayan aygıt adını görürsünüz: </p> - <pre class="screen">[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd [72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000 [72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3 @@ -889,10 +743,8 @@ <p>Şu komutu girin: # <strong class="userinput"><code>dd if=/iso/dosyasının/yolu of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</code></strong></p> - <p>X= aygıtınızın adıdır. örn: /dev/sdc</p> - <p>Örneğin: # <strong class="userinput"><code>dd if=/home/kullanıcıAdı/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb diff --git a/tr/addUser.html b/tr/addUser.html index 6dbd2e9..9f95bc9 100644 --- a/tr/addUser.html +++ b/tr/addUser.html @@ -23,25 +23,8 @@ </div> </div> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - <div class="section" title="Yönetici (kök) Parolasını Ayarlayın:"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -53,7 +36,6 @@ </div> </div> - <p>Tüm <span class="application">Mageia</span> kurulumları için Linux' ta <span class="emphasis"><em>kök parolası</em></span> olarak bilinen bir süper kullanıcı veya @@ -64,7 +46,6 @@ parolayı yeniden girmelisiniz. Bu sayede ilk parolanın doğru yazılıp yazılmadığı denetlenir. </p> - <div class="note" title="Not" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> @@ -86,7 +67,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Bir kullanıcı girin"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -98,14 +78,12 @@ </div> </div> - <p>Buraya bir kullanıcı ekleyin. Bir kullanıcı, süper kullanıcıdan (kök) daha az yetkiye sahiptir; ancak internette gezinmeye, ofis uygulamalarını kullanmaya veya oyunları oynamaya ve ortalama bir kullanıcının bilgisayarında yaptığı diğer her şeyi yapmaya yetkisi olur </p> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -149,7 +127,6 @@ </li> </ul> </div> - <div class="note" title="Not" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> @@ -161,27 +138,13 @@ <td align="left" valign="top"> <p>Mageia' yı kurarken eklediğiniz her kullanıcı için herkes tarafından - okunabilen (ancak yazılamayan) bir ev dizini oluşturulur. + okunamayan ve yazılamayan bir ev dizini oluşturulur (umask=0027). </p> - - <p>Ancak, yeni kurulumunuzu kullanırken, <span class="emphasis"><em>MDM - Sistem - Sistemdeki - Kullanıcıları Ayarlayın</em></span> ile eklediğiniz her kullanıcı için hem - okuma hem de yazma korumalı bir ev dizini oluşturulur. + <p>Diğer tüm kullanıcıları kurulum sırasında <span class="emphasis"><em>Yapılandırma - + Özet</em></span> adımında ekleyebilirsiniz. <span class="emphasis"><em>Kullanıcı + yönetimi</em></span>ni seçin. </p> - - - <p>Herkesin okuyabileceği bir ev dizini istemiyorsanız şu anda geçici bir - kullanıcı eklemeniz ve gerçek kullanıcıyı bilgisayarınızı yeniden - başlattıktan sonra eklemeniz önerilir. - </p> - - - <p>Herkes tarafından okunabilen ev dizinleri tercihiniz ise diğer tüm - kullanıcıları kurulum sırasında <span class="emphasis"><em>Yapılandırma - Özet</em></span> - adımında ekleyebilirsiniz. <span class="emphasis"><em>Kullanıcı yönetimi</em></span>ni seçin. - </p> - <p>Erişim izinleri kurulumdan sonra da değiştirilebilir.</p> @@ -191,7 +154,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Gelişmiş Kullanıcı Yönetimi"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -203,17 +165,14 @@ </div> </div> - <p><span class="guibutton">gelişmiş</span> düğmesine tıklanmışsa eklemekte olduğunuz kullanıcı için ayarları değiştirebilmenizi sağlayan bir ekran önerilir. </p> - <p>Ek olarak, bir konuk hesabını etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz. </p> - <div class="warning" title="Uyarı" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> @@ -233,7 +192,6 @@ </tr> </table> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> diff --git a/tr/chooseDesktop.html b/tr/chooseDesktop.html index 69a2845..0df1588 100644 --- a/tr/chooseDesktop.html +++ b/tr/chooseDesktop.html @@ -22,30 +22,25 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - - + - + <p>Buradaki seçiminize dayalı olarak seçtiğinizi ayarlamak için başka ekranlar önerilebilir. </p> - + <p>Seçim adımlarından sonra paket kurulumu sırasında bir sunum göreceksiniz. Sunumu <span class="guilabel">Ayrıntılar</span> düğmesine tıklayarak kapatabilirsiniz </p> + - - - - + <p>Masaüstü ortamlarından <span class="application">KDE</span> mi yoksa <span class="application">Gnome</span> masaüstü mü kullanmak istediğinizi seçin. Her ikisi de faydalı uygulama ve araçların tam seti ile @@ -56,7 +51,7 @@ hafif olup öntanımlı olarak daha az paket kurulur ve göze hoş gelen özellikleri daha azdır. </p> - + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/tr/choosePackageGroups.html b/tr/choosePackageGroups.html index b817de4..7f05b66 100644 --- a/tr/choosePackageGroups.html +++ b/tr/choosePackageGroups.html @@ -22,52 +22,52 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - + + - + <p>Paketler, sisteminiz için gereksinim duyduklarınızı daha kolay seçebilmeniz için gruplar halinde sıralanmıştır. Gruplar bir parça açıklayıcıdır ancak her biri hakkında daha fazla bilgi fare üzerine getirildiğinde ipucu olarak görüntülenebilir. </p> - + <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>İş İstasyonu.</p> + <p>İş İstasyonu.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Sunucu.</p> + <p>Sunucu.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Grafiksel Ortam.</p> + <p>Grafiksel Ortam.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - + <p>Tek tek paket seçimi: El ile ekleme veya paket kaldırmak için bu seçeneği kullanabilirsiniz. </p> - + </li> </ul> </div> - + + <p>En ufak kurulumu (X olmadan veya X ile & IceWM) nasıl yapacağınıza dair yönergeler için <a class="xref" href="minimal-install.html" title="En Ufak Kurulum"> “En Ufak Kurulum”</a> yardımını okuyun. - </p> - + </p> + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/tr/diskdrake.html b/tr/diskdrake.html index c39c048..9496787 100644 --- a/tr/diskdrake.html +++ b/tr/diskdrake.html @@ -29,18 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - <div class="warning" title="Uyarı" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> <tr> @@ -104,7 +92,7 @@ <p>Mageia' yı bir UEFI sisteme kuruyorsanız bir EFI Sistem Disk Bölümünün (ESP) mevcut olduğundan ve düzgün biçimde /boot/EFI üzerine bağlandığından emin - olun (yukarıya bakın) + olun (aşağıya bakın) </p> @@ -115,6 +103,27 @@ </table> </div> + + <div class="note" title="Not" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Not]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Mageia' yı bin Eski/GPT sisteme kuruyorsanız doğru türde bir BIOS disk + bölümünün mevcut olduğunu denetleyin + </p> + + + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/tr/doPartitionDisks.html b/tr/doPartitionDisks.html index abca2e4..01dc797 100644 --- a/tr/doPartitionDisks.html +++ b/tr/doPartitionDisks.html @@ -219,6 +219,33 @@ </div> + <div class="note" title="Not" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Not]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>GPT disk ile bir Eski ( ayrıca CSM veya BIOS olarak da bilinir) sistem + kullanıyorsanız, mevcut değilse bir Bios disk bölümü oluşturmalısınız. Bu, + bağlama noktası olmayan yaklaşık 1 MİB boyutunda disk bölümüdür. Oluşturmak + için diğer herhangi bir disk bölümü gibi Kurulum aracıyla "Kişisel disk + bölümlendirme" seçeneğini kullanın. Sadece, dosya sistemi türü olarak BIOS + önyükleme disk bölümünü seçin. + </p> + + + + + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + <div class="warning" title="Uyarı" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> <tr> diff --git a/tr/exitInstall.html b/tr/exitInstall.html index bb79a48..a6e34c8 100644 --- a/tr/exitInstall.html +++ b/tr/exitInstall.html @@ -22,16 +22,11 @@ </div> </div> </div> - - - - - - + + - <p><a name="exitInstall-pa1"></a><span class="application">Mageia</span> kurulumunu ve yapılandırmasını @@ -46,19 +41,17 @@ <p><a name="exitInstall-pa3"></a>Önyükleyici ayarlarını yapmadıysanız, Mageia kurulumunuz kendiliğinden - seçilecek ve başlatılacaktır. + seçilecek ve başlatılacaktır. </p> - + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa4"></a>Tadını çıkarın! </p> - + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa5"></a>Herhangi bir sorunuz varsa veya Mageia' ya katkıda bulunmak istiyorsanız - www.mageia.org adresini ziyaret edin + www.mageia.org adresini ziyaret edin </p> - - </div> </body> diff --git a/tr/index.html b/tr/index.html index 1740fbf..7f58cc3 100644 --- a/tr/index.html +++ b/tr/index.html @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ <dl> <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e19">Giriş</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e29">Ortam</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e142">Ortamları indirme ve kontrol etme</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e169">ISO yakma veya atma</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e122">Ortamları indirme ve kontrol etme</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e149">ISO yakma veya atma</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="installer.html">DrakX, Mageia Kurulum Aracı</a></span></dt> @@ -75,17 +75,14 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html">Önyükleyici ana seçenekleri</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e899">Bir Bios sistem ile</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e936">Bir UEFI sistem ile</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e886">Bootloader interface</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e910">Bir Mageia önyükleyicisi kullanmak</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e924">Mevcut bir önyükleyiciyi kullanmak</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e927">Using chain loading</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e941">Seçenekler</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html">Önyükleme Menü Girdisi Ekleme veya Değiştirme</a></span></dt> - <dd> - <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e951">Bir Bios sistem ile</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e968">Bir UEFI sistem ile</a></span></dt> - </dl> - </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html">Çeşitli parametrelerin özeti</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> @@ -116,7 +113,7 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html">Mageia' yı Kaldırma</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1206">Nasıl</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1247">Nasıl</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> </dl> diff --git a/tr/misc-params.html b/tr/misc-params.html index 51736e9..5522ccd 100644 --- a/tr/misc-params.html +++ b/tr/misc-params.html @@ -22,28 +22,6 @@ </div> </div> </div> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - @@ -58,6 +36,44 @@ </p> + <div class="note" title="Not" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Not]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Genel bir kural olarak, öntanımlı ayarlar önerilir ve bunları 3 istisna ile + tutabilirsiniz: + </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>öntanımlı bir ayarla ilgili bilinen sorunları olması</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>öntanımlı ayar önceden denenmiş ve başarısız olması</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>aşağıdaki ayrıntılı bölümlerde farklı bir şeylerin söylenmiş olması</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + <div class="section" title="Sistem parametreleri"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -99,8 +115,7 @@ </p> - <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4b"></a>Grub ve/veya Lilo' yu nasıl yapılandıracağınızı bilmiyorsanız hiç birşeyi - değiştirmeyin + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4b"></a>Grub2' yi nasıl yapılandıracağınızı bilmiyorsanız hiç bir şeyi değiştirmeyin </p> @@ -166,6 +181,25 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa1a"></a>Burası; konumunuza, dilinize ve klavye türünüze bağlı olarak klavye düzeninizi ayarlayabileceğiniz yerdir. </p> + + + <div class="note" title="Not" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Not]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Yanlış klavye düzeni ile karşılaştınız ve değiştirmek istiyorsanız + parolanızın da değişeceğini unutmayın. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -184,7 +218,7 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3"></a><span class="guilabel">Ses kartı</span>: </p> - + <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3a"></a>Kurulum aracı, varsa öntanımlı sürücüyü kullanır. Farklı bir sürücü seçeneği sadece kartınız için birden fazla sürücü varsa ve bunların hiç biri öntanımlı olan değilse sunulur. @@ -322,8 +356,9 @@ </p> - <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa2b"></a>Sistem erişimi istediğiniz hizmetleri seçin. Yaptığınız seçimleri için - bilgisayarınızı kullanım biçimine bağlı olmalıdır. + <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa2b"></a>Sisteminize erişiminin olmasını istediğiniz hizmetleri seçin. Seçimleriniz + bilgisayarınızın kullanım biçimine bağlı olacaktır. Ayrıntılı bilgi için + <a class="xref" href="">???</a> kısmına bakın. </p> diff --git a/tr/selectCountry.html b/tr/selectCountry.html index e2faf46..42a7a17 100644 --- a/tr/selectCountry.html +++ b/tr/selectCountry.html @@ -22,29 +22,24 @@ </div> </div> </div> + + + - - - - - - - - - - <p><a name="selectCountry-pa1"></a>Bulunduğunuz ülke veya bölgeyi seçin. Bu işlem, para birimi ve kablosuz ağ - dolaşım alanı gibi her tür ayar için önemlidir. Yanlış ülkeyi seçmek - Kablosuz ağ kullanımınızı engelleyebilir. + + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa1"></a>Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, + like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country + can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network. </p> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa2"></a>Ülkeniz listede yer almıyorsa, <span class="guilabel">Diğer Ülkeler</span> düğmesine tıklayın ve ülkenizi/bölgenizi orada seçin. </p> - + <div class="note" title="Not" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> <tr> @@ -53,19 +48,19 @@ </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa3"></a>Ülkeniz sadece <span class="guilabel">Diğer Ülkeler</span> listesindeyse; <span class="guibutton">TAMAM</span> düğmesine tıkladıktan sonra ilk listeden bir ülke seçilmiş gibi görüntülenir. Lütfen bunu görmezden gelin, DrakX gerçek seçiminizi uygulayacaktır. </p> - + </td> </tr> </table> </div> - + <div class="section" title="Girdi yöntemi:"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -75,22 +70,19 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - <p><a name="selectCountry-pa4"></a><span class="guilabel">Diğer Ülkeler</span> ekranında ayrıca bir girdi yöntemi - (listenin sonunda) seçebilirsiniz. Girdi yöntemleri kullanıcıların birden - çok alfabe karakterlerini (Çince, Japonca, Korece v.b.) kullanmalarını - sağlar. IBus Mageia DVD' lerinde, Afrika/Hindistan ve Asya Çalışan CDlerinde - yer alan ön tanımlı girdi yöntemidir. Asya veya Afrika dilleri için, IBus ön - tanımlı girdi yöntemi olarak ayarlanır ve böylece kullanıcıların elle ayar - yapmaları gerekmez. Diğer girdi yöntemleri (SCIM, GCIN, HIME vb.) benzer - işlevler sunar ve paket seçiminden önce HTTP/FTP veri kaynağı ayarlanmışsa - kurulabilirler. + + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa4"></a>In the <span class="guilabel">Other Countries</span> screen you can also select an + input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input + multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the + default input method, so users should not need to configure it + manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar + functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package + selection. </p> - + <div class="note" title="Not" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> <tr> @@ -99,20 +91,19 @@ </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="selectCountry-pa5"></a>Kurulum sırasında girdi yöntemi kurulumunu atlamışsanız, bu işleve - kurduğunuz sistemi başlattıktan sonra "Bilgisayarınızı Yapılandırın" -> - "Sistem" yoluyla veya kök olarak localedrake aracını çalıştırarak - erişebilirsiniz. - </p> + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa5"></a>If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it + after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" -> + "System", or by running localedrake as root. + </p> + </td> </tr> </table> </div> - + </div> - + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/tr/setupBootloader.html b/tr/setupBootloader.html index 452cacd..f613a80 100644 --- a/tr/setupBootloader.html +++ b/tr/setupBootloader.html @@ -29,13 +29,11 @@ - - - <div class="section" title="Bir Bios sistem ile"> + <div class="section" title="Bootloader interface"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e899"></a>Bir Bios sistem ile + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e886"></a>Bootloader interface </h3> </div> </div> @@ -43,15 +41,23 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa1"></a>Kurulum aracı tarafından kendiliğinden seçilenlerden farklı önyükleme - ayarları tercih ediyorsanız burada değiştirebilirsiniz. - </p> + <p>By default, Mageia uses exclusively:</p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa2"></a>Makinenizde bir başka işletim sistemi daha kurulu olabilir. Bu durumda - mevcut önyükleyiciye Mageia' yı eklemek veya Mageia' nın yeni bir - önyükleyici oluşturmasına izin vermek arasında tercih yapmalısınız. - </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2-efi for a UEFI system.</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> <div class="tip" title="İpucu" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> @@ -71,11 +77,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Bir Mageia önyükleyicisi kullanmak"> + <div class="section" title="Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="usingMageiaBootloader"></a>Bir Mageia önyükleyicisi kullanmak + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e896"></a>Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems </h4> </div> </div> @@ -83,50 +89,20 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa4"></a>Öntanımlı olarak Mageia, ilk sabit diskteki MBR (Birincil Önyükleme Kaydı) - içine yeni bir GRUB (eski) önyükleyiciyi yazar. Başka işletim sistemleri - önceden kuruluysa Mageia bunları kendi yeni önyükleme menüsüne eklemeyi - dener. - </p> - <p>Mageia, eski GRUB ve Lilo' ya ek olarak GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi de tercihe bağlı - olarak sunmaktadır. + <p>Ne yaptığınızı gerçekten bilmediğiniz sürece "Önyükleme Aygıtı"nı + değiştirmeyin. </p> - - - <div class="warning" title="Uyarı" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Warning"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Uyarı]" src="warning.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa6"></a>GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi kullanan Linux sistemleri şimdilik GRUB (eski) - tarafından desteklenmemektedir ve öntanımlı GRUB kullanıldığında - algılanmayacaklardır. - </p> - - - <p>Buradaki en iyi çözüm kurulum sırasında Özet sayfasından erişebileceğiniz - GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi kullanmak olacaktır. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Mevcut bir önyükleyiciyi kullanmak"> + <div class="section" title="Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="usingExistingBootloader"></a>Mevcut bir önyükleyiciyi kullanmak + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e902"></a>Grub2-efi on UEFI systems </h4> </div> </div> @@ -134,81 +110,102 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa46"></a>Mevcut bir önyükleyiciyi kullanmaya karar verirseniz kurulum sırasında Özet - sayfasında DURMALI ve önyükleyici kurulum konumunu değiştirmenizi sağlayan - Önyükleyici <span class="guibutton">Yapılandır</span> düğmesine basmalısınız. + <p>With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot + choose between with or without graphical menu </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa47"></a>Bir aygıt, mesela "sda" seçmeyin yoksa mevcut MBR üzerine yazarsınız. Önceki - disk bölümlendirme aşamasında ayarladığınız, sda7 gibi, kök bölümünü - seçmelisiniz. - </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48"></a>Açık olmak gerekirse, sda bir aygıt ve sda7 ise o aygıt üzerindeki bir - bölümdür. + <p>If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer + created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader + (Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your + computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing + ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have + several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of + operating systems you have. </p> - <div class="tip" title="İpucu" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Tip"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[İpucu]" src="tip.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48a"></a>Ctrl+Alt+F2 ile tty2 terminaline gidin ve <code class="literal">/</code> (kök) bölümün - nerede olduğunu denetlemek için <code class="literal">df</code> komutunu - çalıştırın. Ctrl+Alt+F7 sizi kurulum ekranına döndürür. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa49"></a>Mageia sisteminizi mevcut bir önyükleyiciye eklemek için gerekli tam süreç, - bu yardımını hedeflerinin ötesindedir. Ancak yine de bir çok durumda ilgili - önyükleme kurulum uygulamasını çalıştırmak onu algılayabilir ve - kendiliğinden ekleyebilir. Sorularınız için işletim sisteminin belgelerine - bakın. + <p>Ne yaptığınızı gerçekten bilmediğiniz sürece "Önyükleme Aygıtı"nı + değiştirmeyin. </p> </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Bir Mageia önyükleyicisi kullanmak"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e910"></a>Bir Mageia önyükleyicisi kullanmak + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + - <div class="section" title="Önyükleyici gelişmiş seçenekleri"> - <div class="titlepage"> + <p>By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new:</p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard + drive or in the BIOS boot partition. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + + <p>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to + add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, + click on <span class="guibutton">Next</span> and then uncheck the box + <span class="guilabel">Probe Foreign OS</span></p> + + + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Mevcut bir önyükleyiciyi kullanmak"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> <div> - <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="advancedOptionBootloader"></a>Önyükleyici gelişmiş seçenekleri - </h4> - </div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e924"></a>Mevcut bir önyükleyiciyi kullanmak + </h3> </div> </div> - - - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa52"></a><code class="literal">/tmp</code> içeren <code class="literal">/</code> bölümü için kısıtlı - alanınız varsa, <span class="guibutton">Gelişmiş</span> düğmesine tıklayarak - <span class="guilabel">Her açılışta /tmp temizle</span> kutusunu işaretleyin. Böylece - biraz boş alan kazanmanız mümkün olur. - </p> - </div> + + + + <p>Mageia sisteminizi mevcut bir önyükleyiciye eklemek için gerekli tam süreç, + bu yardımını hedeflerinin ötesindedir. Ancak yine de bir çok durumda ilgili + önyükleme kurulum uygulamasını çalıştırmak onu algılayabilir ve + kendiliğinden ekleyebilir. Sorularınız için işletim sisteminin belgelerine + bakın. + </p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Bir UEFI sistem ile"> + <div class="section" title="Using chain loading"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e936"></a>Bir UEFI sistem ile + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e927"></a>Using chain loading </h3> </div> </div> @@ -216,26 +213,189 @@ - <p>Bir UEFI sistemde kullanıcı arayüzü biraz farklıdır çünkü sadece Grub2-efi - mevcut olduğundan önyükleyici seçemezsiniz. + <p>If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, + click on <span class="guibutton">Next</span>, then on + <span class="guibutton">Advanced</span> and Check the box <span class="guilabel">Do not touch ESP + or MBR</span>. </p> - <p>Mageia bilgisayarınıza kurduğunuz ilk sistemse, kurulum aracı önyükleyiciyi - (Grub2-efi) taşımak üzere bir ESP (EFI Sistem Disk Bölümü) - oluşturacaktır. Bilgisayarınızda önceden bir UEFI işleim sistemi (Mesela - Windows 8) kuruluysa Mageia kurulum aracı Windows tarafından oluşturulmuş - olan mevcut ESP alanını algılayarak grub2-efi'yi ekleyecektir. Birden fazla - ESP' nin bir arada olması mümkün ise de sadece bir tane olması önerilir; - çünkü kaç işletim sistemi kurulu olursa olsun biri yeterlidir. + <p>You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking + <span class="guibutton">OK</span>. </p> - <p>Ne yaptığınızı gerçekten bilmediğiniz sürece "Önyükleme Aygıtı"nı - değiştirmeyin. - </p> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Seçenekler"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e941"></a>Seçenekler + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="section" title="First page"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e943"></a>First page + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Delay before booting the default image</span>: This text box + lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is + started up. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Security</span>: This allows you to set a password for the + bootloader. This means other people can not enter single user mode or change + settings at the boot time. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Password</span>: This text box is where you actually put the + password + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Password (again)</span>: Retype the password and Drakx will + check that it matches with the one set above. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Advanced</span></p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable ACPI:</span> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power + Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by + stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it + could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if + you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance + random reboots or system lockups). + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable SMP</span>: This option enables / disables symmetric + multiprocessing for multi core processors. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable APIC</span>: Enabling or disabling this gives the + operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt + Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced + IRQ (Interrupt Request) management. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable Local APIC</span>: Here you can set local APIC, which + manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Next page"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e975"></a>Next page + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Default:</span> Operating system started up by default + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Append:</span> This option lets you pass the kernel + information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Probe foreign OS</span>: see above <a class="link" href="setupBootloader.html#setupMageiaBootloader">Using a Mageia bootloader</a></p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Advanced</span></p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Video mode:</span> This sets the screen size and colour depth + the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered + other size and colour depth options. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="bold"><strong>Do not touch ESP or MBR</strong></span>: see above <a class="link" href="setupBootloader.html#setupChainLoading">Using the chain loading</a></p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> </div> diff --git a/tr/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html b/tr/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html index 8217cff..5f3b1d3 100644 --- a/tr/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html +++ b/tr/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html @@ -27,113 +27,25 @@ + <p>To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the + software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories). + </p> - <div class="section" title="Bir Bios sistem ile"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e951"></a>Bir Bios sistem ile - </h3> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <p><span class="emphasis"><em>Önyükleme Yapılandırması</em></span> ekranında ve üstünde açılan - ekranda düzenleme yaparak bir girdi ekleyebilir veya seçtiğiniz bir girdiyi - değiştirebilirsiniz. - </p> - - - <div class="note" title="Not" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Note"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Not]" src="note.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p>Eğer önyükleyici olarak <code class="code">Grub 2</code>'yi seçerseniz 'İleri' aşamasında - girdileri düzenlemek için bu aracı - kullanamazsınız. <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> dosyasını elle - düzenlemeniz veya yerine <code class="code">grub-customizer</code> kullanmanız gerekiyor. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - - - - <p>Risk almadan yapılabilecek bazı şeyler, bir girdinin etiketini değiştirmek - ve girdiyi yanındaki kutucuğu işaretleyerek öntanımlı olarak belirlemektir. - </p> - - - <p>Bir girdinin uygun sürüm numarasını ekleyebilir veya tümüyle yeniden - adlandırabilirsiniz. - </p> - - - <p>Öntanımlı girdi, önyükleme ekranında bir seçim yapmadıysanız sistemin - önyükleme yapacağı girdidir. - </p> - - - <div class="warning" title="Uyarı" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Warning"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Uyarı]" src="warning.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p>Diğer hususları değiştirmek önyükleme yapamayan bir sistemle sizi baş başa - bırakabilir. Lütfen ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız yeni bir şeyler denemeye - kalkmayın. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="Bir UEFI sistem ile"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e968"></a>Bir UEFI sistem ile - </h3> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <p>Bu durumda Grub2-efi kullanmaktasınız ve şu aşamada girdileri düzenlemek - için bu aracı kullanamazsınız. Bunu yapabilmek için - <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> dosyasını elle düzenlemeli veya - <code class="code">grub-customizer</code> aracını kullanmalısınız. Burada yapabileceğiniz - tek şey açılır menüden öntanımlı girdiyi seçmektir. - </p> - - - <p><span class="guibutton">İleri</span> düğmesine tıkladıktan sonra, grafiksel bir - önyükleyici olan Grub2 için ekran çözünürlüğünü ayarlamanızı sağlayan bir - başka açılır menü görüntülenir. - </p> - - - + <div class="note" title="Not" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Not]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>For more information, see our wiki: <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia" target="_top">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</a></p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> </div> </div> diff --git a/tr/soundConfig.html b/tr/soundConfig.html index bb9c0b5..22ae382 100644 --- a/tr/soundConfig.html +++ b/tr/soundConfig.html @@ -22,7 +22,6 @@ </div> </div> </div> - @@ -32,22 +31,21 @@ <p>Bu ekranda kurulum aracının ses kartınız için seçtiği ve varsa öntanımlı sürücünün ismi sunulur. - </p> + <p>Öntanımlı sürücünün sorunsuz çalışması gerekir. Ancak, yüklendikten sonra sorunla karşılaşırsanız, <span class="command"><strong>draksound</strong></span> komutunu çalıştırın veya bu aracı MDD (Mageia Denetim Merkezi) <span class="guilabel">Donanım</span> sekmesinde ekranın sağ üst köşesindeki <span class="guilabel">Ses Yapılandırması</span> seçeneğini tıklayarak çalıştırın. - </p> + <p>Sonra, draksound' da veya "Ses Yapılandırması" araç ekranında, <span class="guibutton">Gelişmiş</span> düğmesine ve ondan sonra da <span class="guibutton">Sorun giderme</span> düğmesine tıklayarak sorunu çözmek için kullanışlı önerileri bulabilirsiniz. - </p> @@ -66,15 +64,12 @@ <p>Kurulum sırasında bu ekranda <span class="guibutton">Gelişmiş</span> düğmesine tıklamak öntanımlı bir sürücü yoksa ve erişilebilir başka sürücüler mevcutsa ve de kurulum aracının yanlış olanı seçtiğini düşünüyorsanız yararlıdır. - </p> <p>Bu durumda <span class="guibutton">Herhangi bir sürücü seçmeme izin ver</span> düğmesine tıkladığınızda farklı bir sürücü seçebilirsiniz. - </p> - </div> diff --git a/tr/uninstall-Mageia.html b/tr/uninstall-Mageia.html index 5da4838..c32d212 100644 --- a/tr/uninstall-Mageia.html +++ b/tr/uninstall-Mageia.html @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1206"></a>Nasıl + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1247"></a>Nasıl </h3> </div> </div> diff --git a/uk/Select-and-use-ISOs.html b/uk/Select-and-use-ISOs.html index 563ce5e..a11b67c 100644 --- a/uk/Select-and-use-ISOs.html +++ b/uk/Select-and-use-ISOs.html @@ -23,9 +23,7 @@ </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="Вступ"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -37,16 +35,13 @@ </div> </div> - <p>Розповсюдження Mageia відбувається за допомогою образів ISO. За допомогою цієї сторінки довідки ви зможете вибрати образ, який відповідає вашим потребам. </p> - <p>Існує два сімейства носіїв дистрибутива:</p> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -71,12 +66,10 @@ </li> </ul> </div> - <p>Подробиці наведено у наступних розділах.</p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Носій"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -88,7 +81,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Визначення"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -100,19 +92,16 @@ </div> </div> - <p>Тут ми називаємо носієм даних файл образу ISO, за допомогою якого можна встановити і/або оновити Mageia, а також будь-який фізичний носій, де зберігаються дані файла ISO. </p> - <p>Знайти носії даних можна <a class="ulink" href="http://www.mageia.org/uk/downloads/" target="_top">тут</a>. </p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Класичний носій для встановлення"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -124,7 +113,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Типові можливості"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -136,7 +124,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -156,7 +143,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="DVD"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -168,7 +154,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -202,75 +187,30 @@ </div> </div> - - - <div class="section" title="DVD подвійної архітектури"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>DVD подвійної архітектури - </h5> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <div class="itemizedlist"> - <ul class="itemizedlist"> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Пакунки обох архітектур присутні на одному носії даних, вибір архітектури - буде зроблено автоматично на основі даних щодо виявлено процесора. - </p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Лише стільниця Xfce.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Лише деякі мови (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Містить невільне програмне забезпечення.</p> - - </li> - </ul> - </div> - - </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Портативний носій"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e67"></a>Портативний носій + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>Портативний носій </h4> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Типові можливості"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e69"></a>Типові можливості + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e58"></a>Типові можливості </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -284,7 +224,7 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Кожен ISO містить лише одне стільничне середовище (KDE або GNOME).</p> + <p>Кожен ISO містить лише одне стільничне середовище (KDE, GNOME або Xfce).</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -308,54 +248,50 @@ </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="Портативний CD з KDE"> + <div class="section" title="Портативний DVD з Плазмою"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e83"></a>Портативний CD з KDE + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e72"></a>Портативний DVD з Плазмою </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Лише стільничне середовище KDE.</p> + <p>Лише стільничне середовище Плазми.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Лише англійська мова.</p> + <p>Містить переклади усіма мовами.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Лише 32-бітова версія.</p> + <p>Різні носії для 32-бітової та 64-бітової архітектур.</p> </li> </ul> </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="Портативний CD з GNOME"> + <div class="section" title="Портативний DVD із GNOME"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e92"></a>Портативний CD з GNOME + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e81"></a>Портативний DVD із GNOME </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -366,41 +302,6 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Лише англійська мова.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Лише 32-бітова версія.</p> - - </li> - </ul> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="Портативний DVD з KDE"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>Портативний DVD з KDE - </h5> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <div class="itemizedlist"> - <ul class="itemizedlist"> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Лише стільничне середовище KDE.</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - <p>Містить переклади усіма мовами.</p> </li> @@ -413,25 +314,23 @@ </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="Портативний DVD із GNOME"> + <div class="section" title="Портативний DVD з Xfce"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e110"></a>Портативний DVD із GNOME + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e90"></a>Портативний DVD з Xfce </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>Лише стільничне середовище GNOME.</p> + <p>Лише стільничне середовище Xfce.</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -450,31 +349,28 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Носії CD лише для завантаження"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e119"></a>Носії CD лише для завантаження + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e99"></a>Носії CD лише для завантаження </h4> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Типові можливості"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e121"></a>Типові можливості + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>Типові можливості </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -511,19 +407,17 @@ </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="boot.iso"> + <div class="section" title="netinstall.iso"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e132"></a>boot.iso + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e112"></a>netinstall.iso </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -538,19 +432,17 @@ </div> </div> - - <div class="section" title="boot-nonfree.iso"> + <div class="section" title="netinstall-nonfree.iso"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e137"></a>boot-nonfree.iso + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e117"></a>netinstall-nonfree.iso </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -569,31 +461,28 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Отримання та перевірка носіїв даних"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e142"></a>Отримання та перевірка носіїв даних + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e122"></a>Отримання та перевірка носіїв даних </h3> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Отримання"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e144"></a>Отримання + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e124"></a>Отримання </h4> </div> </div> </div> - <p>Щойно вами буде вибрано потрібний вам файл ISO, ви можете отримати його або за допомогою протоколу http, або за допомогою BitTorrent. У обох випадках у @@ -601,103 +490,88 @@ змінити його, якщо швидкість отримання даних є надто малою. Якщо буде вибрано http, ви побачите щось таке: </p> - - <p>md5sum і sha1sum — програми для перевірки цілісності даних у образах ISO. Для виконання перевірки достатньо встановити лише одну з цих програм. Для <a class="link" href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#integrity">подальшого використання</a> встановіть одну з них. Далі, буде показано таке вікно: </p> - - <p>Позначте пункт «Зберегти файл».</p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Перевірка цілісності отриманих даних"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e156"></a>Перевірка цілісності отриманих даних + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e136"></a>Перевірка цілісності отриманих даних </h4> </div> </div> </div> - <p>Обидва шістнадцяткових числа обчислено за допомогою певного алгоритму на основі файла, який має бути отримано. Якщо ви попросите відповідну програму знову обчислити шістнадцяткове число на основі отриманого файла, буде отримано те саме число (це означатиму що дані було отримано належним чином) або інше число (отже, дані було отримано з помилками). Розбіжність чисел - означає, що вам слід повторити отримання образу. + означає, що вам слід повторити отримання образу або спробувати відновити + його за допомогою BitTorrent. </p> - <p>Відкрийте консоль (від імені звичайного користувача) і віддайте таку команду: </p> - <p>- Якщо використовується md5sum: [sam@localhost]$ <strong class="userinput"><code>md5sum шлях/до/файла/образу.iso</code></strong>. </p> - <p>- Якщо використовується sha1sum: [sam@localhost]$ <strong class="userinput"><code>sha1sum шлях/до/образу.iso</code></strong>. </p> - <p>і порівняйте отримане числове значення (для його отримання знадобиться певний час) з числом, вказаним на сторінці Mageia. Приклад: </p> - - <p></p> </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Запис образу ISO"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e169"></a>Запис образу ISO + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e149"></a>Запис образу ISO </h3> </div> </div> </div> - <p>Перевірений образ ISO можна записати на компакт-диск, DVD або флешку USB. Дія із запису не є простим копіюванням, — її призначено для створення придатного до завантаження системи носія даних. </p> - <div class="section" title="Запис образу ISO на компакт-диск або DVD"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e172"></a>Запис образу ISO на компакт-диск або DVD + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e152"></a>Запис образу ISO на компакт-диск або DVD </h4> </div> </div> </div> - <p>Скористайтеся будь-яким пристроєм для записування, але його має бути налаштовано на <span class="bold"><strong>запис образу</strong></span>. Просто @@ -707,24 +581,21 @@ </p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Запис образу ISO на флешку USB"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e177"></a>Запис образу ISO на флешку USB + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e157"></a>Запис образу ISO на флешку USB </h4> </div> </div> </div> - <p>Усі образи ISO Mageia є гібридними, тобто ви можете записувати їх на флешку USB і користуватися нею для завантаження або встановлення системи. </p> - <div class="warning" title="Застереження" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> @@ -744,68 +615,59 @@ </tr> </table> </div> - <p>Для відновлення початкової місткості диска USB вам згодом доведеться повторно створити на ньому розділи і виконати форматування. </p> - <div class="section" title="Використання інструмента із графічним інтерфейсом у Mageia"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e183"></a>Використання інструмента із графічним інтерфейсом у Mageia + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e163"></a>Використання інструмента із графічним інтерфейсом у Mageia </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <p>Ви можете скористатися інструментом із графічним інтерфейсом, наприклад <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" target="_top">IsoDumper</a></p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Використання інструмента із графічним інтерфейсом у Windows"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e187"></a>Використання інструмента із графічним інтерфейсом у Windows + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e167"></a>Використання інструмента із графічним інтерфейсом у Windows </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <p>Ви можете спробувати такі засоби:</p> - <p>- <a class="ulink" href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US" target="_top">Rufus</a> за допомогою пункту «ISO image» («образ ISO»); </p> - <p>- <a class="ulink" href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager" target="_top">Win32 Disk Imager</a></p> </div> - <div class="section" title="За допомогою інструментів командного рядка у системі GNU/Linux"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e194"></a>За допомогою інструментів командного рядка у системі GNU/Linux + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e174"></a>За допомогою інструментів командного рядка у системі GNU/Linux </h5> </div> </div> </div> - <div class="warning" title="Застереження" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> @@ -824,10 +686,8 @@ </tr> </table> </div> - <p>Ви також можете скористатися консольною програмою dd:</p> - <div class="orderedlist"> <ol class="orderedlist" type="1"> @@ -841,7 +701,6 @@ <p>Отримайте права користувача root за допомогою команди <strong class="userinput"><code>su -</code></strong> (не забудьте «-» наприкінці команди) </p> - </li> @@ -856,16 +715,13 @@ <li class="listitem"> <p>Віддайте команду <strong class="userinput"><code>fdisk -l</code></strong></p> - - <p>Крім того, визначити назву пристрою можна за допомогою команди <code class="code">dmesg</code>: наприкінці виведених нею даних буде вказано назву пристрою, що починатиметься з <span class="emphasis"><em>sd</em></span> з наступним фрагментом <span class="emphasis"><em>sdd</em></span> у нашому випадку: </p> - <pre class="screen">[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd [72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000 [72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3 @@ -896,10 +752,8 @@ <p>Віддайте таку команду: # <strong class="userinput"><code>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</code></strong></p> - <p>де X — назва потрібного вам пристрою. Приклад: /dev/sdc</p> - <p>Приклад команди: # <strong class="userinput"><code>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb diff --git a/uk/addUser.html b/uk/addUser.html index 16c65b7..e162110 100644 --- a/uk/addUser.html +++ b/uk/addUser.html @@ -23,25 +23,8 @@ </div> </div> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - <div class="section" title="Встановлення пароля адміністратора (root):"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -53,7 +36,6 @@ </div> </div> - <p>У кожній встановленій системі <span class="application">Mageia</span> варто визначити пароль суперкористувача або адміністратора. Такий пароль у Linux @@ -63,7 +45,6 @@ складним паролям. Вам також слід повторити введення пароля у полі розташованому нижче, щоб упевнитися, що пароль було вказано без помилок. </p> - <div class="note" title="Примітка" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> @@ -84,7 +65,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Введіть користувача"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -96,7 +76,6 @@ </div> </div> - <p>За допомогою цієї панелі ви можете додати користувачів. Кожен користувач має вужчі права доступу, ніж суперкористувач (root), але достатньо прав для @@ -104,7 +83,6 @@ будь-яких інших завдань, які виконуються звичайним користувачем за комп’ютером. </p> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -148,7 +126,6 @@ </li> </ul> </div> - <div class="note" title="Примітка" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> @@ -160,32 +137,14 @@ <td align="left" valign="top"> <p>Вміст домашніх каталогів всіх користувачів, записи яких буде створено під - час встановлення Mageia, зможе читати будь-який користувач (але не - записувати до цих каталогів дані). + час встановлення Mageia, буде захищено від читання і запису (umask=0027). </p> - - <p>Втім, після встановлення домашні каталоги користувачів, записи яких буде - додано за допомогою модуля <span class="emphasis"><em>Центр керування Mageia - Система - - Керувати користувачами системи</em></span>, буде захищено як від читання, так - і від запису. + <p>Ви можете додати всі записи майбутніх користувачів системи на кроці + <span class="emphasis"><em>Налаштування - Резюме</em></span> під час встановлення системи. Для + керування записами користувачів виберіть пункт <span class="emphasis"><em>Керування + користувачами</em></span>. </p> - - - <p>Якщо ви хочете захистити ваш домашній каталог від читання будь-яким - користувачем, вам варто на етапі встановлення створити тимчасовий запис - користувача, а справжній запис створити вже після завершення встановлення і - перезавантаження системи. - </p> - - - <p>Якщо ви надаєте перевагу домашнім каталогам користувачів, вміст яких - доступний всім іншим користувачам, вам варто додати всі записи майбутніх - користувачів системи на кроці <span class="emphasis"><em>Налаштування - Резюме</em></span> під - час встановлення системи. Для керування записами користувачів виберіть пункт - <span class="emphasis"><em>Керування користувачами</em></span>. - </p> - <p>Права доступу до домашніх каталогів, звичайно ж, можна змінити і після завершення встановлення системи. @@ -197,7 +156,6 @@ </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Додаткові можливості керування записами користувачів"> <div class="titlepage"> @@ -209,18 +167,15 @@ </div> </div> - <p>Якщо ви натиснете кнопку <span class="guibutton">Додатково</span>, програма відкриє діалогове вікно, за допомогою якого ви зможете змінити параметри облікового запису, який ви додаєте. </p> - <p>Крім того, за допомогою цього діалогового вікна можна вимкнути або увімкнути гостьовий обліковий запис. </p> - <div class="warning" title="Застереження" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> @@ -241,7 +196,6 @@ </tr> </table> </div> - <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> diff --git a/uk/chooseDesktop.html b/uk/chooseDesktop.html index 5fc9b88..89cc4e9 100644 --- a/uk/chooseDesktop.html +++ b/uk/chooseDesktop.html @@ -22,30 +22,25 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - - + - + <p>Залежно від вибраного вами за допомогою цієї сторінки варіанта встановлення, програма може запропонувати на подальших сторінка додаткові можливості остаточного налаштування вашої системи. </p> - + <p>Після виконання кроків вибору, ви побачите показ слайдів. Вимкнути показ слайдів можна натисканням кнопки <span class="guilabel">Подробиці</span>. </p> + - - - - + <p>Виберіть бажане для вас графічне середовище, <span class="application">KDE</span> або <span class="application">Gnome</span>. Обидва ці середовища об’єднують повноцінні набори програм та інструментів. Позначте пункт @@ -61,7 +56,7 @@ перші два середовища, але виглядає не так яскраво і типово містить менше корисних програм. </p> - + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/uk/choosePackageGroups.html b/uk/choosePackageGroups.html index f324d30..e583eba 100644 --- a/uk/choosePackageGroups.html +++ b/uk/choosePackageGroups.html @@ -22,53 +22,53 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - + + - + <p>Щоб полегшити вибір потрібних вам пакунків, список поділено на групи. Призначення груп можна зрозуміти з їхніх назв, втім, ви також можете отримати підказку щодо вмісту групи у відповідь на наведення вказівника миші на пункт групи у списку. </p> - + <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Робоча станція.</p> + <p>Робоча станція.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Сервер</p> + <p>Сервер</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>Графічне середовище.</p> + <p>Графічне середовище.</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - + <p>Індивідуальний вибір пакунків: цим варіантом можна скористатися для додавання або вилучення пакунків вручну. </p> - + </li> </ul> </div> - + + <p>Ознайомтеся з розділом <a class="xref" href="minimal-install.html" title="Мінімальне встановлення">“Мінімальне встановлення”</a>, де викладено настанови щодо встановлення мінімальної системи (без чи з графічним сервером та IceWM). - </p> - + </p> + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/uk/diskdrake.html b/uk/diskdrake.html index 527de3c..7462785 100644 --- a/uk/diskdrake.html +++ b/uk/diskdrake.html @@ -29,18 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - <div class="warning" title="Застереження" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> <tr> @@ -106,7 +94,7 @@ <td align="left" valign="top"> <p>Якщо ви встановлюєте Mageia у системах з UEFI, переконайтеся, що існує ESP - (EFI System Partition) і що її змонтовано до /boot/EFI (див. вище). + (EFI System Partition) і що її змонтовано до /boot/EFI (див. нижче). </p> @@ -117,6 +105,27 @@ </table> </div> + + <div class="note" title="Примітка" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Примітка]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Якщо ви встановлюєте Mageia на застарілій системі з GPT, переконайтеся, що + існує розділ BIOS належного типу. + </p> + + + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/uk/doPartitionDisks.html b/uk/doPartitionDisks.html index 8fd3b23..7ebed09 100644 --- a/uk/doPartitionDisks.html +++ b/uk/doPartitionDisks.html @@ -223,6 +223,34 @@ </div> + <div class="note" title="Примітка" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Примітка]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Якщо ви користуєтеся застарілою системою (відомою як CSM або BIOS) із диском + GPT, вам доведеться створити розділ для завантаження BIOS, якщо його ще не + існує. Розмір розділу приблизно дорівнює 1 МіБ, він не матиме точки + монтування. Виберіть пункт «Нетиповий поділ диска на розділи», щоб мати + змогу створити такий розділ за допомогою засобу встановлення + системи. Створення розділу подібне до створення будь-якого іншого розділу, + але треба вибрати тип файлової системи «Розділ завантаження BIOS». + </p> + + + + + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + <div class="warning" title="Застереження" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> <tr> diff --git a/uk/exitInstall.html b/uk/exitInstall.html index 710a217..8f2defa 100644 --- a/uk/exitInstall.html +++ b/uk/exitInstall.html @@ -22,16 +22,11 @@ </div> </div> </div> - - - - - - + + - <p><a name="exitInstall-pa1"></a>Тепер <span class="application">Mageia</span> встановлено і налаштовано, можна @@ -46,19 +41,17 @@ <p><a name="exitInstall-pa3"></a>Якщо ви не скоригуєте параметрів завантажувача, буде автоматично вибрано і - запущено встановлену вами операційну систему Mageia. + запущено встановлену вами операційну систему Mageia. </p> - + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa4"></a>Приємної роботи! </p> - + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa5"></a>Відвідайте www.mageia.org, якщо хочете дізнатися більше про участь у - спільноті Mageia + спільноті Mageia </p> - - </div> </body> diff --git a/uk/index.html b/uk/index.html index df21cce..5b25484 100644 --- a/uk/index.html +++ b/uk/index.html @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ <dl> <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e19">Вступ</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e29">Носій</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e142">Отримання та перевірка носіїв даних</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e169">Запис образу ISO</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e122">Отримання та перевірка носіїв даних</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e149">Запис образу ISO</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="installer.html">DrakX, програма для встановлення Mageia</a></span></dt> @@ -75,17 +75,14 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html">Основні параметри завантажувача</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e900">Із системою BIOS</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e937">Із системою UEFI</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e887">Інтерфейс завантажувача</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e911">Користування завантажувачем Mageia</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e925">Користування вже встановленим завантажувачем</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e928">Використання ланцюгового завантаження</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e942">Параметри</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html">Додавання пункту меню завантаження та внесення змін у такі пункти</a></span></dt> - <dd> - <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e952">Із системою BIOS</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e970">Із системою UEFI</a></span></dt> - </dl> - </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html">Резюме щодо інших параметрів</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> @@ -116,7 +113,7 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html">Вилучення Mageia</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1207">Настанови</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1247">Настанови</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> </dl> diff --git a/uk/misc-params.html b/uk/misc-params.html index 8fcbf81..9f395d1 100644 --- a/uk/misc-params.html +++ b/uk/misc-params.html @@ -22,28 +22,6 @@ </div> </div> </div> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - @@ -58,6 +36,46 @@ </p> + <div class="note" title="Примітка" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Примітка]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Як правило, рекомендованим є використання типових параметрів. Ви можете + нічого не змінювати, окрім трьох винятків: + </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>відомі певні недоліки у типових параметрах;</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>ви спробували типові параметри, і нічого не вийшло;</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>у розділах із докладною інформацією, наведених нижче, стверджується, що слід + вибрати нетипові параметри. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + <div class="section" title="Параметри системи"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -101,8 +119,7 @@ </p> - <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4b"></a>Не вносьте ніяких змін, якщо ви не є знавцем з налаштовування Grub і/або - Lilo + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4b"></a>Не вносьте ніяких змін, якщо ви не є знавцем з налаштовування Grub2 </p> @@ -171,6 +188,26 @@ клавіатури, параметри якої залежатимуть від місця вашого розташування, мови та типу клавіатури. </p> + + + <div class="note" title="Примітка" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Примітка]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Якщо ви зауважили, що розкладка клавіатури є помилковою, і хочете змінити + її, не забудьте, що зі зміною розкладки може змінитися і текст вашого + пароля. + </p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -189,7 +226,7 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3"></a><span class="guilabel">Звукова плата</span>: </p> - + <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3a"></a>Засобом встановлення буде використано типовий драйвер, якщо такий типовий драйвер передбачено. Можливість вибору іншого драйвера буде надано, лише якщо для картки передбачено декілька драйверів, але жоден з них не є @@ -334,7 +371,7 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa2b"></a>Виберіть служби, яким має бути дозволено доступ до вашої системи. Вибір служб залежатиме від призначення комп’ютера, на якому працює операційна - система. + система. Докладніше про це у розділі <a class="xref" href="">???</a>. </p> diff --git a/uk/selectCountry.html b/uk/selectCountry.html index dd87b66..44df758 100644 --- a/uk/selectCountry.html +++ b/uk/selectCountry.html @@ -22,31 +22,26 @@ </div> </div> </div> + + + - - - - - - - - - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa1"></a>Виберіть країну або регіон. Ваш вибір буде важливим для всіх типів параметрів локалізації системи, зокрема вибору валюти та домену керування бездротовим зв’язком. Помилковий вибір може призвести до неможливості використання бездротового зв’язку. </p> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa2"></a>Якщо вашої країни немає у списку, натисніть кнопку <span class="guilabel">Інші країни</span> і виберіть країну або регіон за допомогою вікна, яке буде відкрито. </p> - + <div class="note" title="Примітка" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> <tr> @@ -55,18 +50,18 @@ </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa3"></a>Якщо пункт вашої країни є лише у списку <span class="guilabel">Інші країни</span> може здатися, що вибрано країну з першого списку. Будь ласка, не зважайте на це, DrakX вже врахував ваш правильний вибір. </p> - + </td> </tr> </table> </div> - + <div class="section" title="Спосіб введення"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -76,23 +71,20 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa4"></a>За допомогою вікна <span class="guilabel">Інші країни</span> ви також можете вибрати спосіб введення (за допомогою нижньої частини списку). Способи введення надають змогу користувачам вводити символи запису східних мов (китайської, японської, корейської тощо). Типовим способом введення на DVD з Mageia та - портативних образах системи для Африки/Індії та Азії є IBus. Для локалей - азійських та африканських країн IBus буде визначено типовим способом - введення, отже користувачам не доведеться налаштовувати нічого вручну. Інші - способи введення (SCIM, GCIN, HIME тощо), які надають користувачам подібні - можливості, можна встановити, якщо перед вибором пакунків було додано - сховища пакунків HTTP/FTP. + портативних образах системи є IBus, отже користувачам не доведеться + налаштовувати нічого вручну. Інші способи введення (SCIM, GCIN, HIME тощо), + які надають користувачам подібні можливості, можна встановити, якщо перед + вибором пакунків було додано сховища пакунків HTTP/FTP. </p> - + <div class="note" title="Примітка" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> <tr> @@ -101,20 +93,20 @@ </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa5"></a>Якщо спосіб введення потрібен вам після встановлення системи, ви можете отримати доступ до нього після завантаження встановленої системи за допомогою пункту меню «Налаштувати ваш комп’ютер» -> «Система» або запуску localedrake від імені користувача root. </p> - + </td> </tr> </table> </div> - + </div> - + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/uk/setupBootloader.html b/uk/setupBootloader.html index ab802e4..32beb28 100644 --- a/uk/setupBootloader.html +++ b/uk/setupBootloader.html @@ -29,13 +29,11 @@ - - - <div class="section" title="Із системою BIOS"> + <div class="section" title="Інтерфейс завантажувача"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e900"></a>Із системою BIOS + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e887"></a>Інтерфейс завантажувача </h3> </div> </div> @@ -43,17 +41,23 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa1"></a>Якщо вам потрібні інші параметри роботи завантажувача, ніж ті, які було - вибрано автоматично програмою для встановлення системи, ви можете змінити їх - за допомогою цієї сторінки. - </p> + <p>Типово, Mageia ексклюзивно використовує:</p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa2"></a>Ймовірно, ви вже користувалися якоюсь операційною системою на вашому - комп’ютері. Якщо це так, вам слід визначитися, має бути додано пункт Mageia - до меню поточного завантажувача, чи Mageia має створити власний - завантажувач. - </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2 (з графічним меню або без нього) для застарілих систем із MBR або GPT</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>Grub2-efi для системи UEFI.</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> <div class="tip" title="Підказка" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> @@ -73,11 +77,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Користування завантажувачем Mageia"> + <div class="section" title="Grub2 для застарілих систем із MBR та GPT"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="usingMageiaBootloader"></a>Користування завантажувачем Mageia + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e897"></a>Grub2 для застарілих систем із MBR та GPT </h4> </div> </div> @@ -85,51 +89,20 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa4"></a>Типово, Mageia записує новий завантажувач GRUB (застарілу версію) до MBR - (основного запису завантаження) першого диска вашого комп’ютера. Якщо на - диску вже було встановлено операційні системи, Mageia спробує додати пункти - цих операційних систем до нового меню завантаження Mageia. - </p> - <p>У новій версії Mageia ви зможете скористатися завантажувачем GRUB2 на додачу - до застарілої версії GRUB та Lilo. + <p>Не змінюйте значення параметри «Пристрій завантаження», якщо у цьому немає + нагальної потреби. </p> - - - <div class="warning" title="Застереження" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Warning"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Застереження]" src="warning.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa6"></a>Операційні системи Linux, у яких використовується завантажувач GRUB2, у - поточній версії не розпізнаються і не підтримуються типовим завантажувачем - GRUB (застарілої версії). - </p> - - - <p>Найкращим вирішенням цієї проблеми є використання завантажувача - GRUB2. Наказати системі використовувати саме цей завантажувач можна на - сторінці «Резюме» під час встановлення операційної системи. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> </div> - <div class="section" title="Користування вже встановленим завантажувачем"> + <div class="section" title="Grub2-efi у системах UEFI"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="usingExistingBootloader"></a>Користування вже встановленим завантажувачем + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e903"></a>Grub2-efi у системах UEFI </h4> </div> </div> @@ -137,83 +110,106 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa46"></a>Якщо ви вирішите скористатися вже встановленим завантажувачем, не забудьте - зупинитися на сторінці резюме під час встановлення і натиснути у розділі - «Завантажувач» кнопку <span class="guibutton">Налаштувати</span> , за допомогою якої - ви зможете змінити місце встановлення завантажувача. + <p>Якщо ви користуєтеся системою з UEFI system, інтерфейс користувача трохи + відрізнятиметься, оскільки ви не зможете вибирати між завантажувачем із + графічним меню і без нього. </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa47"></a>Не вибирайте пристрій, наприклад «sda», інакше вже створений запис MBR буде - перезаписано. Вам слід вибрати кореневий розділ, який було вибрано під час - кроку розподілу диска на розділи, наприклад «sda7». - </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48"></a>Якщо бути точним, sda — це пристрій, а sda7 — розділ на пристрої. + <p>Якщо Mageia є єдиною операційною системою, яку встановлено на вашому + комп’ютері, засіб встановлення створить ESP (системний розділ EFI) для + зберігання завантажувача (Grub2-efi). Якщо ж на комп’ютері вже було + встановлено операційні системи з UEFI (наприклад Windows 8), засіб + встановлення Mageia виявить наявні розділи ESP, створені Windows, додасть + grub2-efi. Хоча теоретично у системі може бути декілька ESP, варто + обмежитися одним таким розділом, оскільки його достатньо для довільної + кількості встановлених вами операційних систем. </p> - <div class="tip" title="Підказка" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Tip"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Підказка]" src="tip.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48a"></a>Перейдіть до tty2 натисканням комбінації клавіш Ctrl+Alt+F2 і віддайте - команду <code class="literal">df</code> щоб визначити розташування вашого розділу - <code class="literal">/</code> (кореневого каталогу). Повернутися до вікна засобу - встановлення можна за допомогою натискання комбінації клавіш Ctrl+Alt+F7. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa49"></a>Повний перелік кроків додавання пункту операційної системи Mageia до меню - вже встановленого завантажувача не є предметом цієї довідкової - сторінки. Втім, здебільшого, ці кроки пов’язано з запуском відповідної - програми встановлення завантажувача, яка має виявити і додати пункт системи - у автоматичному режимі. Відповідні пояснення має бути наведено у - документації до іншої операційної системи. + <p>Не змінюйте значення параметри «Пристрій завантаження», якщо у цьому немає + нагальної потреби. </p> </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Користування завантажувачем Mageia"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e911"></a>Користування завантажувачем Mageia + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + - <div class="section" title="Додаткові параметри завантажувача"> - <div class="titlepage"> + <p>Типово, залежно від вашої системи, Mageia записує новий:</p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>завантажувач GRUB2 або до MBR (Master Boot Record) вашого першого диска, або + до завантажувального розділу BIOS. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>завантажувач Grub2-efi до ESP;</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + + <p>Якщо на комп’ютері вже встановлено інші операційні системи, Mageia спробує + додати ці системи до вашого нового меню завантаження Mageia. Якщо вам це не + потрібно, натисніть кнопку <span class="guibutton">Далі</span>, а потім зніміть + позначку з пункту <span class="guilabel">Зондування сторонньої ОС</span>. + </p> + + + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Користування вже встановленим завантажувачем"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> <div> - <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="advancedOptionBootloader"></a>Додаткові параметри завантажувача - </h4> - </div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e925"></a>Користування вже встановленим завантажувачем + </h3> </div> </div> - - - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa52"></a>Якщо об’єм на диску з розділом <code class="literal">/</code>, що містить каталог - <code class="literal">/tmp</code>, є дуже обмеженим, натисніть кнопку - <span class="guibutton">Додатково</span> і позначте пункт <span class="guilabel">Очищати /tmp при - кожному перезавантаженні</span>. Це допоможе зекономити трохи місця. - </p> - </div> + + + + <p>Повний перелік кроків додавання пункту операційної системи Mageia до меню + вже встановленого завантажувача не є предметом цієї довідкової + сторінки. Втім, здебільшого, ці кроки пов’язано з запуском відповідної + програми встановлення завантажувача, яка має виявити і додати пункт системи + у автоматичному режимі. Відповідні пояснення має бути наведено у + документації до іншої операційної системи. + </p> </div> - <div class="section" title="Із системою UEFI"> + <div class="section" title="Використання ланцюгового завантаження"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e937"></a>Із системою UEFI + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e928"></a>Використання ланцюгового завантаження </h3> </div> </div> @@ -221,28 +217,204 @@ - <p>Якщо ви користуєтеся системою з UEFI system, інтерфейс користувача трохи - відрізнятиметься, оскільки ви не зможете вибрати завантажувач, доступним - буде лише grub2-efi. + <p>Якщо ви не хочете використовувати завантажувач Mageia, а замість цього + хочете скористатися ланцюговим завантаженням з іншої операційної системи, + натисніть кнопку <span class="guibutton">Далі</span>, потім пункт + <span class="guibutton">Додатково</span> і позначте пункт <span class="guilabel">Не чіпати ESP + або MBR</span>. </p> - <p>Якщо Mageia є першою операційною системою, яку встановлено на вашому - комп’ютері, засіб встановлення створить ESP (системний розділ EFI) для - зберігання завантажувача (Grub2-efi). Якщо ж на комп’ютері вже було - встановлено операційні системи з UEFI (наприклад Windows 8), засіб - встановлення Mageia виявить наявні розділи ESP, створені Windows, додасть - grub2-efi. Хоча теоретично у системі може бути декілька ESP, варто - обмежитися одним таким розділом, оскільки його достатньо для довільної - кількості встановлених вами операційних систем. + <p>Програма попередить вас про те, що у системі не буде + завантажувача. Проігноруйте попередження і натисніть кнопку + <span class="guibutton">Гаразд</span>. </p> - <p>Не змінюйте значення параметри «Пристрій завантаження», якщо у цьому немає - нагальної потреби. - </p> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Параметри"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e942"></a>Параметри + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="section" title="Перша сторінка"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e944"></a>Перша сторінка + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Пауза перед завантаженням основної системи</span>: за + допомогою цього пункту ви можете встановити затримку у секундах перед + завантаженням типової операційної системи. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Безпека</span>: за допомогою цього розділу ви можете + встановити пароль для доступу до завантажувача. Використання пароля + означатиме, що інші особи не зможуть увійти до режиму одного користувача або + змінити параметри під час завантаження. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Пароль</span>: за допомогою цього поля для введення тексту ви + можете вказати пароль. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Пароль (ще раз)</span>: повторіть введення пароля користувача + у цьому полі. drakx перевірить, чи збігається введений вами повторно пароль + з його початковим варіантом. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Додатково</span></p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Увімкнути ACPI:</span> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power + Interface) є стандартом керування живленням комп’ютера. За його допомогою + комп’ютер може заощаджувати енергію, вимикаючи пристрої, які не + використовуються. Цей метод використовували до появи APM. Зняття позначки з + цього пункту може допомогти, наприклад, якщо на вашому комп’ютері не + передбачено підтримки ACPI, або якщо ви вважаєте, що реалізація ACPI створює + проблеми у роботі комп’ютера (наприклад неочікувані перезавантаження системи + або «замерзання» системи). + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Увімкнути SMP</span>: за допомогою цього пункту можна + увімкнути або вимкнути симетричне використання багатьох процесорів, якщо на + комп’ютері встановлено багатоядерний процесор. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Увімкнути APIC</span>: позначення цього пункту надає + операційній системі доступ до розширеного програмованого контролера + переривань (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller). Пристрої з APIC + надають змогу використовувати складніші моделі із пріоритетністю процесів та + керування розширеними IRQ (запитами щодо переривань). + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Увімкнути локальний APIC</span>: за допомогою цього пункту ви + можете увімкнути локальний APIC, тобто керування усіма зовнішніми + перериваннями для певних процесорів у багатопроцесорних системах. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="Наступна сторінка"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e976"></a>Наступна сторінка + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Типовий:</span> типовий варіант операційної системи для + завантаження. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Приєднати:</span> за допомогою цього параметра ви можете + передати ядру системи якісь дані або повідомити ядру про те, що слід надати + вам більше інформації під час завантаження системи. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Зондування сторонньої ОС</span>: див. вище розділ щодо <a class="link" href="setupBootloader.html#setupMageiaBootloader">використання завантажувача Mageia</a></p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Додатково</span></p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Режим відео:</span> за допомогою цього пункту ви можете + вказати розмірності екрана (у пікселях) та глибину кольорів для меню + завантаження. Якщо ви натиснете кнопку списку із маленьким трикутничком + вістрям униз, програма покаже варіанти розмірностей і глибини кольорів, + якими можна скористатися. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="bold"><strong>Не чіпати ESP або MBR</strong></span>: див. вище розділ + щодо <a class="link" href="setupBootloader.html#setupChainLoading">використання ланцюгового + завантаження</a></p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> </div> diff --git a/uk/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html b/uk/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html index a593f0d..b46cf7d 100644 --- a/uk/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html +++ b/uk/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html @@ -27,116 +27,26 @@ + <p>Для цього вам доведеться внести вручну зміни до /boot/grub2/custom.cfg або + скористатися програмою для налаштовування GRUB (наприклад grub-customizer зі + сховищ Mageia). + </p> - <div class="section" title="Із системою BIOS"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e952"></a>Із системою BIOS - </h3> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <p>Щоб додати запис або внести зміни у позначений запис, натисніть відповідну - кнопку на сторінці <span class="emphasis"><em>Налаштування завантажувача</em></span>. У - відповідь буде показано вікно редагування. - </p> - - - <div class="note" title="Примітка" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Note"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Примітка]" src="note.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p>Якщо вами було вибрано завантажувач <code class="code">Grub 2</code>, ви не зможете - скористатися цим інструментом для редагування записів на наступному кроці, - після натискання кнопки «Далі». Вам слід скористатися іншим графічним - інструментом для редагування, зокрема <code class="code">kcm-grub2</code>, - <code class="code">grub-customizer</code>, або внести зміни до - <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> вручну. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - - - - <p>Деякі з дій можна виконувати нічим не ризикуючи. До таких дій належить зміна - мітки запису або позначення типового запису у списку. - </p> - - - <p>Ви можете додати до запису належний номер версії або повністю змінити назву - запису. - </p> - - - <p>Типовий пункт — це пункт операційної системи, яка завантажується, якщо - користувачем не буде зроблено іншого вибору під час показу меню - завантаження. - </p> - - - <div class="warning" title="Застереження" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Warning"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Застереження]" src="warning.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p>Редагування інших параметрів може призвести до неможливості завантаження - системи. Будь ласка, не експериментуйте з цими параметрами, якщо вам - достеменно невідоме їхнє призначення. - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="Із системою UEFI"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e970"></a>Із системою UEFI - </h3> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <p>У цьому випадку ви користуватиметеся Grub2-efi і не зможете скористатися - інструментом для редагування записів на цьому. Редагування можна здійснити - вручну за допомогою файла <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> або - скористатися <code class="code">grub-customizer</code>. Усе, що ви можете зробити на - цьому кроці, вибрати типовий запис зі спадного списку. - </p> - - - <p>Після натискання кнопки <span class="guibutton">Далі</span>, у наступному спадному - списку ви зможете вибрати роздільну здатність для екрана Grub2, графічного - завантажувача системи. - </p> - - - + <div class="note" title="Примітка" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Примітка]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>Щоб дізнатися більше, ознайомтеся із відповідною сторінкою нашої вікі: <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia" target="_top">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</a></p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> </div> </div> diff --git a/uk/soundConfig.html b/uk/soundConfig.html index e30987e..cef219b 100644 --- a/uk/soundConfig.html +++ b/uk/soundConfig.html @@ -22,7 +22,6 @@ </div> </div> </div> - @@ -33,8 +32,8 @@ <p>На цій сторінці буде показано назву драйвера, який інструмент встановлення вибрав для вашої звукової картки. Цим драйвером буде типовий драйвер, якщо такий передбачено для картки. - </p> + <p>Типовий драйвер має працювати без проблем. Втім, якщо після встановлення у вас виникли проблеми зі звуком, віддайте команду @@ -42,14 +41,13 @@ Центру керування Mageia: виберіть сторінку <span class="guilabel">Обладнання</span> і натисніть пункт <span class="guilabel">Налаштування звуку</span> у верхній правій частині вікна. - </p> + <p>Після цього у вікні draksound або інструмента «Налаштування звуку» натисніть пункт <span class="guibutton">Додатково</span>, а потім кнопку <span class="guibutton">Вирішення проблем</span>. У відповідь буде показано варті уваги поради щодо вирішення проблеми. - </p> @@ -69,15 +67,12 @@ користуватися, якщо для картки не передбачено типового драйвера або якщо існує декілька драйверів, і ви певні, що засобом встановлення вибрано помилковий драйвер. - </p> <p>У цьому випадку, ви можете вибрати інший драйвер після натискання кнопки <span class="guibutton">Дозвольте мені підібрати драйвер</span>. - </p> - </div> diff --git a/uk/uninstall-Mageia.html b/uk/uninstall-Mageia.html index e1eb8a8..5fc92bb 100644 --- a/uk/uninstall-Mageia.html +++ b/uk/uninstall-Mageia.html @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1207"></a>Настанови + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1247"></a>Настанови </h3> </div> </div> diff --git a/update-help_files.sh b/update-help_files.sh index 86258cd..65a5bf1 100755 --- a/update-help_files.sh +++ b/update-help_files.sh @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ set -e -LANGS="ca cs de el en eo es et eu fr hr id it nl pl pt pt_br ro ru sk sl sq sv tr uk zh_cn" +LANGS="ca cs de el en eo es et eu fr hr hu id it nl pl pt pt_br ro ru sk sl sq sv tr uk zh_cn" DLPATH="http://docteam.mageia.nl/zipped/drakx-installer-help/" diff --git a/zh_cn/Select-and-use-ISOs.html b/zh_cn/Select-and-use-ISOs.html index a5441d8..abdfc22 100644 --- a/zh_cn/Select-and-use-ISOs.html +++ b/zh_cn/Select-and-use-ISOs.html @@ -179,46 +179,6 @@ </div> </div> - - - <div class="section" title="DVD 双架构"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>DVD 双架构 - </h5> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <div class="itemizedlist"> - <ul class="itemizedlist"> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>同一媒介中包含两种架构。程序将根据检测到的 CPU 类型自动做出选择。</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>仅使用 Xfce 桌面。</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>并非所有语言都有完整支持。（be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk）请认真核对！</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>其中包含非自由软件。</p> - - </li> - </ul> - </div> - - </div> </div> @@ -227,7 +187,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e67"></a>Live 媒介 + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e56"></a>Live 媒介 </h4> </div> </div> @@ -239,7 +199,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e69"></a>通用特性 + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e58"></a>通用特性 </h5> </div> </div> @@ -256,7 +216,7 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>每个 ISO 仅包含一种桌面环境（KDE 或 GNOME）。</p> + <p>每个 ISO 仅包含一种桌面环境（KDE、GNOME 或 Xfce）。</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -280,11 +240,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Live CD KDE"> + <div class="section" title="Live DVD KDE"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e83"></a>Live CD KDE + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e72"></a>Live DVD KDE </h5> </div> </div> @@ -296,17 +256,17 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>仅包含 KDE 桌面环境。</p> + <p>仅包含 KDE（Plasma）桌面环境。</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>仅包含英语支持。</p> + <p>包含所有语言支持。</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>仅使用 32 位架构。</p> + <p>媒介有 32 位和 64 位两种架构之分。</p> </li> </ul> @@ -315,11 +275,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Live CD GNOME"> + <div class="section" title="Live DVD GNOME"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e92"></a>Live CD GNOME + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e81"></a>Live DVD GNOME </h5> </div> </div> @@ -336,41 +296,6 @@ </li> <li class="listitem"> - <p>仅包含英语支持。</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>仅使用 32 位架构。</p> - - </li> - </ul> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="Live DVD KDE"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>Live DVD KDE - </h5> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <div class="itemizedlist"> - <ul class="itemizedlist"> - <li class="listitem"> - - <p>仅包含 KDE 桌面环境。</p> - - </li> - <li class="listitem"> - <p>包含所有语言支持。</p> </li> @@ -385,11 +310,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="Live DVD GNOME"> + <div class="section" title="Live DVD Xfce"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e110"></a>Live DVD GNOME + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e90"></a>Live DVD Xfce </h5> </div> </div> @@ -401,7 +326,7 @@ <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - <p>仅包含 GNOME 桌面环境。</p> + <p>仅包含 Xfce 桌面环境。</p> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -426,7 +351,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e119"></a>仅用于引导的 CD + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e99"></a>仅用于引导的 CD </h4> </div> </div> @@ -438,7 +363,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e121"></a>通用特性 + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e101"></a>通用特性 </h5> </div> </div> @@ -476,11 +401,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="boot.iso"> + <div class="section" title="netinstall.iso"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e132"></a>boot.iso + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e112"></a>netinstall.iso </h5> </div> </div> @@ -501,11 +426,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="boot-nonfree.iso"> + <div class="section" title="netinstall-nonfree.iso"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e137"></a>boot-nonfree.iso + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e117"></a>netinstall-nonfree.iso </h5> </div> </div> @@ -534,7 +459,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e142"></a>下载和检查媒介 + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e122"></a>下载和检查媒介 </h3> </div> </div> @@ -546,7 +471,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e144"></a>下载中 + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e124"></a>下载中 </h4> </div> </div> @@ -576,7 +501,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e156"></a>检查下载文件的完整性 + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e136"></a>检查下载文件的完整性 </h4> </div> </div> @@ -618,7 +543,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e169"></a>刻录或转储 ISO + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e149"></a>刻录或转储 ISO </h3> </div> </div> @@ -633,7 +558,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e172"></a>将ISO文件刻录到CD或DVD + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e152"></a>将ISO文件刻录到CD或DVD </h4> </div> </div> @@ -652,7 +577,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e177"></a>写入 ISO 到 U 盘 + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e157"></a>写入 ISO 到 U 盘 </h4> </div> </div> @@ -687,7 +612,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e183"></a>使用 Mageia 的图形化工具 + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e163"></a>使用 Mageia 的图形化工具 </h5> </div> </div> @@ -706,7 +631,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e187"></a>使用 Windows 下的图形化工具 + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e167"></a>使用 Windows 下的图形化工具 </h5> </div> </div> @@ -732,7 +657,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e194"></a>使用 GNU/Linux 系统中的命令行程序 + <h5 class="title"><a name="d5e174"></a>使用 GNU/Linux 系统中的命令行程序 </h5> </div> </div> diff --git a/zh_cn/addUser.html b/zh_cn/addUser.html index ffae08d..06545af 100644 --- a/zh_cn/addUser.html +++ b/zh_cn/addUser.html @@ -22,20 +22,6 @@ </div> </div> </div> - - - - - - - - - - - - - - @@ -140,19 +126,10 @@ <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - <p>任何在安装 Mageia 时添加的用户将拥有一个全局可读（但写保护）的主目录。</p> - - - <p>不过，在使用系统时，通过 <span class="emphasis"><em>Mageia 控制中心 - 系统 - -管理系统用户</em></span>添加的用户将拥有其他用户不可读且不可写的主目录。 - </p> - - - <p>若您不希望为任何人创建全局可读的主目录，则现在最好只添加一个临时用户，然后在重启后添加您所需要的用户。</p> + <p>在安装 Mageia 期间添加的任何用户都将拥有读/写保护的主目录（即 umask=0027）。</p> - <p>若您需要全局可读主目录，你可能需要在安装的<span class="emphasis"><em>配置 - - 概要</em></span>这一步中添加有此需要的用户。请在<span class="emphasis"><em>用户管理</em></span>中进行此操作。。 + <p>你可以在<span class="emphasis"><em>配置 - 概要</em></span>一步中添加其他所需用户，只需选择<span class="emphasis"><em>用户管理</em></span>即可。 </p> diff --git a/zh_cn/chooseDesktop.html b/zh_cn/chooseDesktop.html index 4347014..c970e59 100644 --- a/zh_cn/chooseDesktop.html +++ b/zh_cn/chooseDesktop.html @@ -22,32 +22,27 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - - - + - + <p>根据所选项不同，随后会出现不同的窗口用于详细设置。</p> - + <p>在选择完成之后，将会在安装软件包时展示一系列幻灯片。可以按 <span class="guilabel">详细</span> 按钮来关闭幻灯片显示。 </p> + - - - - + <p>请选择 <span class="application">KDE</span> 或 <span class="application">GNOME</span> 作为桌面环境。这两种环境均包含有用的应用程序盒工具。若希望全部安装或均不安装，或自定义要安装的默认软件，请点击 <span class="guilabel">自定义</span>。<span class="application">LXDE</span> 桌面环境较前两者更加轻便，视觉效果较低，默认安装的软件包也更少。 </p> - + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/zh_cn/choosePackageGroups.html b/zh_cn/choosePackageGroups.html index 46a72d0..79d146d 100644 --- a/zh_cn/choosePackageGroups.html +++ b/zh_cn/choosePackageGroups.html @@ -24,43 +24,43 @@ </div> + - - - + - + <p>软件包按组列出，您可以更方便地选择所需软件。若需要查看某一组的详细说明，请将鼠标移至该组的名称上方。</p> - + <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>工作区</p> + <p>工作区</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>服务器。</p> + <p>服务器。</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>图形界面环境</p> + <p>图形界面环境</p> + </li> <li class="listitem"> - - <p>单独选择软件包：您可以使用此选项来手动添加/移除软件包。</p> + <p>单独选择软件包：您可以使用此选项来手动添加/移除软件包。</p> + </li> </ul> </div> - - <p>若要进行最小化安装（包含/不包含 X & IceWM），请阅读 <a class="xref" href="minimal-install.html" title="最小安装">“最小安装”一节</a>。 - </p> + + <p>请阅读 <a class="xref" href="minimal-install.html" title="最小安装">“最小安装”一节</a> 来了解如何进行最小化安装（包活或不包括 X 服务和 IceWM 桌面环境）。 + </p> + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/zh_cn/diskdrake.html b/zh_cn/diskdrake.html index 36232db..dee2cc7 100644 --- a/zh_cn/diskdrake.html +++ b/zh_cn/diskdrake.html @@ -29,18 +29,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - <div class="warning" title="警告" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> <tr> @@ -92,7 +80,7 @@ <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - <p>若您将 Mageia 安装在 UEFI 系统中，请确保磁盘上存在 ESP（EFI 系统分区）并被正确挂载至 /boot/EFI（见下）。</p> + <p>若您需要在 UEFI 硬件上使用 Mageia，请确保您设置了 ESP（EFI 系统分区），并且已被挂载至 /boot/EFI（见下）</p> <p></p> @@ -102,6 +90,25 @@ </table> </div> + + <div class="note" title="注意" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[注意]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>若您使用传统的硬件+GPT硬盘分区，请确保您设置了 BIOS 引导分区，并且为其指定了正确的分区标志</p> + + + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/zh_cn/doPartitionDisks.html b/zh_cn/doPartitionDisks.html index 18badbb..fad1999 100644 --- a/zh_cn/doPartitionDisks.html +++ b/zh_cn/doPartitionDisks.html @@ -40,6 +40,8 @@ + + <p><a name="doPartitionDisks-pa3"></a></p> <div class="itemizedlist"> <ul class="itemizedlist"> @@ -87,6 +89,8 @@ </p> + + </li> </ul> @@ -193,6 +197,31 @@ </div> + <div class="note" title="注意" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[注意]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>若您使用传统的硬件（即 CSM 或 BIOS），并且使用 GPT 格式的硬盘分区，您需要先创建一个 BIOS 引导分区。该分区一般为 1 MiB + 左右，且不会被挂载。请选择“自定义磁盘分区”，然后手动创建一个 BIOS 引导分区。 + </p> + + + + + + + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + <div class="warning" title="警告" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Warning"> <tr> diff --git a/zh_cn/exitInstall.html b/zh_cn/exitInstall.html index 0209826..ba31d05 100644 --- a/zh_cn/exitInstall.html +++ b/zh_cn/exitInstall.html @@ -28,11 +28,6 @@ - - - - - <p><a name="exitInstall-pa1"></a>您以完成安装和配置 Mageia，现在可以安全地移除安装介质并重新启动。 </p> @@ -42,18 +37,16 @@ </p> - <p><a name="exitInstall-pa3"></a>若您没有调整引导器的配置，将会自动启动 Mageia。 + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa3"></a>若您没有调整引导器的配置，将会自动启动 Mageia。 </p> - + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa4"></a>Enjoy! </p> + - - <p><a name="exitInstall-pa5"></a>若您有任何疑问，或希望帮助完善 Mageia，请访问 www.mageia.org。 + <p><a name="exitInstall-pa5"></a>若您有任何疑问，或希望帮助完善 Mageia，请访问 www.mageia.org。 </p> - - </div> </body> diff --git a/zh_cn/index.html b/zh_cn/index.html index a44d553..686c281 100644 --- a/zh_cn/index.html +++ b/zh_cn/index.html @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ <dl> <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e19">简介</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e29">介质</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e142">下载和检查媒介</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e169">刻录或转储 ISO</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e122">下载和检查媒介</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="Select-and-use-ISOs.html#d5e149">刻录或转储 ISO</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="installer.html">DrakX，Mageia 的安装器</a></span></dt> @@ -75,17 +75,14 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html">引导程序的主要选项</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e890">使用 BIOS 系统</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e927">使用 UEFI 系统</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e891">引导器界面</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e921">使用 Mageia 提供的引导器</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e938">使用现存的引导器</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e941">使用链式加载（chain loading）</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloader.html#d5e958">选项</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html">添加或修改引导菜单项</a></span></dt> - <dd> - <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e942">使用 BIOS 系统</a></span></dt> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.html#d5e959">使用 UEFI 系统</a></span></dt> - </dl> - </dd> <dt><span class="section"><a href="misc-params.html">一些杂项</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> @@ -116,7 +113,7 @@ <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html">卸载Mageia</a></span></dt> <dd> <dl> - <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1195">如何做</a></span></dt> + <dt><span class="section"><a href="uninstall-Mageia.html#d5e1262">如何做</a></span></dt> </dl> </dd> </dl> diff --git a/zh_cn/misc-params.html b/zh_cn/misc-params.html index b2ea7e5..0cb74b7 100644 --- a/zh_cn/misc-params.html +++ b/zh_cn/misc-params.html @@ -26,28 +26,6 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - @@ -56,6 +34,42 @@ </p> + <div class="note" title="注意" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[注意]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>一般而言，您可以直接使用推荐配置，除非您遇到以下三种情况：</p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>您预知该默认配置存在问题</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>您尝试了默认配置，但安装失败</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>后续章节中所提到的其他情况</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> + + <div class="section" title="系统参数"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -95,7 +109,7 @@ </p> - <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4b"></a>不更改任何选项，除非您懂得如何配置 GRUB 和/或 Lilo + <p><a name="misc-params-system-pa4b"></a>除非您懂得如何配置 GRUB 2，否则请勿更改这些配置 </p> @@ -157,6 +171,23 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa1a"></a>在这里，您可以根据您所在的位置、使用的语言和键盘类型来设置键盘布局。 </p> + + + <div class="note" title="注意" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[注意]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>如果您发现键盘布局错误、需要更正，请注意：在更改配置后，之前设置的密码也可能发生改变。</p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </div> </li> <li class="listitem"> @@ -174,7 +205,7 @@ <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3"></a><span class="guilabel">声卡</span>: </p> - + <p><a name="misc-params-hardware-pa3a"></a>安装器将会使用默认驱动（如果有的话）。只有存在多个可用驱动（且均不是默认驱动）时，才会提示您进行选择。 </p> @@ -301,7 +332,7 @@ </p> - <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa2b"></a>请选择允许访问本系统的服务。您的选项应当基于计算机的期望用途。 + <p><a name="misc-params-security-pa2b"></a>选择您需要使用的服务，这取决与您希望如何使用您的计算机。有关更多信息，请参见 <a class="xref" href="">???</a>。 </p> diff --git a/zh_cn/selectCountry.html b/zh_cn/selectCountry.html index 4c177b1..1311419 100644 --- a/zh_cn/selectCountry.html +++ b/zh_cn/selectCountry.html @@ -22,26 +22,21 @@ </div> </div> </div> + + + - - - - - - - - - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa1"></a>请选择您所在的国家或地区。此选项将影响货币设置和无线管理域设置。如果您设置了错误的国家，您可能无法正常使用无线网络。 </p> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa2"></a>若列表中不包含您的国家，请点击 <span class="guilabel">其他国家</span> 按钮并选择相应的国家/区域。 </p> - + <div class="note" title="注意" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> <tr> @@ -50,17 +45,17 @@ </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa3"></a>若您的国家仅在 <span class="guilabel">其他国家</span> 列表中列出，在点击 <span class="guibutton">确定</span> 按钮之后，请忽略前一个列表中的选项。DrakX 会应用您后来的选择。 </p> - + </td> </tr> </table> </div> - + <div class="section" title="输入法"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> @@ -70,18 +65,16 @@ </div> </div> </div> + - - - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa4"></a>在 <span class="guilabel">其他国家</span> - 窗口中，您也可以选择一种输入法（位于列表底部）。输入法用于输入各类语言中的字符（中文、日文、韩文等）。IBus 是 Mageia - DVD、Africa/India 和 Asia/no-India 的默认选项。对于亚洲和非洲区域设置，安装程序会自动选择 IBus - 作为默认输入法，因此用户无需手动配置。其他输入法（SCIM、GCIN、HIME 等）可以提供类似的功能，您可以在选择软件包前通过添加 HTTP/FTP + 窗口中，您也可以选择一种输入法（位于列表底部）。输入法用于输入各类语言中的字符（中文、日文、韩文等）。IBus + 是默认选项，一般情况下用户无需手动配置。其他输入法（SCIM、GCIN、HIME 等）可以提供类似的功能，您可以在选择软件包前通过添加 HTTP/FTP 媒体来安装它们。 </p> - + <div class="note" title="注意" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> <table border="0" summary="Note"> <tr> @@ -90,17 +83,17 @@ </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"> - + <p><a name="selectCountry-pa5"></a>若您在安装期间缺少输入法，您可以在安装完成后通过“配置我的电脑”->“系统”设置来安装输入法，或者以 root 身份运行 localedrake。 </p> - + </td> </tr> </table> </div> - + </div> - + </div> </body> </html> diff --git a/zh_cn/setupBootloader.html b/zh_cn/setupBootloader.html index 1f7c487..50017d4 100644 --- a/zh_cn/setupBootloader.html +++ b/zh_cn/setupBootloader.html @@ -29,13 +29,11 @@ - - - <div class="section" title="使用 BIOS 系统"> + <div class="section" title="引导器界面"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e890"></a>使用 BIOS 系统 + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e891"></a>引导器界面 </h3> </div> </div> @@ -43,12 +41,23 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa1"></a>若您希望修改安装程序默认选择的引导器设置，可以在这里进行更改。 - </p> + <p>默认情况下，Mageia 仅使用：</p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa2"></a>您可能同时在电脑上安装了其他系统，这种情况下您需要将 Mageia 添加到现存引导器，或让 Mageia 创建一个新的起动器。 - </p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>GRUB2（包含/不包含图形界面），当使用传统硬件 + MBR/GPT格式分区时</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>GRUB2-efi，当使用 UEFI 硬件时。</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> <div class="tip" title="提示" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> @@ -68,11 +77,11 @@ </div> - <div class="section" title="使用 Mageia 提供的引导器"> + <div class="section" title="GRUB2，当使用传统硬件 + MBR/GPT 格式分区时"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="usingMageiaBootloader"></a>使用 Mageia 提供的引导器 + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e901"></a>GRUB2，当使用传统硬件 + MBR/GPT 格式分区时 </h4> </div> </div> @@ -80,42 +89,20 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa4"></a>默认情况下将新的 GRUB（传统版）引导器写入到第一硬盘驱动器的 MBR（主引导记录）中。如果您已经安装了其他系统，Mageia - 会尝试将其添加到新的引导菜单中。 - </p> - <p>除了 GRUB 传统版和 Lilo，Mageia 目前也提供 GRUB2 作为可选的引导器，</p> - <div class="warning" title="警告" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Warning"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[警告]" src="warning.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa6"></a>当前，GRUB（传统版，默认选项）无法识别和支持使用 GRUB2 作为引导器的 Linux 系统。 - </p> - - - <p>最好的解决方法是使用 GRUB 2 引导器，可以在安装过程中的摘要页面中选择安装。</p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> + <p>若您不确定如何操作，请不要修改“引导设备”。</p> </div> - <div class="section" title="使用现存的引导器"> + <div class="section" title="GRUB2-efi，当使用 UEFI 硬件时"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="usingExistingBootloader"></a>使用现存的引导器 + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e910"></a>GRUB2-efi，当使用 UEFI 硬件时 </h4> </div> </div> @@ -123,72 +110,91 @@ - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa46"></a>若您要使用现存的引导器，请记得在安装过程中的摘要页面处停留，然后点击引导器 <span class="guibutton">配置</span> - 按钮，并改变引导器的安装位置。 - </p> + <p>对于 UEFI，用户界面会稍有不同，您将无法选择引导器（因为只能使用 Grub2-efi）。</p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa47"></a>请不要选择类似“sda”的设备，否则会覆盖现存的 MBR。您必须选择根分区（在之前的分区操作中设置）作为安装对象 - </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48"></a>要清楚，sda 代表一个设备（磁盘），sda7 代表设备上的分区。 - </p> - <div class="tip" title="提示" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Tip"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[提示]" src="tip.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa48a"></a>可以按下 Ctrl+Alt+F2 来转到 tty2，然后输入 <code class="literal">df</code> 来查看 - <code class="literal">/</code>（根分区）对应的分区编号。然后按下 Ctrl+Alt+F7 返回安装界面。 - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> + <p>如果 Mageia 是您在电脑上安装的第一个系统，安装程序将自动创建一个 ESP（EFI 系统分区）来容纳引导器（Grub2-efi）。如果已安装了其他 + UEFI 操作系统（例如 Windows 8），Mageia 安装器将会探测现存的（由 Windows 创建的） ESP，并添加 + grub2-efi。尽管多个 ESP 可以共存，但只需一个 ESP 即可满足启动所有操作系统的需求。 + </p> - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa49"></a>有关添加 Mageia - 系统至现存引导器的问题超出了此帮助的范围。多数情况下，这设计到运行相应的引导器安装程序，并自动检测和添加引导项。请参见有关操作系统的文档以便进一步操作。 - </p> + <p>若您不确定如何操作，请不要修改“引导设备”。</p> </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="使用 Mageia 提供的引导器"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e921"></a>使用 Mageia 提供的引导器 + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + - <div class="section" title="引导器高级选项"> - <div class="titlepage"> + <p>默认情况下，根据您的硬件情况，Mageia 会将：</p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>GRUB 2 引导器安装至 MBR（主引导记录）区域或第一硬盘的 BIOS 引导分区。</p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p>GRUB2-efi 引导器安装至 ESP</p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + + <p>若您已安装了其他操作系统，Mageia 会尝试将它们也添加到 Mageia 的引导菜单。如果您不希望 Mageia + 这么做，请点击<span class="guibutton">下一步</span>，然后取消勾选<span class="guilabel">检测其他操作系统</span></p> + + + + + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="使用现存的引导器"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> <div> - <div> - <h4 class="title"><a name="advancedOptionBootloader"></a>引导器高级选项 - </h4> - </div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e938"></a>使用现存的引导器 + </h3> </div> </div> - - - - <p><a name="setupBootloader-pa52"></a>如果您的 <code class="literal">/</code> 分区对于 <code class="literal">/tmp</code> 来说太小，请点击 - <span class="guibutton">Advanced</span>，然后勾选 <span class="guilabel">每次启动时清理 - /tmp</span>。这有助于维持一定的空闲空间。 - </p> - </div> + + + + <p>有关添加 Mageia + 系统至现存引导器的问题超出了此帮助的范围。多数情况下，这设计到运行相应的引导器安装程序，并自动检测和添加引导项。请参见有关操作系统的文档以便进一步操作。 + </p> </div> - <div class="section" title="使用 UEFI 系统"> + <div class="section" title="使用链式加载（chain loading）"> <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e927"></a>使用 UEFI 系统 + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e941"></a>使用链式加载（chain loading） </h3> </div> </div> @@ -196,18 +202,181 @@ - <p>对于 UEFI，用户界面会稍有不同，您将无法选择引导器（因为只能使用 Grub2-efi）。 </p> + <p>若您不需要 Mageia 安装引导器，而是希望从其他系统引导 + Mageia，请点击<span class="guibutton">下一步</span>，然后点击<span class="guibutton">高级</span>并勾选 + <span class="guilabel">不要修改 ESP 或 MBR</span>。 + </p> + + - <p>如果 Mageia 是您在电脑上安装的第一个系统，安装程序将自动创建一个 ESP（EFI 系统分区）来容纳引导器（Grub2-efi）。如果已安装了其他 - UEFI 操作系统（例如 Windows 8），Mageia 安装器将会探测现存的（由 Windows 创建的） ESP，并添加 - grub2-efi。尽管多个 ESP 可以共存，但只需一个 ESP 即可满足启动所有操作系统的需求。 + <p>安装程序将会提醒您缺少引导器，请忽略它并点击<span class="guibutton">确定</span>。 </p> - <p>若您不确定如何操作，请不要修改“引导设备”。</p> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="选项"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e958"></a>选项 + </h3> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="section" title="第一页"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e960"></a>第一页 + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">自动引导之前等待</span>：此文本框用于设置在等待多少秒之后自动进入默认选定的操作系统。 + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">安全</span>：用于设置引导器的密码。可以防止其他人进入单用户模式，或者修改引导参数。 + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">密码</span>：此文本框用于输入密码 + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">确认密码</span>：再次输入密码，安装程序将检查您两次输入的密码是否一致。 + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">高级</span></p> + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable ACPI:</span> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power + Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by + stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Uncheck it be + useful, for example, if your computer does not support ACPI or if you think + the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance random + reboots or system lockups). + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable SMP</span>: This option enables / disables symmetric + multiprocessing for multi core processors. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable APIC</span>: Enabling or disabling this gives the + operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt + Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced + IRQ (Interrupt Request) management. + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">Enable Local APIC</span>: Here you can set local APIC, which + manage all external interrupts for some specific processor in an SMP system. + </p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> + + + <div class="section" title="下一页"> + <div class="titlepage"> + <div> + <div> + <h4 class="title"><a name="d5e992"></a>下一页 + </h4> + </div> + </div> + </div> + + + + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">默认</span>：使用默认引导参数 + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">追加</span> ：用于在默认引导选项后添加额外所需的内核参数。 + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">探测其他系统</span>：参见<a class="link" href="setupBootloader.html#setupMageiaBootloader">使用 + Mageia 引导器</a></p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">高级</span></p> + <div class="itemizedlist"> + <ul class="itemizedlist"> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="guilabel">图像模式</span>：用于设定显示引导菜单时的屏幕分辨率和色彩深度。若要从可用的模式中进行选择，请点击下三角标记。 + </p> + + </li> + <li class="listitem"> + + <p><span class="bold"><strong>不要修改 ESP 或 MBR</strong></span>：参见<a class="link" href="setupBootloader.html#setupChainLoading">使用链式加载</a></p> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </li> + </ul> + </div> + + </div> </div> diff --git a/zh_cn/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html b/zh_cn/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html index 1bed16c..a57e129 100644 --- a/zh_cn/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html +++ b/zh_cn/setupBootloaderAddEntry.html @@ -27,96 +27,25 @@ + <p>为此，您需要手动编辑 /boot/grub2/custom.cfg，或者使用 grub-customizer（可以从 Mageia + 仓库中安装）来编辑引导项。 + </p> - <div class="section" title="使用 BIOS 系统"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e942"></a>使用 BIOS 系统 - </h3> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <p>您可以添加项，或者修改您已选中的项，方法是在<span class="emphasis"><em>引导器配置</em></span>界面按下相应键，并在弹出的编辑界面中进行操作。 - </p> - - - <div class="note" title="注意" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Note"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[注意]" src="note.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p>若您选择了 <code class="code">Grub 2</code> 作为引导器，您将无法在这里使用工具编辑引导项，请点击“下一步”继续。您需要之后手动编辑 - <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> 或使用 <code class="code">grub-customizer</code> 来编辑。 - </p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - - - - <p>部分操作，例如改变引导项标题，或设置默认选项，是没有风险的。</p> - - - <p>您可以为某一项添加版本号，或者完全删除它。</p> - - - <p>若您在引导时未进行选择，则会进入默认引导项对应的系统。</p> - - - <div class="warning" title="警告" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> - <table border="0" summary="Warning"> - <tr> - <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[警告]" src="warning.png"></td> - <th align="left"></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td align="left" valign="top"> - - <p>编辑其他内容可能导致系统无法引导。请不要在不了解的情况下进行修改。</p> - - </td> - </tr> - </table> - </div> - - </div> - - - <div class="section" title="使用 UEFI 系统"> - <div class="titlepage"> - <div> - <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e959"></a>使用 UEFI 系统 - </h3> - </div> - </div> - </div> - - - - <p>这种情况下，您将使用 Grub2-efi 进行引导，并且无法在这里使用工具进行编辑。您需要在安装后手动修改 - <code class="code">/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code>，或使用 <code class="code">grub-customizer</code> - 来进行编辑。此处您只能选择默认引导项。 - </p> - - - <p>在点击 <span class="guibutton">下一步</span> 按钮之后，您将会看到另一个下拉列表，可以用它来选择 GRUB2 引导器的屏幕分辨率。 - </p> - - - + <div class="note" title="注意" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> + <table border="0" summary="Note"> + <tr> + <td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[注意]" src="note.png"></td> + <th align="left"></th> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="left" valign="top"> + + <p>有关更多信息，请参考我们的 wiki：<a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia" target="_top">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</a></p> + + </td> + </tr> + </table> </div> </div> diff --git a/zh_cn/soundConfig.html b/zh_cn/soundConfig.html index 52474f8..bfe7d9e 100644 --- a/zh_cn/soundConfig.html +++ b/zh_cn/soundConfig.html @@ -26,22 +26,19 @@ - - <p>这一界面中列出了安装程序为声卡选定的驱动，如果有默认驱动则将其作为默认配置。 - - </p> + <p>这一界面中列出了安装程序为声卡选定的驱动，如果有默认驱动则将其作为默认配置。</p> + <p>默认驱动通常不会出问题。不过，如果您在安装后遇到问题，请运行 <span class="command"><strong>draksound</strong></span>，或通过 MCC（Mageia 控制中心）中<span class="guilabel">硬件</span>选项卡中的<span class="guilabel">声音配置</span>来启动 draksound。 - </p> + <p>在 draksound 或“声音配置”工具界面，点击<span class="guibutton">高级</span>、<span class="guibutton">故障排除</span>来查看解决问题的建议。 - </p> @@ -58,14 +55,11 @@ <p>若没有默认驱动，或者默认驱动选择错误，则可以安装时点击此界面中的<span class="guibutton">Advanced</span>来更正。 - </p> <p>`在这种情况下，您可以在点击<span class="guibutton">让我选择任意驱动</span>来选择其他驱动程序。 - </p> - </div> diff --git a/zh_cn/uninstall-Mageia.html b/zh_cn/uninstall-Mageia.html index f1f727c..82ef051 100644 --- a/zh_cn/uninstall-Mageia.html +++ b/zh_cn/uninstall-Mageia.html @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <div class="titlepage"> <div> <div> - <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1195"></a>如何做 + <h3 class="title"><a name="d5e1262"></a>如何做 </h3> </div> </div> |
